BLD201815360 E LD)
CITY OF EDMONDS
121 5TH AVENUE NORTH - EDMONDS, WA 98020
PHONE: (425) 771-0220 - FAX: (425) 771-0221
STATUS: ISSUED 04/01/2019 Pertnim BLD20181536
Expiration Date: 04/01/2020
Parcel No: 27042900306000
Project Address: 22214 IFHGHWAY 99, EDMONDS
APPLICANT CONTRACTOR
DOUGS MAZDA RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION
C/O F DOUGLAS IKEGAMI 801 VALLEY AVE NW SUITED CIO MARK FOLEY
22130 HWY 99 PUYALLUP, WA 98371 801 VALLEY AVE NW SUITE D
EDMONDS, WA 98026 PUYALLUP, WA 98371
(253) 840-9900 (253) 840-9900
LICENSE # REDHAHF882NH EXP:08/08/2020
NEW MAZDA SALES BLDQ INSTALL WET -SPRINKLER SYSTEM COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 13,211 SPRINKLERS
VALUATION: $65,800
PERMIT TYPE Commercial
PERMIT GROUP: 30 - Fire Sprinkler
GRADING: N CYDS: 0
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION:
RETAINING WALL ROCKERY:
OCCUPANT GROUP:
OCCUPANT LOAD
FENCE: 0 X 0 FT.)
CODE -
OTHER - ------- OTHERDESC:
IZONE:
NUMBER OF STORIES: 0
1 VESTED DATE -
NUMBER OF DWELLING UNITS: 0
ILOT #-
EXISTING ARI`_-X
BASEMENT - 0 1 ST FLOOR: 0 2ND FLOOR: 0
PROPOSED AREA
ASEMENT- 0 1 ST FLOOR 0 2ND FLOOR: 0
3RD FLOOR: 0 GARAGE: 0 DECK: 0 OTHER: 0
13 RD FLOOR: 0 GARAGE: 0 DECK: 0 OTHER: 0
BEDROOMS: 0 BATHROOMS: 0
1 BEDROOMS: 0 BATHROOMS: 0
FRONTSEYBACK SIDESE]FRACK REARSETBACK
KEQUIRED: PROPOSED: 11 QUIRED: PROPOSED- QUIRED: PROPOSED:
HEIGHT ALLOWED:O PROPOSED:O IREQUIRED: PROPOSED-
iETBACK NOTES:
[AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY, NO
PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION
INSURANCEAND RCW 18:27.
___JHIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID.
Print Narne
ed By
' I I
Date
ATTENTTON
ITIS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDfNG OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FTNAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL ORA CERITFICATE OF
OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. UBC109/1BC1 10/ IRCI 10.
= FTRE = APPLICANT = ASSESSOR ZA CITY
�S
C�)
STATUS: ISSUED BLD20181536
CONDITIONS
• Final approval on a project or final occupancy approval must be granted by the Building Official prior to use or occupancy of
the building or structure. Check the job card for all required City inspections including final project approval and final
occupancy inspections.
• Any request foralternate design, modification, variance orother administrative deviation (hereinafter "variance") from
adopted codes, ordinances or policies must be specifically requested in writing and be called out and identified. Processing
fees for such request shall be established by Council and shall be paid upon submittal and are non-refundable.
• Approval of any plat or plan containing provisions which do not comply with city code and for which a variance has not been
specifically identified, requested and considered by the appropriate city official in accordance with the appropriate provision
of city code or state law does not approve any items not to code specification.
• Sound/Noise originating from temporary construction sites as a result of construction activity are exempt firomthe noise limits
of ECC Chapter 5.30 only during the hours of 7:00am to 6:00pm on weekdays and 10:00am and 6:00pm on Saturdays, excluding
Sundays and Federal Holidays. At all other times the noise originating from construction sites/activities must comply with the
noise limits of Chapter 5.30, unless a variance has been granted pursuant to ECC 530.120.
• Applicant, on behalf of his or her spouse, heirs, assigns, and successors in interests, agrees to indermify defend and hold
han-niess the City of Edmonds, Washington, its officials, employees, and agents from any and all claims for damages of
whatever nature, arising directly or indirectly from the issuance for this perrnit. Issuance of this perrnit shall not be deemed to
modify, waive or reduce any requirements of any City ordinance nor limit in any way the City's ability to enforce any ordinance
provision.
I INSPECTIONS
THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZES ONLY THE WORK NOTED. THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY
CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN (CURBS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, MARQUEES, ETC.) VALL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT
TIME LIMIT: SEE ECDC 19.00.005(A)(6)
I TO SCHEDULE INSPECTIONS
BUILDING
ENGINEERING (425) 771-0220 EXT. 1326
1. Go to: www.edmondswa.gov
Building Department Inspections
2. Then: Ser%Aces
are now scheduled online. If you
FIRE (425) 776-7720
3. Then: Perm its/Developm ent
have difficulties, please call the
4. Then: Online Permit Info
Building Department front desk for
PUBLIC WORKS (425) 771-0235
5: If you don't ha\e one already, create a
assistance during office hours.
login (upper right hand corner)
(425) 771-0220
RECYCLING (425) 275-4801
16: Schedule your inspection
I
I
When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Number, Job Site Address, Type of Inspection
— being requested, Contact Name and Phone Number, Date Preferred, and whether you prefer morning or aftemoon.
• F-Fire Sprinkler Pressure Test
• F-Fire Sprinkler Acceptance
• F-Fire Suppression System Accept.
• F-Fire Final
'17 C. 19 9'j
BUILDING PERMIT
APPLICATION
Development Services
Building Division
121 Sth Ave N / Edmonds, WA 98020
425.771.0220
For handouts, submittal requirements, permit status and inspection
scheduling information go to: http://www.edmondswa.gov/
JOB SITE INFORMATION/LOC TION: (Where the work is taking place)
Job Site Address: 7 Z30Highway 99
7-2;211 L�
Parcel: 27042900305700
Lot /Unit/Suite #: — Subdivision:
PROPERTY OWNER:
Name: Doug's Lynnwood Mazda
MailingAddress: Doug's Lynnwood Mazda
City/State/Zip: 22130 Highway 99, Edmonds 98026
Phone #: 22130 HiqhwaV 99
Email:
OWNER INSTALLATION: *If yes, read and sign*
Will work be performed by the property owner? 0 Yes N No
I own, reside in, or will reside in the completed structure.
This installation is being made on property that I own which is
not intended for sale, lease, rent, or exchange according to
RCW 18.27.090.
Owner Signature:
APPLICANT / CONTACT INFORMATION:
Name of Applicant: Red Hawk Fire Protection
Mailing Address: 801 Valley Ave NW, Suite D
City/State/Zip: Puyallup, WA 98371
Phone#: 253-840-9900
E-mail: insp-permitCa)rqdhawk.com
GENERAL CONTRACTOR: (if different from applicant)
General Contractor: Wilcox Construction, Inc.
MailingAddress: 2345thAveS
City/State/Zip: Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone #: 425-774-4185
E-mail: MmcisaacCa)wilcoxconstruction.com
WA STATE CONTRACTOR L & I # (CCB) & EXPIRATION DATE:
REDHAHF901QP
CITY OF EDMONDS BUSINESS LICENSE#: 12/31/18
Office Use Only
TYPE OF PERMIT (Provide
• Accessory Structure/
Detached Garage
Details on Page 2)
0 Addition
• Demolition
0 Mechanical
El New Single Family/ Duplex
0 Plumbing
N Fire Sprinkler
[I Remodel
0 New Commercial/ Mixed Use
0 Re -Roof
0 Signs
0 Tank
El Tenant Improvement
0 Other
Remodel Permit fees are based on:
The value of the work performed. Indicate the value (rounded to
the nearest dollar) of all equipment, materials, labor, overhead,
and the profit for the work indicated on this application.
Valuation: $65,800
PROPOSED NEW SQUARE FOOTAGE FOR THIS APPLICATION
Basement sq ft: Finished 0 Unfinished El
1st Floor, sq ft:
2nd Floor, sqft:
Garage/Carport:, sq ft:
Deck/Covered Porch/Patio:
Other scl ft:
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
RHFP to install wet sprinkler system compliance with
NFPA 13, total 211 sprinklers
I certify that the information I have provided on this form/application is true,
correct and complete, and that I am the property owner or duly authorized
agent of the property owner to submit a permit application to the City of
Edmonds.
PrintName:
Signature:',K�4"y)f:2U9j1 Date I(bliAg
GENERAL COMMERCIAL DATA
Occupancy Group(s): Occupant Load(s):
Type(s) of Construction: Fire Sprinklers: Yes [Z No El
WA STATE ENERGY CODE: If your project affects the building envelope,
mechanical systems, and/or lighting, you must complete the
appropriate WSEC forms.
DEFERRED SUBMITTALS: All commercial building permits that will require
associated plumbing, mechanical, fire sprinkler, and/or fire alarm
permits are applied for separately,
TI / CHANGE OF USE / NEW BLDG: Include TRAFFIC IMPACT worksheet
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT COUNTS (New and Relocated)
BTUs Gas Elec Other Qty
A/C Unit /Compressor
Air Handier /VAV
Boiler
Dryer Duct
Exhaust Fans
Fireplace
Furnace
Heat Pump Unit
Hydronic Heating
Roof Top Unit (Provide eleva-
tions if a Commercial Bldg)
other:
PLUMBING FIXTURE COUNTS (New, Relocated or re -piped)
QtY City
Clothes Washer
Tub/ Showers
Dishwasher
Backflow Device (RPBA, DCDA, AVB)
Drinking Fountain
Pressure Reduction/ Regulator Valve
Floor Drain/Sink
Refrigerator Water Supply
Hose Bibs
Water Heater - Tankless? Y or N
Hydronic Heat
Water Service Line
Sinks
Other:
Toilets
Other:
GAS/FUEL CONNECTION COUNTS (New, Relocated or re -piped)
BTUs Qty BTUs Qty
A/C Unit
Outdoor BBQ/ Fire pit
Boiler
Stove/Range/oven
Dryer
Water Heater
Fireplace/ insert
Other:
Furnace Other:
7-
MEDICAL GAS, AIR VACUUM COUNTS
(New, Relocated or re -piped)
QtY
QtY
Carbon Dioxide
Nitrous Oxide
Helium
Oxygen
Medical Air
Other:
Medical - Surgical Vacuum
Other:
DEMOLITION
Type of structure to be demolished:
Square footage of structure to be demolished:
AHERA Survey done? Y/N
7PSC� Case #:
Areas Determination:
"Critical
Stud y Required El Conditional Waiver El Waiver 0
Fill in Place El Fill Material:
Removal El
I Size of Tank (Gallons)
Critical Areas Determination:
Study Required 171 Conditional Waiver El Waiver El
GRAD E/Fl LL/EXCAVATE
Grading: Cut cubic yards
Fill cubic yards
Cut/ Fill in Critical Area: Yes El No El
GENERAL PROVISIONS
APPLICATIONS: Applications are valid for a maximum of 1 year.
ESLHA Applications, 2 years.
LICENSING: All contractors and subcontractors are required to be licensed
with Washington State Department of Labor & Industries and have a
current City of Edmonds Business License.
Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC
801 Valley Ave NW, Suite D
Puyallup, WA 98371
(253) 840-9900
REDHAHF90 I OP
&mc)) 9. 1 jeolp
RESUB
MAR 0 6 2019
CITY cop, y
HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS
FOR
DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
EDMONDS, WA
WASHINGTON STATE
CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
RHFP JOB NO. 60119
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
Christopher Louis DeVicq
1925-0518-C Level 3
Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC 7
�2
REDHrF 01QP
,
77
72Z
/ /�' '
to - 1 12131119
Hydraulic Calculations
for
Project Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Location: 22130 WA HWY 99— EDMONDS, WA, 98026
Drawing Name: 60119 FP2.110 R2 (FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN)
Design
Remote Area Number:
Remote Area Location:
Occupancy Classification
Density:
Area of Application:
Coverage per Sprinkler:
Type of sprinklers calculated
No. of sprinklers calculated:
In -rack Demand:
Hose Streams:
1
Main Studio
Ordinary Group 11 - Main Studio
0.200gpM/ft2
1500.00ft' (Actual 1031.18ft2)
130.00ft2
Pendent
12
N/A gpm at Node: N/A
264.17 at Node: 1 Type
Total Water Required (including Hose Streams where applicable):
From Water Supply at Node 1: 510.91 @ 68.988
Type of System: Wet
Volume of Dry or PreAction System: N/A
Name of Contractor: RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION LLC.
Address: 801 VALLEY AVE NW SUITE D, PUYALLUP, WA
Phone Number: 253-840-9900
Name of designer: EMG
Authority Having Jurisdiction: CITY OF EDMONDS
Notes:
Calculation Date: 2/18/2019
Allowance at Source
M M.E.P.CAD, Inc. 11AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10.0 1 2118/2019 8:26:42AM Page 1
Hydraulic Graph
Job Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD N 1.85
Remote Area Number: 1 Date: 2/18/2019
100—
:&a'fic Pressure 99.650 Water Supply
Summary Sheet
go Node: 1
80
z
5 .42 @ 71.8
0
70
246.74
68;988-
710.91
with.Ho
se Allowance
at Source
60-
50
fstem demand c rve
,+U
20
10—
.........
. . . . . . .
o
0500 '000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 00 4500 5000
Flow - qprn
C M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10.0 2/18/2019 8:26:43AM Paqe 2
Job Number: 60109
Rp.nnrt npmnrintinn- C)rtiinqry rmiin 11 - IVInin.qfi0in 111
Device
Actual Flow
(gpm)
Minimum Flow
(gpm)
K-Factor
(K)
Pressure
(psi)
Sprinkler
1001
19.20
19.20
5.6
11.755
Sprinkler
1002
19.25
19.20
5.6
11.814
Sprinkler
1003
19.39
19.20
5.6
11.987
Sprinkler
1004
19.69
19.20
5.6
12.357
Sprinkler
1005
20.19
19.20
5.6
12.993
Sprinkler
1006
20.54
19.20
5.6
13.459
Sprinkler
1007
20.59
19.20
5.6
13.514
Sprinkler
1008
20.74
19.20
5.6
13.715
Sprinkler
1009
21.06
19.20
5.6
14.142
Sprinkler
1010
21.14
19.20
5.6
14.246
Sprinkler
1011
21.75
19.20
5.6
15.084
Sprinkler
1012
23.22
19.20
5.6
17.190
r* Most Demanding Sprinkler Data
& @ M.E.P.CAD, Inc. t-JAutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10.0 2/18/2019 8:26:49AM Page 3
JUb Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 1
Date: 2/18/2019
Supply Analysis
Node
Name
Static
(psi)
Residual Flow
(psi) @ (gpm)
Available Total Demand
(psi) (gpm)
Required Pressure
(psi)
Water Supply
99.650
�.88O
2577.42
�.259
510.91
68.988
Node Analysis
Node Number
Elevation (Foot)
Node Type
Pressure at
Node
(psi)
Discharge at
Node
(gpm)
Notes
1
343-6
Supply
68.988
246.74
1001
370-0
Sprinkler
11.755
19.20
1002
370-0
Sprinkler
11.814
19.25
1003
370-0
Sprinkler
11.987
19.39
1004
370-0
Sprinkler
12.357
19.69
1005
370-0
Sprinkler
12.993
20.19
1006
370-0
Sprinkler
13.459
20.54
1007
370-0
Sprinkler
13.514
20.59
1008
370-0
Sprinkler
13.715
20.74
1009
370-0
Sprinkler
14.142
21.06
1010
370-0
Sprinkler
14.246
21.14
1011
370-0
Sprinkler
15.084
21.75
1012
370-0
Sprinkler
17.190
23.22
101
377-0
18.494
102
377-0
18.598
103
377-0
18.905
104
377-0
19.558
105
377-0
20.681
106
377-0
22.887
&@ M.E.P.CAD, Inc. !-.I AutoSPRINK 2018 v1 4.3.10. 2/18/2019 8:26:51AM Paqe 4
Job Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 1
Date: 2/18/2019
Node Number
Elevation (Foot)
Node Type
Pressure at
Node
(psi)
Discharge at
Node
(gpm)
Notes
107
377-0
27.142
108
377-0
27.268
109
377-0
27.739
110
355-01/2
55.210
ill
377-0
21.091
112
377-0
21.187
113
377-0
21.535
114
377-0
22.275
115
377-0
23.903
116
377-0
27.531
572
348-31/2
66.371
&@ KERCAD, Inc. JM AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10. 2/18/2019 8:26:51AM Paqe 5
'Job Nalne: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: I
Date: 2/18/2019
Pipe Information
Node I
Elev 1
(Foot)
K-Factor
Flow added
this step
(q)
Nominal ID
Fittings &
Devices
Equiv.
Length
(Foot)
Length
(Foot)
C Factor
Total(Pt)
Notes
Fifting/Device (Equivalent
Length)
Fixed Pressure Losses,
when applicable, are added
directly to (Pq and shown as
Fitting
(Foot)
Pf Friction
Loss Per Unit
(psi)
Elev(Pe)
Node 2
Elev 2
(Foot)
Total Flow
(Q)
Actual ID
Total
(Foot)
Friction(Pf)
1001
370-0
5.6
19.20
1
(See
Notes)
6-0
120
11.755
..... Route I .....
Sprinkler,
E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
75-0
0.120666
-3,035
101
377-0
19.20
1.0490
81-0
9.774
101
377-0
1 Y2
9-9
120
18.494
0.010615
102
377-0
19.20
1.7280
0.103
102
377-0
19.25
1 Y2
8-0
120
18.598
Flow (q) from Route 2
0.038355
103
377-0
38.45
1.7280
8-0
0.307
103
377-0
19.39
11/2
8-0
120
18.905
Flow (q) from Route 3
0.081637
104
377-0
57.84
1.7280
8-0
0,653
104
377-0
19.69
1 1/2
8-0
120
19.558
Flow (q) from Route 4
0.140361
105
377-0
77.52
1 7280]
- 8-0
1.123
105
377-0
20.19
11/2
10-3
120
20.681
Flow (q) from Route 5
0.215367
106
1 377-0
97.71
1.7280
10-3
2.206
106
377-0
21.14
11/2
(See
Notes)
5-9
120
22,887
Flow (q) from Route 10
PO(8-0)
8-0
0.309400
107
377-0
118.84
1.7280
13-9
4.255
107
377-0
3
10-0
120
27,142
0.012604
108
1 377-0
118.84
3.3340
10-0
0,126
108
377-0
104.68
3
11 - 71/z
120
27.268
Flow (q) from Route 6
0.040556
109
377-0
223.52
3.3340
11-7Y2
0.471
109
377-0
23.22
3
(See
Notes)
312-8
120
27.739
Flow (q) from Route 12
6fE(7-0), 2E(7-0)
56-0
0.048691
9.520
110
355-01/2
246.74
3,3340
368-8
17.951
110
355-01/2
1
4
1
(See
Notes)
4-5Y2
120
55,210
BV(12-0), BFP(-8.000)
12-0
0.013944
1 2.932
572
348-31/2
246'.74
I
4.3100
16-5Y2
1 8.229
& 0 KE.P.CAD, Inc. Pjfi AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10.0 1 2/18/2019 8:26:53AM Page 6
Job Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 1
Date: 2/18/2019
Pipe Information
Node 1
Elev 1
(Foot)
K-Factor
Flow added
this step
(q)
Nominal ID
Fitting &
Devic:s
Equiv.
Length
(Foot)
Length
(Foot)
C Factor
Total(Pt)
Notes
Fitting/Device (Equivalent
Length)
Fixed Pressure Losses,
when applicable, are added
directly to (Pfl and shown as
Fitting
(Foot)
Pf Friction
Loss Per Unit
(psi)
Elev(Pe)
Node 2
Elev 2
(Foot)
Total Flow
(Q)
Actual ID
Total
(Foot)
Friction(P�
I
572
348-31/2
4
(See
Notes)
30-21/2
140
66.371
LtE(10-01/2), EE(6-81/2), S
16-81/2
0,011619
2.072
1
343-6
246.74
4.2200
46-11
0.545
264.17
68.988
Hose Allowance At Source
Total(Pt) Route 1
1
510.91
1002
370-0
5.6
19.25
1
(See
Notes)
6-0
120
11.814
..... Route 2 .....
Sprinkler,
E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
75-0
0.121221
-3.035
102
377-0
19.25
1.0490
81-0
9.819
18.598
Total(Pt) Route 2
1003
370-0
5.6
19.39
1
(See
Notes)
6-0
120
11.987
-**-* Route 3 .....
Sprinkler,
E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
75-0
-3.035
103
377-0
19.39
1.0490
81-0
9.952
18,905
Total(Pt) Route 3
1004
370-0
5.6
19.69
1
(See
Notes)
6-0
120
12.357
..... Route 4 ....
Sprinkler,
E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
75-0
0.126367
-3.035
104
377-0
19.69
1.0490
81-0
10.236
19.558
Total(Pt) Route 4
1005
370-0
5.6
20.19
1
(See
Notes)
6-0
120
12.993
..... Route 5 .....
Sprinkler,
E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
75-0
0.132375
-3.035
105
377-0
20.19
1.0490
81-0
10.722
20.681
Total(Pt) Route 5
1006
370-0
5.6
20.54
1
(See
Notes)
5-0
120
13.459
..... Route 6
Sprinkler,
PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
73-0
0.136756
-3.035
ill
377-0
20.54
1.0490
78-0
10.667
ill
377-0
11/2
8-0
120
21.091
0.012031
112
377-0
20.54
1.7280
8-0
0.096
112
377-0
20.59
11/2
8-0
120
21.187
Flow (q) from Route 7
1
1 0.043453
113
377-0
41.13
1.:728:0
8-0
0.348
& @ M.E.P.CAD, Inc- 1"11 AutoSPRM 2018 04.3.10.0 1 2/18/2019 8:26:53AM Page 7
'Job Natne: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 1
Date: 2/18/2019
Pipe Information
Node 1
Elev I
(Foot)
K-Factor
Flow added
this step
(q)
Nominal ID
Fittings &
Devices
Equiv.
Length
(Foot)
I
Length
(Foot)
C Factor
Total(Pt)
Notes
Fiffing/Device (Equivalent
Length)
Fixed Pressure Losses,
when applicable, are added
directly to (Pf) and shown as
a Aegativaxalua-
Fitting
(Foot)
Pf Friction
Loss Per Unit
(psi)
Elev(Pe)
Node 2
Elev 2
(Foot)
Total Flow
(Q)
I
Actual ID
Total
(Foot)
Friction(Po
113
377-0
20.74
11/2
8-0
120
21.535
Flow (q) from Route 8
0.092479
114
377-0
61.87
1.7280
8-0
0.740
114
377-0
21.06
1 1/2
10-3
120
22.275
Flow (q) from Route 9
0.159007
115
377-0
82.93
1.7280
10-3
1.629
115
377-0
I
21.75
11/2
I
(See
Notes)
5-9
120
23.903
Flow (q) from Route 11
PO(8-0)
8-0
0.244652
108
377-0
104.68
1.7280
13-9
3.365
1 27.268
Total(Pt) Route 6
1007
370-0
5.6
20.59
1
(See
Notes)
5-0
120
13.514
..... Route 7 .....
Sprinkler,
PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
73-0
0.137278
-3.035
112
377-0
20.59
1.0490
78-0
10.708
21.187
Total(Pt) Route 7
1008
370-0
5.6
20.74
1
(See
Notes)
5-0
120
13.715
..... Route 8 .....
Sprinkler,
PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
73-0
0.139162
-3.035
113
377-0
20.74
1.0490
78-0
10.855
21.535
Total(Pt) Route 8
1009
370-0
5.6
21.06
1
(See
Notes)
5-0
120
14.142
..... Route 9 .....
Sprinkler,
PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
73-0
0.143169
-3,035
114
377-0
21.06
1.0490
78-0
11.167
.275 -FTotal(Pt)
Route 9
1010
370-0
5.6
21.14
1
(See
Notes)
6-0
120
14.246
..... Route 10 .....
Sprinkler,
E(2-0), PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
75-0
0.144141
-3,035
106
377-0
21.14
1.0490
81-0
11.675
22.887
Total(Pt) Route 10
1011
370-0
5.6
21.75
1
(See
Notes)
5-0
120
15.084
..... Route 11 .....
Sprinkler,
PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
73-0
0.151970
-3.035
115
377-0
21.75
1,0490
78-0
11.854
23.903
Total(Pt) Route 11
1012
370-0
5.6
23.22
1
(See
Notes)
5-0
120
17.190
..... Route 12 .....
Sprinkler,
PO(5-0), fd(68-0)
73-0
0.171493
-3.035
116
377-0
23.22
1.0490
78-0
13.376
& @ M.E.P.CAD, Inc. MCI AutoSPRINK 2018 v14.3.10.0 1 2/18/2019 8:26:53AM Page 8
Job Name: DOLIG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 1
Date: 2/18/2019
Pipe Information
Elev 1
Flow added
Fittings &
Length
C Factor
Total(Pt)
Notes
Node 1
(Foot)
K-Factor
this step
Nominal ID
Devices
(Foot)
Fiffing/Device (Equivalent
Fitting
(Foot)
Pf Friction
Elev(Pe)
(q)
Equiv.
Length)
Fixed Pressure Losses,
Node 2
Elev 2
Total Flow
Actual ID
Length
Loss Per Unit
when applicable, are added
Total
(Foot)
I (Foot)
(Foot)
(psi)
Friction(Pq
directly to (Pfl and shown as
Ualus j
116
377-0
11/2
(See
5-9
120
27.531
-----------
8-0
Notes)
109
377-0
23.22
1.7280
0.015086
PO(8-0)
13-9
0.207
27.739
Total(Pt) Route 12
& (P M.E.P.GAID, Inc. M11 AutoSPRINK 2018 V14.3.10.0 1 2/18/2019 8:26:53AM Page 9
Job NaIrne: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 1
I Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only)
IC Value Multiplier I
Date: 2/18/2019
Actual Inside Diameter 487 Factor Value Of C 100 130 140 150
Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter ) I Multiplying Factor 0,713 1.16 1.33 1.5 1
ALV
Alarm Valve
AngV Angle Valve
b
Bushing
BaIV
Ball Valve
BFP
Backflow Preventer
BV
Butterfly Valve
C
Cross Flow Turn 90*
cpIg
Coupling
Cr
Cross Run
CV
Check Valve
DeIV
Deluge Valve
DPV
Dry Pipe Valve
E
90* Elbow
EE
45* Elbow
Eel
11 '/,* Elbow
Ee2
22%* Elbow
f
Flow Device
Id
Flex Drop
FDC
Fire Department Connection
fE
90' FireLock(TM) Elbow
IEE
45' FireLock(TM) Elbow
flg
Flange
FN
Floating Node
IfT
Firel-ock(TM) Tee
9
Gauge
GloV
Globe Valve
GV
Gate Valve
Ho
Hose
Hose
Hose
HV
Hose Valve
Hyd
Hydrant
LtE
Long Turn Elbow
mecT Mechanical Tee
Noz
Nozzle
PI
Pump In
P2
Pump Out
PIV
Post Indicating Valve
PO
Pipe Outlet
PrV
Pressure Relief Valve
PRV
Pressure Reducing Valve
red
Reducer/Adapter
S
Supply
sCV
Swing Check Valve
SFx
Seismic Flex
Spr
Sprinkler
St
Strainer
T
Tee Flow Turn 90*
Tr
Tee Run
U
Union
WirF
Wirsbo
WMV
Water Meter Valve
Z
Cap
& @ M.E.P.CAD, Inc. V-j AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10.0 1 2/1812019 8:26:53AM Page 10
Hydraulic Calculations
for
-0
Project Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Location: 22130 WA HWY 99,, EDMONDS, WA, 98026
Drawing Name: 60119 FP2.110 R2 (FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN)
Design
Remote Area Number:
Remote Area Location:
Occupancy Classification
Density:
Area of ApplIcation:
Coverage per Sprinkler:
Type of sprinklers calculated:
No. of sprinklers calculated:
In -rack Demand:
Hose Streams:
2
Service Bay
Ordinary Group I I - Service Area
0.200gpm/ft2
1500 .00ft2 (Actual 1321.54ft2)
130 .00ft2
Upright
12
N/A gpm at Node: N/A
250-00 at Node: 1 Type:
Total Water Required (including Hose Streams where applicable):
From Water Supply at Node 1: 547.76 @ 90.194
Type of System: Wet
Volume of Dry or PreAction System: N/A
Name of Contractor: RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION LLC.
Address: 801 VALLEYAVE NW SUITE D, PUYALLUP, WA
Phone Number: 253-840-9900
Name of designer: EMG
Authority Having Jurisdiction: CITY OF EDMONDS
Notes:
Calculation Date: 2/18/2019
Allowance at Source
M.E.P.CAD, Inc. �_ AutoSPRINK2018vl4.3.10.0 2 2/18/2019 8:29:58AM Page 1
AS
Hydraulic Graph
Job Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD N 1.85
Remote Area Number: 2 Date: 2/18/2019
100—
�ta'fic Pre'ssure 99'650 Water Supply
Summary Sheet
297.76 @) 90 . 1194�
90 — =% Node: 1
-1
547.76 with Hose Allowance at Source
80
7.42 71.880
70--
60
U)
L
�L
S,fstern
demand curve
=T 50
in
U)
2
CM
401
30-
10
0-
0500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
Flow - 9prn
M.E.P.CAD, Inc. iffi AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10.0 2/18/2019 8:30:00AIVI Pa.qe 2
Job Number: 60109
Report Description: Ordinary Group 11 - Service Area (2)
muuaL2M-a1LteyWs
Device
Actual Flow
(gpm)
Minimum Flow
(gpm)
K-Factor
Pressure
(psi)
Sprinkler 2001
24.00
24.00
5.6
18.367
Sprinkler 2002
24.19
24.00
5.6
18.659
Sprinkler 2003
24.83
24,00
5.6
19.660
Sprinkler 2004
24.07
24.00
5.6
18.478
Sprinkler 2005
24.26
24.00
5.6
18.770
Sprinkler 2006
24.90
24.00
5.6
19.777
Sprinkler 2007
24.32
24.00
5.6
18.857
Sprinkler 2008
24.51
24.00
5.6
19.155
Sprinkler 2009
25.16
24.00
5.6
20.180
Sprinkler 2010
25.70
24.00
5.6
21.064
Sprinkler 2011
25.78
24.00
5.6
21.189
Sprinkler 2012
26.04
24.00
5.6
21.622
Most Demanding Sprinkler Data
M.E.P.CAD, Inc.
AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10.0
2/18/2019 8:30:06AM Paae 3
Job Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 2
Date: 2/18/2019
Supply Analysis
Node
Name
Static
(psi)
Residual Flow
(psi) @ (gpm)
—�l
railable Total Demand
(psi) (gpm)
equired Pressure
(psi)
Water Supply
99.650
-88�0
2577.42
98.068
547.76
90.194
Node Analysis
Node Number
Elevation (Foot)
Node Type
Pressure at
Node
(psi)
Discharge at
Node
(gpm)
Notes
1
343-6
Supply
90.194
297.76
2001
372-101/2
Sprinkler
18.367
24.00
2002
372-9Y2
Sprinkler
18.659
24.19
2003
372-9
Sprinkler
19.660
24.83
2004
372-10
Sprinkler
18.478
24.07
2005
372-91/2
Sprinkler
18.770
24.26
2006
372-9
Sprinkler
19.777
24.90
2007
372-10
Sprinkler
18.857
24.32
2008
372-9
Sprinkler
19.155
24.51
2009
372-81/2
Sprinkler
20.180
25.16
2010
372-81/2
Sprinkler
21.064
25.70
2011
372-81/2
Sprinkler
21.189
25.78
2012
372-8
Sprinkler
21.622
26.04
201
372-81/2
22.783
202
372-81/2
22.917
203
372-8
23.379
204
357-9
48.253
205
357-9
48.735
572
348-31/2
87.350
&@ M.E.P.CAD, Inc. F-H AutoSPRINK 2018 v1 4.3.10. 2118/2019 8:30:08AM Paqe 4
Job Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 2
Date: 2/18/2019
Node Number
Elevation (Foot)
Node Type
Pressure at
Discharge at
Notes
Node
Node
(psi)
(gp-)
576
350-01/2
78.578
k,@ VERCAD, Inc. P11 AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10. 2/18/2019 8:30:08AM Paqe 5
-Job Na-ine: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 2
Date: 2/18/2019
I Pipe Information
Node 1
Elev 1
(Foot)
K-Factor
Flow added
this step
(q)
Nominal ID
Fittings &
Devices
Equiv.
Length
(Foot)
Length
(Foot)
C Factor
Total(Pt)
Notes
Fitting/Device (Equivalent
Length)
Fixed Pressure Losses,
when applicable, are added
directly to (Pf) and shown as
Fitting
(Foot)
Pf Friction
Loss Per Unit
(psi)
Elev(Pe)
Node 2
Elev 2
(Foot)
Total Flow
Actual ID
- Total
(Foot)
Friction(PQ
2001
372-101/2
5o6
24.00
1 1/2
(See
Notes)
12-0
100
18.367
..... Route I ...
Sprinkler
0.022475
0.022
2002
372-91/2
24.00
1.7280
12-0
0.270
2002
372-91/2
5.6
24.19
11/2
(See
Notes)
12-0
100
18.659
Sprinkler
0.081614
0.022
2003
372-9
48.19
1.7280
0.979
2003
372-9
5.6
24.83
11/2
(See
Notes)
9 - 71/2
100
19.660
Sprinkler,
PO(8-0)
0.176061
0.017
201
372-81/2
73.02
1.7280
3.105
201
372-8Y2
25.70
3
10-0
100
22.783
Flow (q) from Route 4
00012530
0.009
202
372-81/2
98.72
3,3340
1 0_0
0.125
202
372-81/2
73.24 + 25.78
3
10-0
100
220917
Flow (q) from Route 2 and 5
0.045296
0.009
203
372-8
197.74
3.3340
0.453
203
372-8
73.98 + 26.04
3
(See
Notes)
155-6
100
23.379
Flow (q) from Route 3 and 6
4fE(7-0), E(7-0)
35-0
0.096593
6.471
204
357-9
297.76
3.3340
190-6
18.403
204
357-9
3
(See
Notes)
0-0
120
48.253
E(7-0)
7-0
0.068938
205
357-9
297.76
-
3.3340
7-0
0.483
205
357-9
3
(See
Notes)
204-51/2
100
48.735
5fE(7-0), DPV(17-0), BV(10-0),
fr(l 5-0)
77-0
0.096593
3.335
576
350-01/2
297.76
3.3340
-
281-51/2
26.509
576
350-01/2
4
(See
Notes)
0-0
120
78.578
BFP(-8.000)
0.019742
0.771
572
348-31/2
297.76
4.3100
-
0-0
572
348-31/2
4
(See
Notes)
30-21/2
140
87.350
LtE(10-01/2), EE(6-81/2), S
16-81/2
0 016451
2.072
1
343-6
297.76
4.2200
46-11
0.772
250.00
90.194
Hose Allowance At Source
Total(Pt) Route 1
1
547.76
k, @ M.E.P.CAD, Inc. M AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10.0 2 2/18/2019 8:30:09AM Page 6
Job Name: DOLIG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 2
Date: 2/18/2019
Pipe Information
Node 1
Elev I
(Foot)
K-Factor
Flow added
this step
(q)
Nominal ID
Fittings &
Devices
Equiv.
Length
(Foot)
Length
(Foot)
C Factor
Total(Pt)
Notes
Fitting/Device (Equivalent
Length)
Fixed Pressure Losses,
when applicable, are added
directly to (PQ and shown as
Fitting
(Foot)
Pf Friction
Loss Per Unit
(psi)
Elev(Pe)
Node 2
I
Elev 2
(Foot)
I
p
Total Flow
Actual ID
Total
(Foot)
Friction(P�
2004
372-10
5.6
24.07
11/2
(S ee
Notes)
12-0
100
18,478
..... Route 2 .....
Sprinkler
0.022599
0.022
2005
372-91/2
24.07
1.7280
12-0
0.271
2005
372-91/2
5.6
24.26
11/2
(See
Notes)
12-0
100
18.770
Sprinkler
0.082066
0.022
2006
372-9
48.33
1.7280
12-0
0.985
2006
372-9
5.6
24.90
11/2
(See
Notes)
9 - 71/2
100
19.777
Sprinkler,
PO(8-0)
8-0
0.177035
0.017
202
372-81/2
73.24
1.7280
17-7/z
3.123
22.917
Total(Pt) Route 2
2007
372-10
5.6
24.32
11/2
(See
Notes)
12-0
100
18.857
..... Route 3 .....
Sprinkler
0.023028
0.022
2008
372-9
24.32
1.7280
12-0
0.276
2008
372-9
5.6
24.51
11/2
(See
Notes)
12-0
100
19.155
Sprinkler
0.083621
0.022
2009
372-81/2
48.83
1.7280
12-0
1.003
2009
372-81/2
5.6
25.16
11/2
(See
Notes)
9 - 71/2
100
20.180
Sprinkler,
PO(8-0)
8-0
0.180382
0.017
203
372-8
73.98
1.7280
17-71/2
3.182
23.379
Total(Pt) Route 3
2010
372-8Y2
5.6
25.70
1
(See
Notes)
2-4Y2
100
21.064
..... Route 4 .....
Sprinkler,
PO(3-7)
3-7
0.289990
201
372-81/2
25.70
1.0490
5-11
1.719
22.783
Total(Pt) Route 4
2011
372-81/2
5.6
25.78
1
(See
Notes)
2-41/2
100
21.189
..... Route 5 .....
Sprinkler,
PO(3-7)
3-7
0.291580
202
372-81/2
25.78
1,0490
5-11
1.728
17
Total(Pt) Route 5
2012
372-8
5.6
26.04
1
(See
Notes)
2-41/2
100
21,622
..... Route 6 .....
Sprinkler,
PO(3-7)
3-7
0.297094
-0.004
203
372-8
26.04
1.0490
5-11
1.761
379
Total(Pt) Route 6
& 9) M.E.P.CAD, Inc. M. AutoSPRINK 2018 04.3.10.0 2 2/18/2019 , , 8:30:09AM Page 7
-Job Name: DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
Remote Area Number: 2
I Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only)
IC Value Multiolier I
Date: 2/18/2019
Actual Inside Diameter 487 Factor Value Of C 100 130 140 150
Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter ) I Multiplying Factor 0,713 1.16 1.33 1.51
ALV
Alarm Valve
AngV Angle Valve
b
Bushing
BaIV
Ball Valve
BFP
Backflow Preventer
BV
Butterfly Valve
C
Cross Flow Turn 90'
cpIg
Coupling
Cr
Cross Run
CV
Check Valve
DeIV
Deluge Valve
IDPV
Dry Pipe Valve
E
90' Elbow
EE
45' Elbow
Eel
11%' Elbow
Ee2
221/2* Elbow
f
Flow Device
fd
Flex Drop
FDC
Fire Department Connection
fE
90' FireLock(TM) Elbow
fEE
45* FireLock(TM) Elbow
flg
Flange
FN
Floating Node
ff
Firel-ock(TIVI) Tee
9
Gauge
GloV
Globe Valve
GV
Gate Valve
Ho
Hose
Hose
Hose
HV
Hose Valve
Hyd
Hydrant
LtE
Long Turn Elbow
mecT
Mechanical Tee
Noz
Nozzle
Pl
Pump In
P2
Pump Out
PIV
Post Indicating Valve
PO
Pipe Outlet
PrV
Pressure Relief Valve
PRV
Pressure Reducing Valve
red
Reducer/Adapter
S
Supply
sCV
Swing Check Valve
SFx
Seismic Flex
Spr
Sprinkler
St
Strainer
T
Tee Flow Turn 90'
Tr
Tee Run
U
Union
WirF
Wirsbo
WMV
Water Meter Valve
Z
Cap
@ M.E.P.CAD, Inc. fflAutoSPRINK201804.3.10.0 2 2/18/2019 8:30:09AM Page 8
Firel-ock NXT"
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
c&x JJEJP7CB� (C
1832 R*
MEA: 248-98-E CSFM: 7770-0531-117
The patent -pending Victaulic Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve is a low differential, latched
clapper valve that uses a unique direct acting diaphragm to separate system water supplies
from dry -pipe sprinkler systems. ""IESU-13
* see page 12 for European trim 11
FEATURES
clappe
CITY COPY MAR 0 6 2019
1�> 'R 40811amw 'M- PATENT PENDI
The low differential, unique latch and actuator design of the valve allows the valve to be reset without
opening the valve. The low differential design is not subject to water columns.
The valve allows the water to operate a water motor alarm and/or electric pressure alarms, which
continue until the flow of water stops.
With the optional accelerator, the valve can be configured to respond faster for use in larger systems,
or where faster response times are required. q .
The valve is rated to 300psi/2065kPa water working pressure and'is factory tested hydrostatically to
Diophragm
Assmbly 600psi/4135kPa for sizes 1 1h —8740 — 200mm. VdS trim configurations are approved to�,,16-13AR
(see page 12). Required air pressure for all trim variations is 13psi/9OkPa.
The Series 768 is available grooved x grooved. Standard grooved dimensions conform to ANSI/
AWWA C606. -
Exoggeroted for clatity
Note: Valve is shown in the "set" position
The Victaulic Series 768 Firel-ock NXT Dry Valve is made of high -strength, low -weight ductile iron,
and it offers easy access to all internal parts. All internal parts are replaceable. Maintenance and
service can be performed without removing the valve from its installed position. The rubber clapper
seal is replaced easily without removing the clapper from the valve. The valve is painted inside and
out to increase corrosion resistance.
The body is tapped for main drain and all available trim configurations.
Installation Options
The Victaulic Series 768 Frel-ock NXT Dry Valve is available bare, or in the following configurations:
Pre -trimmed
The pre -trimmed valve comes completely assembled with all necessary trim components.
Vic -Quick Riser
The Vic -Quick Riser comes completely pre -trimmed and includes a shut off valve (uses a Series
705W FireLock Butterfly valve — request publication 10.18; for 1 V2 and 2740 and 50mm sizes, the
Vic -Quick Riser comes with a Series 728 Ball Valve — request publication 10.17) for system shut
off, pre-set pressure switches, and a drain kit for ease of installation. For complete Vic -Quick Riser
information request publication 30.20.
Series 745 FireLock Fire-Pac (Available in North America only)
The Fire-Pac is a completely pre -assembled fire protection valve that provides maximum service in
a minimal enclosed space. The unit includes a water supply shutoff valve, the sprinkler system fire
protection valve, alarm line pressure switches, air supervisory pressure switches, supervisory pump
switches, and digital pressure gauges that are easily viewed through a window in the cabinet door.
For complete Fire-Pac information request publication 30.23.
Optional accessories ship separately.
JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER
System No. Submitted By Spec Sect
Location Date Approved
Date
www.victaulic.com
VICTALILIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTALILIC COMPANY. 0 2008 VICTALILIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
REV F
I AC_ t _au I _ic �
30 AO I
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS - DEVICES
FireLock NXT TI
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
DIMENSIONS
I I
H
A
*AI
THE 41NCH/114.3MM UL LISTED, FIVI APPROVED CONFIGURATION IS SHOWN BELOW
1% - 2/48.3 - 60.3MM CONFIGURATIONS CONTAIN 'A"119MM DRAIN VALVES.
21h - 3773.0 - 88.9MM CONFIGURATIONS CONTAIN 1 V40/31MM DRAIN VALVES.
4 - 87114.3 - 219.1MM CONFIGURATIONS CONTAIN 2750NINI DRAIN VALVES.
I r 'I
G
Full Open
JUXU I I
D *D1
Size
Dimensions
- inches/mm
dom
=
GSA&
IbIffibV
aw
. ffi
01 1> A
I�
1 '/2
1.900 9.00
, 16A3
2Z25
39.50
--
13.75 16.00
5.25
8.50
9.50
21.25
3.04
9.17 6.98
16.7
43.0
40
48.3 228.60
1 417.32
692
1003
349 406
133
5.25
215
8.50
241
539
77.21
232.91 177.29
7.6
19.5
2
2.375 9.00
1 16.43
27.25
39.50
13.75 16.00
9.50
21.25
3.04
9.17 6.98
170
43.0
50
60.3 228.60
1 417.32
692
1003
349 406
133
215 1
241
539
7Z21
232.91 177.29
7.7
19.5
2 1h
2.875 12.61 16.50
32.25
44.25
13.50 16.00
1Z50
5.25
9.00 1
9.25 1
21.25
3.90
10.50 6.93
41.0
65.0
65
73.0 320.29 419.10
819
1123
342 406
444
133
228
234
539
99.06
266.70 1 17602
18.7
29.5
76.1 ITIM
3.000 12.61 16.50
32.25
4425
350 16.00
=342
17.50
5.25
9.� TO-�
�.25
21.25
3.90
10.50 6.93
41.0
65.0
76.1 320.29 419.10
819
1123
1 406
444
133
228
234
539
99.06
266.70 176.02
18.7
29.5
3
3.500 12.61 16.50
32.25
44 15
13.50 16.00
1750
5.25
9.00
9.25
21.25
3.90
10.50 6.93
41.0
65.0
80
88.9 320.29 419.10
819
1123
342 406
444
133
228
234
539
1 99.06
266.70 176.02
18.7
29.5
4
15.03 1978
1
33.50
45.50
15.00 15.75
20.50
5.25
9.00
10.75
21.00
6.25
9.62 8.46
59.0
95.0
100
__1500
14.3 381.76 502'.41
850
1155
381 i 400
520
133
228
273
533
158.75
i 244.34 214.88
26.7
43.0
165.1 ITIM
6.500 16.00 22.00
34.00
46 ' 00
15,50
IZOO
22.00
5.25
8.50
11.50
20.50
6.20
9.62 8.84
80.0
116.0
165.1 1 406AO 558.80
863
1168
393
431
558
133
215
292
520
157.48
244.34 224.53
36.2
52.6
6
6.62 22.00
34.00
46.00
15.50 17.00
22.00
5.25
8.50
11 ' 50
2050
620 9.62 8.84
80.0
116.0
151
863
1168
393 431
558
133
215
292
52'0
15*7.48 244.34 224.53
36.2
52,6
8
8.625 1 17.50 22.94
33.50
45.50
16.75 20.00
25.25
625
8.75
12.75 18.50
6.05 9.40 10.21
122.0
158.0
200
219.1 1 444.50 582.67T
850
1155
425 508
641
158
222
323 469
1 153.67 238.76 259.33
, 55.3
71.6
NOTES:
The'Xclimension coupling is notshown in order to clarify dimensional callouts.
Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment.
* Measurements denoted with an asterisk take optional equipment into account.
Optional drain connection kit is shown for reference and takeout dimensions.
www.victaulic.com I iict*auliic�
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. dc -
30.80 2 RFV F
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS - DEVICES
lju.tsu
Firel-ock NXT TI
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
PERFORMANCE
Hydraulic Friction Loss
The chart below expresses the flow of water
at 65"F/18"C through a full open valve.
6.0
5 ' 0
4.0
3.0
Fn 2.0
a.
I
a. 1.0
0
.8
LLJ , 7
0.6
0
.4
LLJ
0:
(L .3
0.2
0.1
10
��MMEN
on��mmmosio��
go �
��Mm
MNNIIIII�MN031111
=00111
=M1111111
mill
11
111110
Mal;
111111M
111�=ME01111�
20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000
800 3,000 8,000
FLOW RATE - GPM
Frictional Resistance
The chart below expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 768 Firel-ock NXT
Dry Valve in equivalent feet of straight pipe.
Size
Nominal Actual
Size Outside Dia.
Inches/ In c I
Equivalent Length
of Pipe
Feet
mm mm
11/2 1.90D
meters
3.00
40 48.3
0,914
2
2.375
9.00
50
60.3
2.743
21/2
2.875
8.00
65
73.0
2.438
76.1 MIT
3.000
8.00
76.1
2.439
3
3.500
17.00
80
88.9
5 . 182
4
4,500
21.00
100
114.3
6.401
165.1 MM
6.500
22.00
165.1
6.706
6.625
22.00
168.3
6.706
8.625
50.00
219.1
15.240
www.victaulic.com x0A-C-t a -U, ii lor
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
RFV F 30.80 3
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES
Ju.tsu �
Firel-ock NXT TI
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
C,VALUES
OPERATION
Cv values for flow of water at +600F1+16'C through a fully open valve are shown in the
table below.
Formulas for C, values:
Ap Q2 Where:
C 2 Q = Flow (GPM)
v AP Pressure Drop (psi)
Q Cv x I/A—P C, Flow Coefficient
Size
Nominal Actu al
Size Outside Dia.
Inches/ Inches/
mm MITI
QK,
(Fully Open Valve)
11/2 1.900
60
40 48.3
52.0
2
2.375
110
0
60.3
95.0
2!6
2.875
180
65
73.0
156.0
76.1 mm
3.000
180
76.1
156.0
3
3.500
200
80
88.9
173.0
4
4.500
350
100
114.3
302.8
165.1 mm
6.500
1000
165.1
865.0
6
, 625
1000
150
168.3
865.0
8
8.625
1500
L 200
219.1
1499.1
The Series 768 Dry Valve contains a clapper, which has a replaceable rubber seal. The clapper
makes contact with the valve's seat ring, which has access holes leading into an intermediate
chamber in the valve. The diaphragm contacts the latch, and the latch holds the clapper closed.
In the closed position, the valve diaphragm is maintained in the extended position by the water
supply pressure from upstream of the water supply control valve. The diaphragm latch holds the
clapper in the closed position. The Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator (LPA) maintains the water,
and the system's air pressure -controls the LPA. Required air pressure is 13 psi/90 kPa. The design of
the 776 actuator does not require the traditional air cushion of 10 — 20 psi/69 — 138 kPa. Excess air
pressure above 13 psi/90kPa will cause a delay in valve operation.
Once the system's air pressure reduces to the trip point, the LPA opens and allows the water supply
pressure in the diaphragm to release (i.e. an open sprinkler). This release allows the latch to move to
its open position, permitting the clapper to pivot freely, thus allowing water into the system.
Water enters the intermediate chamber of the valve through the holes in the seat ring. The water
flows from the intermediate chamber to the alarm line, which activates the system's alarms. The
alarms continue to sound until the flow of water stops.
When the flow of water stops, the spring -assisted valve clapper returns to the closed position. The
valve acts as an alarm check valve until the system is back in service as a dry system, according to
the proper procedure.
www.victaulic.com
VICTALILIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTALILIC COMPANY. C 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
30.80 4
,dicctauliic�
RFV F
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES
Firel-ock NXT T11
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
JUXU
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to
ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request.
Clapper: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500
Latch: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500
Shaft: Stainless 17-4
Clapper Seal: Peroxide cured EPDM, ASTM D2000
Bushings/Seat O-rings- Nitrile
Springs: Stainless Steel (300 Series)
Diaphragm: Peroxide cured EPDM with fabric reinforcement
Bill of Materials
1
Valve Body
12
Cover Plate
2
Clapper
13
Cover Plate Gasket
3
Clapper Seal
14
Cover Plate Bolts*
4
Seal Ring
15
Latch
5
Seal Washer
16
Latch Spring
6
Seal Retaining Ring
17
Latch Spring Bushing and 0-ring (Qty. 2)
7
Seal Assembly Bolt
18
Diaphragm
8
Bolt Seal
19
Diaphragm Cover
9
Clapper Spring
20
Diaphragm Cover Cap Screws (Qty. 8)
10
I I
Clapper Shaft
"I ---- � ck-" 0 ... �;-- --� n -:-- 1�'. nt
21
Latch Shaft
Exaggerated for clarity
* NOTE: The llh-inch/48.3-mm and 2-inch/60.3-mm valve sizes contain washers under the heads of
the cover plate bolts.
www.victaulic.com
VICTALILIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTALILIC COMPANY. 0 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. XOAC--tau I i C�
REV F 30-RO 5
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES
JUXU I
Firel-ock NXT TI
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
TRIM PACKAGE DETAILS
Trim Packages:
NOTE: See page 11 for details of trim and page 12 for details of European trim.
1 Galvanized components
2 Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuator — The Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuator is pneumatically
actuated and requires only 13 psi/9OkPa minimum air pressure, regardless of the system supply
pressure. This actuator allows the system to operate with a low air or gas pressure of 7 psi/48 kPa.
Request submittal 30.65.
3 All Required Pipe and Fittings
4 All Standard Trim Accessories
5 All Required Gauges
Optional Trim Package:
1 Black Trim for Foam Systems — If the valve is intended for use in a foam system, black trim must
be ordered, per NFPA requirements, Specify this requirement on the order.
Optional Accessories:
• Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator — The Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is required when the
Series 768 Dry Valve is installed in large systems to improve response time. Request submittal
30.64.
• Series 760 Water Motor Alarm — The Series 760 Water Motor Alarm is a mechanical device
that sounds when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Request
submittal 30.32.
• Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device — The Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device is
designed to provide a continuous alarm for systems equipped with a mechanical device.
Request submittal 30.33.
• Series 75D Water Column Kit — The Series 75D Water Column Kit is designed to minimize
residual water in the riser from collecting above the clapper. Request submittal 30.34.
• Alarm Pressure Switch — Alarm Pressure Switches are designed to activate electrical alarms
and control panels when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler).
• Air Supervisory Pressure Switch — Air Pressure Supervisory Switches are used to monitor low
system air pressure and are factory pre-set.
• Air Supply System — The air supply system contains all components for establishing and main-
taining air in the system. The compressor, low-pressure alarms, ball valves, and required trim
are included in the air supply system.
• Air Compressor (See page 8 for more on the Victaulic Series 7C7 Compressor Package)
• Air Maintenance Trim Assembly
• Alarm Panels
• Drain Connection Kit
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTALILIC COMPANY. Q 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
'40-Ro IS
x0A_C_t_aUhC�
REV F
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES JUASU
Firel-ock NXT T"
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
AIR SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS
The required air pressure for Series 768 Firel-ock NXT Dry Valves is 13psi/9OkPa minimum, regard-
less of the system supply water pressure. Air pressures should be kept below 18psi/124kPa, unless
a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is installed. Systems with air pressures higherthan 18psi/124kPa
may require the addition of a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator.
If multiple Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves are installed with a common air supply, isolate the
systems with a spring -loaded, soft -seated ball check valve to ensure air integrity for each system.
Good practice is to include a ball valve for isolation and service of each individual system.
The engineer/system designer is responsible for sizing the compressor so that the entire system is
charged to the required air pressure within 30 minutes. DO NOT oversize the compressor to provide
more airflow. An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation.
If the compressor fills the system too fast, it may be necessary to restrict the air supply. Restricting
the air supply will ensure that air being exhausted from an open sprinkler or manual release valve is
not replaced by the air supply system as fast as it is being exhausted.
COMPRESSOR SIZING
12
10
8
U,
6
4
LL,
cc
2
0
COMPRESSOR REQUIREMENTS
- 20 psi/138 kPa
----- 13 psi/90 kPa
.10 0.
0
0
SYSTEM CAPACITY (in gallons)
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2008 VICTALILIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
_Illli, A—c—tau-1ic�
REV F 3080 7
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES
Ju.tsu I
Firel-ock NXT"'
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
BASE OR RISER -MOUNTED For base or riser -mounted compressors, the recommended air pressure of 13 psi/90 kPa is the
COMPRESSORS 11 on" or "low" pressure setting for the compressor. The "off" or "high" pressure setting should
be 18psi/124kPa. Victaulic offers the Series 7C7 Compressor package for FireLock NXT devices
which is riser -mounted and pre-set for the Firel-ock NXT pressure requirements as stated above,
For information on the Series 7C7 package, consult publication 30.22. The Series 7C7 Compressor
package is only available in North America.
When a base or riser -mounted air compressor supplies air to a Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve,
it is not necessary to install the Victaulic Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly
(AMTA). In this case, the airline of the compressor connects to the trim at the fitting where the Series
757 Regulated AIVITA is normally installed (refer to the applicable trim drawing). If the compres-
sor is not equipped with a pressure switch, the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with
Pressure Switch should be installed. For information on the Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance
Trim Assembly, see publication 30.35. For information on the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim
Assembly, see publication 30.36.
SHOP AIR OR TANK -MOUNTED In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank -mounted air compressor
AIR COMPRESSORS provides the the greatest protection for systems.
When shop air or a tank -mounted air compressor is used, the Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be
installed. The Series 757 Regulated AMTA provides proper air regulation from the air reservoir to the
sprinkler system.
For tank -mounted air compressors, the recommended air pressure of 13psi/9OkPa should be used
as the set point for the air regulator. The "on" pressure of the compressor should be at least 5 psi/
34kPa above the set point of the air regulator.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Q 2008 VICTALLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
30-80 8
ldicctauliic�
REV F
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES
Ju.zsu
Firel-ock NXT"'
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
SERIES 757 REGULATED AIR
MAINTENANCE TRIM ASSEMBLY
SERIES 757P AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM
ASSEMBLY WITH PRESSURE SWITCH
A NOTICE
9 Victaulic recommends a maximum of two Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves per Series
757 Regulated AMTA
Bill of Materials
1 1/8"/3.2 mm Restrictor
2 Slow Fill Ball Valve (Normally Open)
3 Air Regulator
4 Strainer (100 Mesh)
5 Spring -Loaded, Soft -Seated
Ball Check Valve
6 Fast Fill Ball Valve (Normally Closed)
ated for clarity
ANOTICE
Victaulic recommends a maximum of two Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves per Series
757P AMTA with Pressure Switch
Bill of Materials
Item
Qty.
Description
1
1
Restrictor (1/2-inch N PT)
2
1
Strainer (1/2-inch NPT)
3
1
Swing Check (1/2-inch NPT)
4
1
Slow -Fill Ball Valve
(Normally0pen)
5
1
Spring -Loaded, Soft -Seated
CheckValve
6
1
Pressure Switch
7
2
Compression Fitting, Straight
(1/4-inch NPTx 1/4-inch Tube)
8
1
CopperTubing (1/4-inch OD)
9
11
Close Nipple
(1/2-inch NPTx 1.13)
10
1
Nipple (1/2-inch NPTx 4.00)
11
1
90' Female Elbow (1/2-inch NPT)
12
4
Female Tee (1/2-inch N PT)
13
3
Union (1/2-inch NPT)
14
2
Reducing Bushing
(1/2-inch NPTx 1/4-inch NPT)
15
1
Fast -Fill Ball Valve
(Normally Closed)
16
1
Pressure Switch Isolation Ball
Valve (Normally Open -
Lockable)
Exaggerated for clarity
TO
SYSTEM
www.victaulic.com
VICTALLIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTALILIC COMPANY. Q 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
REV F
XOAC—taul—ic�
'40.80 9
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES JUXU
FirelLock NXT T11
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
COMPRESSOR REQUIREMENTS Compressor Requirements and Settings for Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves Installed with
Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerators
Set the air regulator of the Series 757 Regulated AMTA to 13psi/9OkPa.
THE SERIES 757P AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM ASSEMBLY WITH PRESSURE SWITCH MUST NOT
BE USED ON A SERIES 768 FIRELOCK NXT DRY VALVE INSTALLED WITH A SERIES 746-LPA
DRY ACCELERATOR.
When a Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve is installed with a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator, the
Series 757 Regulated AIVITA must be used. NOTE: The use of an air regulator with a base or riser -
mounted compressor could cause short cycling, resulting in premature wear of the compressor.
In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank -mounted air compressor
provides the greatest protection for systems installed with a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. In
this situation, air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period.
NOTE: The Series 757 Regulated AIVITA must be used with a tank -mounted air compressor or shop
air system that continually supplies air to a Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve installed with a Series
746-LPA Dry Accelerator.
The air regulator of the Series 757 Regulated AMTA is a relief -type design. Any pressure in the sys-
tem that is above the set point of the air regulator will be released. Therefore, charging the air regula-
tor above the set point could cause premature operation of a valve installed with a Series 746-LPA
Dry Accelerator. NOTE: The series 746-LPA should not be used above 30 psi, If higher pressures are
required, the series 746 should be used.
Settings for Air Supervisory Pressure Switches and Alarm Pressure Switches
Air supervisory pressure switches are required for dry systems and must be set according to the
following instructions. NOTE: Switches for Vic -Quick Risers are pre-set at the factory.
Wire the air supervisory pressure switches to activate a low-pressure alarm signal. NOTE: In addition,
the local authority having jurisdiction may require a high-pressure alarm. Contact the local authority
having jurisdiction for this requirement.
Set the air supervisory pressure switches to activate at 2 — 4 psi/14 — 28kPa below the minimum air
pressure required, but not lower than 10 psi/69 kPa.
Wire the alarm pressure switch to activate a water flow alarm.
Set the alarm pressure switch to activate on a pressure rise of 4 — 8 psi/28 — 55 kPa.
Remote System Test Valve Requirements
The remote system test valve (inspector's test connection) should contain a UL Listed and/or FIVI
Approved valve (normally closed), which can be opened to simulate the operation of a sprinkler.
The remote system test valve (inspector's test connection) should be located at the most
hydraulically demanding location in the release system. NOTE: Multiple restrictions on the remote
system test valve (inspector's test connection) may slow the air decay rate and cause the system to
respond slower than required.
The remote system test valve (inspector's test connection) should terminate with an orifice equal to
the smallest orifice in the releasing system.
The remote system test valve (inspector's test connection) is used to ensure that water reaches the
most remote part of the system within 60 seconds.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAILLIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAILLIC COMPANY. (D 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
30-RO 10
ictaulid
REV F
I FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES
JUXU
Firel-ock NXT T 11
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
EXPLODED VIEW DRAWING —
TRIM COMPONENTS
(�§R-<&>TRIM)
Series 768 Firel-ock NXT Dry Valve
(Optional Accessories Also Shown)
Bill of Materials
I Series 768 Firel-ock NXT Dry Valve
2 FireLock Rigid Coupling (Optional/
Sold Separately — Comes Standard
when VQR Assembly is Ordered)
3 Water Supply Main Control Valve From System
Air Feed ,k
(Optional/Sold Separately — Comes 4
Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered)
4 Drain Swing Check Valve
5 Drip Cup with Cap
6 Alarm Pressure Switch (Optional/Sold
Separately — Comes Standard when VQR
Assembly is Ordered) 21 Lmtl
7 Series 729 Drip Check Valve 17
8 Diaphragm -Charge -Line Ball Valve
(Normally Open)
9 3-in-1 Strainer/Check/Restrictor
Assembly
10 Series 760 Water Motor Alarm
(Optional/Sold Separately) 23
11 Alarm Test Ball Valve 18
12 Diaphragm-Charge-Une Pressure
Gauge (0-300 psi/0-2068 kPa/0-20.7 Bar)
12 Q.A.. '7 A.f� r)—i� , 6a�
14 Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator
Assembly (Optional/Sold Separately)
15 Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuator
16 Air Manifold N.1
17 Air Supervisory Pressure Switch
(Optional/Sold Separately — Comes 19
Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 20
18 System Pressure Gauge
(0-80 psVO-552 kPa/0-5.5 Bar with Retard)
19 Water Supply Main Drain Valve - 22
N
A
15
ToDripCup
To Drip C
up �-JLO
Location A
System
t T ?4� . ........
22
Now ME
20 Water Supply Pressure Gauge
(0-300psi/0-2068kPa/0-20.7 Bar)
21 Drain Connection Kit (Optional/Sold
Separately — Comes Standard when VQR
Assembly is Ordered)
22 Gauge Valve
23 System Main Drain Valve
24 Series 748 Ball Check Valve
-------------------
0 Drip Cupj
I'Location
A
FromWate
Supply
Exaggerated for clarity
LINO -
Optional devices include the Series 75D Water Column Device Kit and the Series 75B Supplemental
Alarm Kit.
NOTE 1: Connection point for the Series 75D Water Column Device Kit.
For installation of the Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device, refer to the instructions supplied with
the product.
www.victaulic.com -16., A _r__ t —au I —ic
VICTALILIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTALILIC COMPANY. 0 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
REV F 30-Ro 11
FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES
IJUASU
FirelLock NXT'"
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
EXPLODED VIEW DRAWING —
TRIM COMPONENTS
(EUROPEAN TRIM c@. <&> FLP—C--Bl
0832
Series 768 Firel-ock NXT Dry Valve
(Optional Accessories Also Shown)
Bill of Materials
I
Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve
2
Firel-ock Rigid Coupling (Optional/Sold
Separately — Comes Standard when VQR
Assembly is Ordered)
3
Water Supply Main Control Valve (Optional/
Sold Separately — Comes Standard when VQR
Assembly is Ordered)
4
Drain Swing Check Valve
5
Drip Cup with Cap
6
Alarm Pressure Switch (Optional/Sold
Separately — Comes Standard when VQR
Assembly is Ordered)
7
Series 729 Drip Check Valve
8
Diaphragm -Charge -Line Ball Valve
(Normally Open)
9
3-in-1 Strainer/Check/Restrictor
------
Assembly 18 23
10 Series 760 Water Motor Alarm
(Optional/Sold Separately)
11 Alarm Test Ball Valve 22 r
;,r-
12 Diaphragm -Charge -Line Pressure
Gauge (0 — 300 psi/O — 2068 kPa/0 — 20.7 Bar) er
13 Series 749 Auto Drain
14 Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator
Assembly (Optional/Sold Separately)
15 Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuator
16 Air Manifold
17 Air Supervisory Pressure Switch (Optional/Sold
Separately — Comes Standard when VQR
Assembly is Ordered)
18 System Pressure Gauge
(0 — 80 psi/O — 552 kPa/0 — 5.5 Bar with Retard)
19 Water Supply Main Drain Valve —
Flow Test
20 Water Supply Pressure Gauge
(0 — 300 psi/O — 2068 kPa/0 — 20.7 Bar)
21 Drain Connection Kit (Optional/Sold
Separately — Comes Standard when VQR
Assembly is Ordered)
22 Gauge Valve
23 System Main Drain Valve
24 Series 748 Ball Check Valve
25 Water Motor Alarm Shutoff Valve
(Normally Open)*
*ftem 25, water motor alarm shutol'Ivalve, can be closed to prevent water from flowing
into the Senes 760 Water Motor alarm during conditions that are not favorable for the
alarm to sound (i.e. during a trip test) -
I 14a
From System Ull 4
Air Feed
141b
- I I
Location
------- 1�10 A
To Drip
Cup
Location
TO
o,
Note 1
System
f
From Water
Supply
To Drip Cup
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2008 VICTALILIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
30.80 12
-1 IlI, Ac- t —SU I _ie
REV F
I FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — DEVICES
'Ju.tsu
Firel-ock NXT"
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
www.victaulic.com --IiiI, Ai—st—au—iic�
VICTALILIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
REV F 30-Ro 1.4
Firel-ock NXT TIVI
Dry Valve
SERIES 768
WARNING
AWARNING
This product must be installed by an experienced, trained installer,
in accordance with the instructions provided with each valve. These
instructions contain important information.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury,
property damage, or valve leakage.
If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve
installation instructions, or if you have any questions about the safe
installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O.
Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300.
WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be
installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the
right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without
incurring obligations.
111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
WCAS-7BCHWM
For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com
30.80 4219 REV F UPDATED 3/2008
VICTALILIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTALILIC COMPANY. 0 2008 VICTALLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. X. Ar--t—a U —1i Ilz�
30.80
4.
(E)POTTER PS10 SERIES
The Symbol of Protection PRESSURE SWITCH
Ordering Information
Model Description
PS10-1 Pressure switch with one set
SPDT contacts
PSIO-2 Pressure switch with two sets
SPDT contacts
Hex Key
Cover Tamper Switch Kit
UL, cUL, and CSFM Listed, FM and LPC Approved, NYME
Accepted, CE Marked
Dimensions: 3.78" (9,6cm)W x 3.20" (8,1 cm)D x 4.22" (1 0,7cm)H
Conduit Entrance: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual
switch compartments and ground screws suitable for
dissimilar voltages.
Enclosure: Cover - Die-cast with textured red powdercoat finish, single
cover screw and rain lip.
Base - Die-cast
Pressure Connection: Nylon 1/2" NPT Male
Factory Adjustment: 4 - 8 PSI (0,27 - 0,55 BAR)
Differential: 2 PSI (0,13 BAR) typical
Maximum System Pressure: 300 PSI (20,68 BAR)
Switch Contacts: SPDT (Form Q
10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30VDC
One SPDT in PS10-1, Two SPDT in PS10-2
Stock No. Environmental Specifications:
1340103 NEMA 4/IP66 Rated Enclosure - indoor or outdoor when used
with NEMA 4 conduit fittings.
1340104 Temperature range: -40*F to 1407 (-40'C to 60'C)
Service Use:
5250062
0090200
Tamper
Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for
removal. One key is supplied with each device. For optional cover tamper
switch kit, order Stock No. 0090200. See bulletin #5401200 PSCTSK.
Installation
The Potter PS10 Series Pressure Actuated Switches are designed for the
detection of a waterflow condition in automatic fire sprinkler systems of
particular designs such as wet pipe systems with alarm check valves, dry
pipe, preaction, or deluge valves. The PS10 is also suitable to provide a
low pressure supervisory signal; adjustable between 4 and 15 psi (0,27 and
1,03 BAR).
1. Apply Teflon tape to the threaded male connection on the device.
(Do not use pipe dope)
2. Device should be mounted in the upright position (threaded connection down).
3. Tighten the device using a wrench on the flats on the device.
Wiring Instructions
1. Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided.
2. Carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and
sharply apply a force sufficient to dislodge the knockout plug. See Fig 9
3. Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affix the connector
to the device.
4. Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the
service intended. See Figures 2,4,5, and 6. See Fig 7 for two switch, one
conduit wiring.
Testing
The operation of thepressure alarm switch shouldbe testedupon completion
of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with the applicable
NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction
(manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently).
Wet System
Methodl: When using PS10 and control unit with retard -connect PSI 0
Automatic Sprinkler
NFPA-13
One or two family dwelling
NFPA-13D
Residential Occupancy up to four stories
NFPA-13R
National Fire Alarm Code
NFPA-72
into alarm port piping on the input side of retard chamber and electrically
connect PS 10 to control unit that provides a retard to compensate for surges.
Insure that no unsupervised shut-off valves are present between the alarm
check valve and PSI 0.
Method2: When using the PS10 for local bell application or with a control
that does not provide a retard feature -the PSI 0 must be installed on the alarm
outlet side of the retard chamber of the sprinkler system.
Testing: Accomplished by opening the inspectoes end -of -line test valve.
Allow time to compensate for system or control retard.
Note: Method 2 is not applicable for remote station service use, if there is an
unsupervised shut-off valve between the alarm check valve and the PSI 0.
Wet System With Excess Pressure
Connect PS10 into alarm port piping "tending from alarm check valve.
Retard provisions are not required. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off
valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PS 10.
Testing: Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve or the
inspectoes end -of -line test valve. When using end -of -line test, allow time
for excess pressure to bleed off.
Dry System
Connect PSIO into alarm port piping that extends from the intenncdiate
chamber of the alarm check valve. Install on the outlet side of the in -line
check valve of the alarm port piping. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off
valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PS10.
Testing: Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve.
Note: The above tests may also activate any other circuit closer or water
motor gongs that are present on the system.
Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC - St. Louis, MO - Phone: 866-956-0988/Canada 888-882-1833 - www.pottersignal.com
PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400928 - REV D- I PAGE I OF 3
12/10
(E.)POTTER
The Symbol of Protection
Dimensions
Fig. 1
GROUND
2.87 SCREWS
ADJUSTMENT 172.971
KNOB 4.22
1/2" NPT :U ... j [107.191
2.48 1.60
[62.871 [40.64]
3.78 3.20
[95.891 [81.281
NOTE: To prevent leakage, apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only.
DWG4 930-1
PS10 SERIES
PRESSURE SWITCH
Switch Clamping Plate Terminal
Fig. 2
R�p
00
An uninsulated section of a single conductor
should not be looped around the terminal and
serve as two separate connections. The wire
must be severed, thereby providing supervision
of the connection in the event that the wire
becomes dislodged from under the terminal.
Typical Sprinkler Applications
Fig. 3
WET SYSTEM WITH
WET SYSTEM WITHOUT
DRY SYSTEM
EXCESSPRESSURE
EXCESS PRESSURE
PSIO
PSIO
PS10
W'
WATER
WATER
WATER
M'
MOTOR
Mt
MOTOR
MOTOR
GONG
G
GONC
GONG
RBVS
S
CHECK
WET
R.VS
RBVS
DRY
ALVE
VALVE
RBVS
RE"S
SYSTEM
WET
I
SYSTEM
ALARM
SYSTEM
ALARM
CHECK
AL RM
CHECK
VALVE
CHECK
RETAAD
VALVE
VALVE
WATER
WATER
WATE
'R
OS&Y BY-PASS
OS&Y
BY-PASS
OS&Y
BY-PASS
VALVE VALVE
VALVE
VALVE
VALVE
VALVE
1111G.1111-1AA
A CAUTION
Closing of any shutoff valves between the alarm check valve and the PS10 will render the PSIO
inoperative. To comply with NFPA-72 any such valve shall be electrically supervised with a
supervisory switch such as Potter Model RBVS.
Low Pressure Signal Connection
Fig. 4
To mu: ALARM PANEL
ffl�
DWON9294
Waterflow Signal Connection
Fig. 5
TO FIRE ALARM PANEL
,F7LO—LR-I-
Local Bell For Waterflow Connection
Fig. 6
NEGATIVE DC
ORNEUTRALA(
POSITIVE D(
OR HOT AC
PRINTED IN USA
MFG. #5400928 - REV D-I
12/10
PAGE 2 OF 3
(DPOTTER
The Symbol of Protection
One Conduit Wiring
Fig. 7
Break out thin section of divider to provide path for wires
'i
when wiring both switches from one conduit 7entraance.
Switch Operation
Fig. 8
Terminal W/ PRESSURE APPLIED
C: Common
1: Closed when installed
under normal system C
pressure.
2: Open when instalIed
under normal sys, I
pressure. Closes on C
pressure drop. Use for
low pressure
supervision.
--------------------------------
Terminal W/O PRESSURE APPLIED
I : Open with no pressure
upon
detection of pressure.
Use for waterflow
indication. —1
supplied. Closes
2: Closed with no C
pressure applied. DXVGMS-6
I AWARNING I
-Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in
accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances.
-Shock haz�rd. Disconnect power source before servicing.
Serious injury or death could result.
-Read all instructions carefully and understand them before
starting installation. Save instructions for future use. Failure to
read and understand instructions could result in improper
operation of device resulting in serious injury or death.
-Risk of explosion. Not for use is hazardous locations. Serious
injury or death could result.
Engineer/Architect Specifications Pressure Type
Waterflow Switch
Pressure type waterflow switches; shall be a Model PS 10 as
manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company, St Louis MO.,
and shall be installed on the fire sprinkler system as shown and or
specified herein.
Switches shall be provided with a Y2" NPT male pressure connection
and shall be connected to the alarm port outlet of; Wet Pipe Alarm
Valves, Dry Pipe Valves, Pre -Action Valves, or Deluge Valves. The
pressure switch shall be actuated when the alarm line pressure reaches
4 - 8 PSI (0,27 - 0,55 BAR).
Pressure type waterflow switches shall have a maximum service
pressure rating of 300 PSI (20,68 BAR) and shall be factory adjusted
to operate on a pressure increase of 4 - 8 PSI (0,27 - 0,5 5 BAR)
PS10 SERIES
PRESSURE SWITCH
Removing Knockouts
Fig. 9
-Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure. Use wrenching
flats on the bushing only. Failure to install properly could damage
the switch and cause improper operation resulting in damage to
equipment and property.
-To seal threads, apply Teflon tape to male threads only. Using
joint compounds or cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet
and result in improper device operation and damage to equipment.
-Do not over tighten the device, standard piping practices apply.
Pressure switch shall have one or two forrn C contacts, switch contact
rating 10.1 Amps at 125/250 VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30 VDC.
Pressure type waterflow switches shall have two conduit entrances
one for each individual switch compartment to facilitate the use of
dissimilar voltages for each individual switch.
The cover of the pressure type waterflow switch shall be Zinc die-cast
with rain lip and shall attach with one tamper resistant screw. The
Pressure type waterflow switch shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor
service with a NEMA 4/1P66 rating.
The pressure type waterflow switch shall be UL Ulc and CSFM listed,
FM and LPC approved and NYMEA accepted.
PRR4TED IN USA MFG. #5400928 - REV D- I PAGE 3 OF 3
12/10
ANNOWNR Annp�
AIRPRODIAITTS
OL Plus Series - Low Pressure Riser Mount Air Compressors
for Dry Pipe Sprinkler Systems
OL This oilless riser mounted air
compressor is UL1450 listed
U0 L for use in sprinkler systems.
Series is
- Oil Less Piston Compressor - Permanently lubricated bearings
- UL Listed Pressure Switch - Integrated Air Intake Filters
- Riser Mounting Kit included - Fully automatic, direct drive
- 30" SS Flex Hose included (NEW) - 60 Hz (cycle)
- Bubble tight air check.valve - Max Pressure: 60 PSI
- Specifically designed to fill the system to 20 PSI in 30 minutes
- Pressure Switch set for 13 PSI on and 18 PSI off
System
Capacity"
Model
Number
Average
CFM*
Motor
HP
Minimum
Wir6�
Size +
Dimensions
� Weight
(I bs)
L
W
H
320 gal.
OL32016AC-LP
1.52
1/6
12
16"
12"
12"
30
550 gal.
OL55033AC-LP
3.03
1/3
12
16"
12"
12"
31
860 gal.
OL86050AC-LP
4.43
1/2
12
16"
15"
10"
38
990 gal.
OL99075AC-LP
5.21
3/4
10
17"
15"
10"
48
Accessories:
Magnetic Line Starters - Thermal Overload Protection
Single Phase
1 5V,�. 208/23OV,
-Size,� Wodel—'
1/3 HP 1 HP
00 MG.00A
Maximum 7- 2�tj—,
HP 2 H P 3HP
1 MG01A
_1P
When Ordering a Motor Starter you must specify
HR Volta-ge and Phase that is supi3lied
to the motor.
VOLTAGE: All Units 115 or 208-230 Volt except
OL1225200AC which is 208-230 only.
* Average CFM is the average free air delivery
from 0 to 40 PSIG.
+ Based on 100 foot run at weakest electrical supply.
Consult Factory for longer or shorter runs.
** Based on 70 degree F system temp.
For other conditions consult factory for pump up times.
++ OLRTK Riser Tank Kit may be required, consult fac
www.qeneralairproducts.com 1-800-345-8207
Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC
801 Valley Ave NW, Suite D
Puyallup, WA 98371
12531840-9900
REDHAHF901 OP or-n-FIVED
NOV 2 8 2018
DING
&/-lc- V 11aIr t
MATERIAL SUBMITTAL
FOR
DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
EDMONDS, WA
RHFP JOB NO. 60119
00t��- TI-D3C0
TABLE OF CONTENTS -N�REDHAwK
� %) RRE PROTEcroON, LLC
Description Comments
Bull Moose - Sch 10 & Sch 40 Pipe
Bull Moose - Eddy Flow Pipe
Victaulic - Standard Pattern Grooved Fittings
Victaulic Firelock - Short Pattern Grooved Fittings
Victaulic Style 75 - Flexible Coupling
Victaulic Firelock EZ Style 009H - Rigid Coupling
Anvil Star - Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings
Description Comments
Anvil - Rod Couplings
Afcon-162—Retaining Strap
Erico—SBC037_3/8" Beam Clamp
Vulcan - All Thread Rod
Erico Fig. 115 - Hanger Ring
Erico 510 - EZ Riser Clamp
Erico—CSBBARJEG—Bar Joist Attachment
Erico CSBUNIV - Universal Structural Attachment
Erico CSBSTU - Standard Universal Sway Brace
Erico CSBBRP - Branch Line Restraint Pipe Attachment
Erico CSBBRS3EG - Branch Line Restraint Swivel
Hilti - HDI-P TZ Concrete Anchor
Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ - Expansion Anchor
Sammy - Sidewinders
Sammy - Superscrews
Description Comments
Victaulic Firelock Style 705 - Grooved Butterfly Valve
FPPI - Grooved Check Valve
AGIF Model 2511A - Test and Drain w/ Pressure Relief Valve
Desuiption Comments
Potter PBA & PBD - Electric Bell
Potter VSR - Waterflow Switch
Descrption Comments
Globe GL Series - QR SSP(GL5601), SSU(GL5615), K=5.6
Description Comments
Globe - Sprinkler Head Wrenches
Argco - Fire Sprinkler Spare Headboxes
Page 1 of 2
Anvil - Pipe Out Lets
Anvil - Grooved Pipe Out Lets
Argco - Fire Sprinkler Pressure Gauges
Victaulic Vic Flex AH-2 - Fire Sprinkler Flexible Drop
Victaulic Vic Flex AB-1 - Flexible Drop Mounting Bracket
Page 2 of 2
Pipe and Fittings
Comparative Specification Data
Specification
A53 NPS 1/0 - 26 STD, XS and XXS, ANSI Schedules 10 through 160
Covers Seamless and Welded, Black and hot -dipped galvanized nominal (average) wall pipe for coiling, bending, flanging and
Scope
other special purposes and is suitable for welding. Conti n uous-Welded pipe is not intended for flanging. Purpose for which pipe is
intended should be stated on the order
Open-hearth
Kinds of Steel Permitted
Basic -Oxygen
for Pipe Material
Electric -Furnace
Sets standards for coating of pipe with zinc inside and outside by the hot -dipped process. Weight of coating must not average
Hot -Dipped Galvanized
less than 1.5 oz per square foot and not less than 1.6 oz per sq foot
Permissible Variations in
The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be more than 12.5% under the normal wall thickness specified
Wall Thickness
C Max % Mn Max % P Max % S Max %
Seamless or ERW
Chemical Requirements
Grade A 0.25 0.95 0.05 0.06
Grade B 0.30 1.20 0.05 0.06
Continuous Weld - - 0.06 0.06
Seamless and Electric
resistance -welded
Tensile Requirements
Grade A Grade B
Tensile Strength, Min psi ........................ 45,000 48,000 60,000
Yield Strength, Min psi ........................ 25,000 30,000 35,000
Hydrostatic inspection test procedures for plain end and threaded and coupled pipe are specified. Hydrostatic pressure shall be
Hydrostatic Testing
maintained for not less than 5 seconds for all sizes of seamless and electric resistance weld pipe
Permissible Variations in
Plus or Minus 10%
Weight per Foot
Outside Diameter at any point shall not vary from standard specified more than -
Permissible Variations in
For NPS 1 1/2 and Smaller Sizes For NPS 2 and Lar-ger Sizes
Outside Diameter
1/64" over 1/32" under 1 % over 1% under
Tensile Test - Transverse required on ERW for NPS 8 and larger
Banding Test (Cold) - STD and XS-NPS 2 and under XXS-NPS 1 1/4 and under
Mechanical Tests
Degree of Bend Diameter of Mandrel
Specified
For Normal A53 Uses 90 12 x nom dia of pipe
For Close Coiling 180 8 x nom dia of pipe
Flattening Test - NPS 2 and larger STID and XS. (Not required for XXS Pipe)
Seamless and Electric -Resistance -Welded Bending, flattening, tensile on one length of pipe from each lot of 500
lengths or less of a size
Number of Tests Required
Continuous -Weld - Bending, Flattening, Tensile NIPS 1 1/2 or smaller NPS 2 & Lar_qer
one/25 long one/50 tons
Standard Weight
Single Random - 15'-22'may be jointers. If plain ends 5% may be 12'-16'
Double Random - Shortest Length 22', minimum average for order 35'
Lengths
Extra Strong & Double Extra Strong
Single Random - 12'-22'. 5% may be 6'- 12'
Double Random - (XS and lighter) - Shortest Length 22". Minimum average for order 35'
Lengths longer than since random with wall thinness heaver than XS subject to negotiation
Rolled, Stamped, or Stenciled (Mfgr's option)
Required Markings on
Name or brand of manufacturer
Each Length
(On tags attached to each
Kind of pipe that is, Continuous Welded, Electric -Resistance -Welded A, Electric -Resistance -Weeded B, Seamless A; or
bundle in case of bundled
Seamless B: XS for double extra strong
pipe)
ASTM A 53
Length of Pipe
Couplings - Applied handling tight. Couplings 2" and smaller, straight tapped other sizes type
Thread Protection - Applied to pipe 4" and larger
General Installation
End Finish (Unless otherwise specified) - STD or XS or wall thickness less than 0.500 in. (Excluding XXS); plain end beveled. All
XXS and wall thicknesses over 0.500 in. Plain end square cut.
NOTE: This information is from ASTM Standards.
Please refer to the specific Standard or Specification for complete details
Comparative Specification Data
Specification
Al 35 NPS 1/4 - 30", Schedules 10, 40 and XL THD Lightwall
Covers two grades of electric -resistance welded steel pipe. Grade A is adapted for flanging and bending and is suitable for
Scope
welding. Purpose for which pipe is intended should be stated on order
Open-hearth
Kinds of Steel Permitted
Basic -Oxygen
for Pipe Material
Electric -Furnace
Permissible Variations in
The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be more than 12.5% under the normal wall thickness specified. Threadable,
Wall Thickness
lightwall (XL) must meet manufacturers minimums.
C Max % Mn Max % P Max % S Max%
Chemical Requirements
Grade A 0.25 0.95 0.05 0.06
Grade B 0.30 1.20 0.05 0.06
Grade A Grade B
Tensile Strength, Min psi ........................ 48,000 60,000
Yield Strength, Min psi ........................ 30,000 35,000
Hydrostatic inspection test procedures for plain end and threaded are specified. Hydrostatic pressure shall be maintained for not
Hydrostatic Testing
less than 5 seconds for all sizes of electric resistance weld pipe. Non -Destructive electric test should be in accordance with
practices E213, method E273 or proactive E213
Permissible Variations in
Plus or Minus 10% Schedule 10
Weight per Foot
Plus 10% minus 3 1/2% Schedule 40
Permissible Variations in
Plus or Minus 1%
Outside Diameter
Mechanical Tests
Tensile Test - Transverse returned on pipe NPS 8 and larger
Specified
Flattening Test - Three steps required with weld located 8" or 90* from the line of direction of force required
Number of Tests Required
Flattening and tensile on one length of pipe from each lot of 400 lengths or less of a style
Lengths
Pipe shall be furnished in 38" with a minimum of 20 ft. Pipe furnished to schedule 10 shall be in a specified length between 15
and 22 ft.
Required Markings on
Rolled, Stamped, or Stenciled (Mfgr's option)
Each Length
Name or brand of manufacturer
(On tags attached to each
Kind of pipe that is, Electric -Resistance -Welded A, Electric -Welded B, same schedule wall thickness, schedule 10 or 40, NL
bundle in case of bundled
ASTM Al 35
pipe)
ILength of Pipe
lGeneral Information
jEnd Finish may be plain end beveled or plain end square cut
NOTE: This information is from ASTIVI Standards.
Please refer to the specific Standard or Specification for complete details
Comparative Specification Data
Specification
A795 NPS 1/2 - 10" Schedule 10 and Schedule 40
Covers Seamless and welded, black and hot -dipped galvanized nominal wall pipe for coiling, bending, flanging and is suitable
Scope
for welding. Pipe ordered for this specification is intended to be used in fire protection systems
Open-hearth
Kinds of Steel Permitted
Basic -Oxygen
for Pipe Material
Electric- F u mace
Sets standards for coating of pipe with zinc inside and outside by the hot -dipped process. Weight of coating must not average
Hot -Dipped Galvanized
less than 1.5 oz per square foot and not less than 1.6 oz per sq foot
Permissible Variations in
The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be more than 12.5% under the normal wall thickness.
Wall Thickness
C Max % Mn Max % P Max % S Max %
Seamless or ERW
Chemical Requirements
Grade A 0.25 0.95 0.05 0.06
Grade B 0.30 1.20 0.05 0.06
Continuous Weld - - 0.06 0.06
Hydrostatic inspection test procedures for plain end and threaded are specified. Hydrostatic pressure shall be maintained for not
Hydrostatic Testing
less than 5 seconds for all sizes of seamless and electric resistance weld pipe. Non destructive electric test in accordance with
practices E213 or E309
Permissible Variations in
Plus or Minus 5%
Weight per Foot
Outside Diameter at any point shall not vary from standard specified more than -
Permissible Variations in
For NPS 1 1/2 and Smaller Sizes For NPS 2 and Larger Sizes
Outside Diameter
1/64" over 1/32" under 1 % over 1% under
Number of Tests
Flattening - Tests are to be performed on electric -resistance welded pipe, and furnace welded pipe.
Required
Lengths
Unless specified, pipe shall be furnished on single random lengths of 16 to 22 ft.
Rolled, Stamped, or Stenciled (Mfgr's option)
Required Markings on
Name or brand of manufacturer
Each Length
(On tags attached to each
Electric- Resistan ce-Weld ed A, Electric -Resistance -Weeded B, Seamless A
bundle in case of bundled
Seamless B, Grade A or B for type E or S pipe, wall thickness schedule ASTM A795, the letters NHII Not hydrostatically tested
pipe)
Length of Pipe
[General Installation
End finish may be plain end beveled or plain end square cut
NOTE: This information is from ASTIVI Standards.
Please refer to the specific Standard or Specification for complete details
The Cost Effective Replacement for Schedule 10
Realizing the growing need of fire protection systems
in commercial and residential construction, Bull
Moose Tube has added Eddy Flow to its
comprehensive line of sprinkler pipe products.
Eddy Flow is a specially engineered replacement for
schedule 10, offering better flow characteristics while
providing design flexibility. This product is FM
approved, as well as UL listed (for U.S. and Canada)
for roll grooving and welding for use in fire protection
COMPARISON
systems with a working pressure of 300 psi or less.
Please check with appropriate sources for up-to-date
listings and approval information.
As an added benefit, it is more economical to use than
schedule 10 due to reduced delivery costs and ease
of handling. Furthermore, Eddy Flow's larger ID
provides an opportunity for downsizing and further
cost savings.
1 1/4 1.660
1.530
1.442
1.380
1.98
1.00
1 1/2 1.900
1.728
1.682
1.610
3.44
1.00
2 2.375
2.203
2.157
2.067
2.78
1.00
2 1/2 2.875
2.705
2.635
2.469
1.66
1.00
3 3,500
3.334
3.260
3.068
1.00
1.00
4 4.500
4.310
4.260
4.026
1.00
1.00
* Corrosion Resistance Ratio
BENEFITS
Dual Certified to ASTM A 135 and A795.
• FM Approved for roll grooved, and welded, and plain -end application in wet systems.
• UL Listed (for U. S. and Canada) forjoining by welding or by listed rubber gasketed fittings for use in wet, dr34
preaction, and deluge type sprinkler systems.
• UL Listed (for US and Canada) and FM Approved for use with Victaulie 1717'1� Fittings in plain end applications -
Lightweight - saves shipping costs, and offers easier handling.
• Can be used with roll grooved couplings or welded outlets for pressures up to 300 psi.
• Floor stock available in various lengths produced in Casa Grande (AZ), Gerald (MO), and Masury (OH). Also can be
ordered in custom lengths..
Can be used for wet and dry* systems.
* Eddy Flow can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM's requirement for dry systems.
PIPE PREPARATION
For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak -tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be
free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior
to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's
instructions for the specific fitting used.
1819 Clarkson Road For additional information, C
Chesterfield, MO 63017 contact your salesperson today at Slus
0, 6 LIMD
Eu ILL 111000SE TUENE C0WHRANY (800) 325-4467 (800) 325-4467 or (636) 537-2600
FAX: (636) 537-2645 in the USA, or from Canada
www.bullmoosetube.com call (800) 882-4666 >
A =C88 0 company e-mail:salesabullmoosetube. coin APPROVED
All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation.
8/08
Bull Moose Tube EDDY FLOW Steel
Pipe Joined by Threading, Bonding or Compression/Grooved Couplings
Max Zone of Influence Load (Fpw) lbs.
Max. Transverse and 4-way Brace Spacing ( ft.) *** According to
HLF for the 2006 & 2009 IBC (ASCE 7-05 ) & Cp for NFPA-1 3 shown in BOLD
TYPE
Pipe
Transverse Brace Spacing*
Size
20 ft.
25 ft.
30 ft.
3 5 ft.
40 ft.
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
1 1/4
136
109
89
76
64
40
40
37
32
29
26
24
23
21
20
19
18
1 1/2
232
185
152
130
109
40
40
40
35
31
29
27
25
23
22
21
20
2
372
297
244
209
175
40
40
40
38
34
31
28
27
25
24
23
22
21/2
549
440
360
309
258
40
40
40
40
36
32
30
28
26
25
24
23
3
809
648
531
455
381
40
40
40
40
37
34
31
29
28
26
25
24
4
1544
1235
1 1012
867
726
40
40
40
1 40
1 40
37
34
32
30
1 29
1 28
1 26
Bull Moose Tube EDDYTHREAD 40 Steel Pipe Joined by Threading, Bonding or Compression/Grooved Couplings
Max Zone of Influence Load (Fpvt,) lbs.
Max. Transverse and 4-way Brace Spacing ( ft.) *** According to
HLF for the 2006 & 2009 IBC (ASCE 7-05 ) & Cp for NFPA-1 3 shown in BOLD
TYPE
Pipe
Transverse Brace Spacing*
Size
20 ft.
25 ft.
30 ft.
35 ft.
40 ft.
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
12.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
1
119
95
78
67
56
. 40
40
36
31
28
25
24
22
21
20
19
18
1 1/4
218
175
143
123
103
40
40
40
35
31
28
26
25
23
22
21
20
1 1/2
312
250
205
175
147
40
40
40
37
33
30
28
26
25
23
22
21
2
518
1 414
1 339
1 291
243
40
1 40
1 40
1 40
1 36
1 33
1 30
29
27
26
24
23
Victaulill:0 Grooved End Fittings
No. 20 Tee
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Available Sizes
* 3/4 - 60720 - 1500 mm
Maximum Working Pressure
No. 10 Elbow
* Fitting pressure ratings are equivalent to the pressure ratings of the coupling used to install them.
Application
X. A —C- It a -U1 i 9: f
07.01
• Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components.
• Supplied with Victaulic OGS grooves.
• Exclusively for use with Victaulic couplings, valves, accessories and pipe which feature ends formed with the
Victaulic CIGS groove profile.
Pipe Materials
* Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel
NOTE
These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic plain end couplings. Intended for use only in grooved piping systems. When connecting wafer or lug type
butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings using Style 741 or Style 743 flange adapters, be sure to check disc clearance dimensions with I.D. dimension of
fitting.
IALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. I
System No.
Location
Spec Section
Paragraph
Submitted By
Date
Approved
Date
victaulic.com
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1 "dicctaullicr
victaulic.com
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued)
Other Fitting Styles
AGS - Advanced Groove System
from 14 — 607350 — 1500 m m Ductile Iron for AWWA size pipe
Publication 20.05 Publication 23.05
Stainless Steel
Publication 17.16 XL fittings for abrasive services
Publication 07.07
Galvanized
Publication 07.01 for Original Groove Fittings
Publication 20.05 for AGS Fittings Aluminum
Puhlic-.at�on 21.03
9r
Extra Heavy EndSeal "ES"
Publication 07.03 ow
Shouldered Ends
Publication 07.06
Copper 41VI
Publication 22.04
Plain End
Ptjhlif,;itinn 14 04
07.01 1449RevAD Updated02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.corn 2 ISA-ic--taulill
victaulic.com
2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS
C@- FL P-C 131
USTED
NOTES
When supplied as "hot dip galvanized" the following fittings are UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 and for use on cold +867430"C potable water
service and ANSUNSF 372: No. 10 90" Elbow, No. 1145" Elbow, No. 12 22 V2" Elbow, No. 13 111/4" Elbow, No. 100 90" Long Radius Elbow, No. 110 45" Long
Radius Elbow, No. 20 Tee, No. 25 Tee with Grooved Branch, No. 30 45" Lateral, No. 60 Cap, No. 50 Concentric Reducers, No. 51 Eccentric Reducers.
The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved: No.10 90" Elbow, No.1 145" Elbow, No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap.
The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved: No.10 90" Elbow, No.11 45" Elbow, No.12 22 1h Elbow, No.13 11 VV Elbow, No.30 45" Lateral, No.30-R
Reducing Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.110 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee, No.33 True Wye, No.50
Concentric Reducer, No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.29M Tee with Threaded Branch.
The following Victaulic fittings are FM approved: No.10 90" Elbow, No.11 45" Elbow, No.12 22 1h Elbow, No.13 11 V4" Elbow, No.30 45" Lateral, No.100 Long
Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee and No.50 Concentric Reducer.
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL
Fitting: (specify choice)
Standard: Ductile iron conforming to ASTIVI A-536, Grade 65-45-12.
Optional: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples
Nipples: (specify choice)
F-1 3/4 - 4720 - 100 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTIV A-53, Type F
El 5 - 67125 - 150 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr. B
r-1 8 - 127200 - 300 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr. B
Flanged Adapter Nipples: (specify choice)
El Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B-16.1
r-1 Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face
M Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face
Fitting Coating: (specify choice)
E] Standard: Orange enamel
Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard - see product
specifications
Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: (specify choice)
F1 Standard: None (Unfinished)
F] Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others
07.01 1449RevAD Updated02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
wit--taillie. rAM
91
XA-C-ta-ulicf
victaulic.com
0
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Elbows
No. 10 90' Elbow
No. 1145* Elbow
No. 12 22 112' Elbow
No. 13 111/4' Elbow
i*- C to E
No. 100 900 Long
Radius Elbow
T
I
No. 1,10 450 Long
C
to E
Radius Elbow
L
PIE
C to
C to
CI.En
Standard and
GSNK
C to E
C to E
No. 100
No. 110
No. 10
No. 11
No. 12
No. 13
90' Long Radius
45* Long Radius
Size
90" Elbow
45" Elbow
2211e Elbow
111/4* Elbow
Elbow
Elbow
Actual
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Outside
Wgt.
wgt.
wgt-
w9t.
Wgt.
wgt.
Nominal
Diameter
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
3/4
1.050
2.25
0.5
1.50
0.5
1.63 (sw)
11.38 (sw)
2.50 (sw)
0.4
1.88 (sw)
0.3
DN20
26.9
57
0.2
38
0.2
41
35
-
1
64
0.2
48
0.1
1
1.315
2.25
0.6
1.75
0.6
3.251
0.6
1.38 (sw)
0.3
2.88 (sw)
0.6
2.25 (sw)
0.5
DN25
33.7
57
0.3
44
0.3
83
0.3
35
0.1
73
0.3
57
0.2
1 'A
1.660
2.75
1.0
1.75
0.9
1.75
0.8
1.38 (sw)
0.5
3.25 (sw)
1A
2.38 (sw)
0.7
DN32
42.4
70
0.5
44
0.4
44
0.4
35
0.2
83
0.5
60
0.3
11/2
1.900
2.75
1�2
1.75
0.9
1.75
0.8
1.38 (sw)
0.5
3.63 (sw)
2.2
2.50 (sw)
1.3
DN40
48.3
70
0.5
44
0.4
44
0.4
35
0.2
92
1.0
64
0.6
2
2.375
3.25
1.8
2.00
1.3
1.88
1.2
1.38
.0
10.5
4.38
2.5
2.75
1.8
DN50
60.3
83
0.8-
51
-0.6-
48
0.5
35
111
1.1
70
0.8
21/2
2.875
3.75
3.2
2.25
2.2
4.001
23
1.50
1.1
5.13
3.4
3.00
2.8
73.0
95
1.5
57
1.0
102
1.0
38
0.5
130
1.5
76
1.3
DN65
3.000
3.75
3.7
2.25
3.4
2.25
1.50
76.1
95
1.7
57
1.5
57
38
3
3.500
4.25
4.5
2.50
3.1
4.501
3.1
1.50
2.1
5.88
6.0
3.38
4.9
DN80
88.9
108
2.0
64
1.4
114
1.4
38
1.0
149
2.7
86
2.2
31/2
4.000
4.50
5.6
2.75
4.3
2.50 (sw)
4.0
1.75 (sw)
2.7
DN90
101.6
114
2.5
70
2.0
64
1,8
44
1.2
4
4.500
5.00
7.1
3.00
5.6
2.88
5.6
1.75
3.6
7.50
12.3
4.00
7.3
DNIOO
114.3
127
3.2
76
2.5
73
2.5
44
1.6
191
5.6
102
3.3
4.250
5.00
11.0
3.00
5.6
108.0
127
5.0
76
2.5
41/2
5.000
5.25 (sw)
10.0
3.13 (sw)
6.0
3.50 (sw)
6.6
1.88 (sw)
4.2
DN120
127.0
133
4.5
79
2.7
89
3.0
48
1.9
5
5.563
5.50
11.7
3.25
8.3
2.88 (sw)
7.8
2.00 (sw)
5.0
9.25 (sw)
18.0
4.88 (sw)
14.8
141.3
140
5.3
83
3.8
73
35
51
12
235
8.2
124
6.7
5.250
5.50
11.7
3.25
8.3
133.0
140
5.3
83
3.8
DN125
5.500
5.50
11.7
3.25
8.3
2.88
-
2.00
139.7
140
5.3
83
3.8
73
51
6
6.625
6.50
17.2
3.50
10.8
6.251
12.2
2.00
7.0
10.75
30.4
5.50
17.4
DN150
168.3
165
7.8
89
4.9
159
5.5
51
273
13.8
140
7.9
6.250
6.50
18.6
3.50
10.8
159.0
165
8.4
89
4.9
6.500
6.50
15.5
3.50
9.8
3.13
1 1�4
2.00
7.4
10.75 (sw)
29.0
5.50 (sw)
19.0
165.1
165
7.0
89
4.4
79
5.2
51
3.4
273
13.2
140
8.6
I Gooseneck design, end -to -end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
2 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this
size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
3 Chinese standard sizes
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTE
. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
virtmilir rnm
121
II."A-c-taulice
virtai ifir rnnn
4.0 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
Elbows
No. 10 90' Elbow
No. 11450 Elbow
No. 12 22 V2" Elbow
No. 13 111/4' Elbow C to Ej
No. 100 900 Long
Radius Elbow
C
No. 110 450 Long to E
Radius Elbow L
E
��to� Ctok
10
Standard and
GSNK
C to E
C to E
No. 100
No. 110
No. 10
No. 11
No. 12
No. 13
90' Long Radius
45* Long Radius
Size
90" Elbow
45" Elbow
221/2* Elbow
111/4* Elbow
Elbow
Elbow
Actual
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx
Outside
wgt.
wgt.
w9t.
wgt.
wgt.
wgt.
Nominal
Diameter
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
C to E
Each
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
8
8.625
7.75
29.9
4.25
20 * 4
7.751
20.0
2.00
10. 1
1 4.25
66.0
7 ' 25
36.0
DN200
219A
197 1
13.6
108
9.3
197
9.1
51
4.6
362
30.0
184
16.3
10
10.750
9.00
63.3
4.75
37.5
14.38 (sw)
30.0
2.13
11.8
15.00
107.0
6.25
57.0
DN250
273.0
229
28.7
121
17.0
i'll
13.6
S4
S.3
381
48.5
159
25.9
12
12.750
10.00
74.0
5.25
66.7
4.88 (sw)
40.0
2.25
29.3
18.00
156.0
7.50
90.0
DN300
323.9
254
33.6
133
30.3
124
18.1
57
13.3
457
70.8
191
40.8
142
14.000
14.00
136.0
5.75
65.0
5.00 (sw)
46.0
3.5 (sw)l
32.0
21.00(s)
164.0
8.75
82.0
DN350
355.6
356
61.7
146
29.5
127
20.9
89
14.5
533
74.4
222
37.2
14.843
14.84
149.3
6.13
82.0
377.0
377
67.7
156
37.2
16 2
16.000
16.00
171.0
6.63
88.0
5.00 (sw)
58.0
4.00 (sw)
42.0
24.00(s)
210.0
10.00(s)
100.0
DN400
406.5
406
77.6
168
39.3
127
26.3
102
19.1
610
95.3
254
45.4
16.773
16.75
198.6
7.00
101.3
426.0
425
90.1
178
45.9
18 2
18.000
18.00
228.0
7.50
108.0
5.50 (sw)
65.0
4.50 (sw)
53.2
27.00(s)
273.0
11.25(s)
135.0
DN450
457.2
457
103.4
190
50.0
140
29.5
144
24.1
686
123.8
286
61.2
18.898
18.88
291.0
7.83
141.7
480.0
480
132.0
200
64.3
202
20.000
20.00
298.0
8.25
138.0
6.00 (sw)
78.6
S.00 (sw)
65.0
30.00(s)
343.0
12.50(s)
174.0
DN500
508.0
508
135.2
210
62.6
152
36.0
127
29.5
762
155.6
318
78.9
20.866
20.88
355.0
8.63
179.0
530.0
530
161.0
219
81.2
242
24.000
24.00
438.0
10.00
221.0
7.00 (sw)
140.0
6.00 (sw)
60.0
36.00(s)
516.0
15.00(s)
251.0
DN600
609.6
610
100.2
178
63.5
152
27.2
914
2 4.1
381
113.9
24.803
24.80
545.0
10.25
255.2
630.0
630
247.2
261
115.7
For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05
14-60
350-1500
AGS-
I Gooseneck design, end -to -end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
2 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this
size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTE
. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
-0
X'A_C__t_aU1iC�
victaulic.corn
4.1 DIMENSIONS
Reducing Base Support Elbow
No. R-10G Grv. x Grv.
No. R-10F Grv. x Flange
C to E C to E
H H
B Dia. B Dia.
No. R-10
Size
Reducing Base Support Elbow
Approx. Weight Each
Nominal Size
C to E
H
B Diameter
Grv. x Grv.
Grv. x Flange
inches
inches
inches
inches
lb
lb
ON
mm
mm
Mm
kg
kg
6 4
9.00
1.25
1.50
19.0
33,0
DN150 X DN100
229
32
38
8.6
15.0
5
9.00
1.50
1.50
23.0
38.0
DN125
229
38
38
10.4
17.2
8 6
10.50
2.13
1.50
33.0
52.0
DN200 X DN150
267
24
38
15.0
23.6
10 8
112.00
2.40
1.50
61.0
88.0
DN250 X DN200
305
61
38
27.7
39.9
4.2 DIMENSIONS
Adapter Elbow
No. 18 90" Adapter Elbow CIO
No. 19 45" Adapter Elbow GE
C to<
CIO
TE C 0
T�E
L L--
No. 18
No. 19
Size
90" Adapter Elbow4
45" Adapter Elbow4
Actual
Approximate
Approx.
Nominal
Outside
Weight
Weight
Size
Diameter
C to GE
C to TE
(Each)
C to GE
C to TE
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
inches
lb
inches
inches
lb
DN
Mm
mm
Mm
kg
n1m
MM
kg
3/4
1,050
2.25
2.25
0.5
1.50
1.50
0.5
DN20
26.9
57
57
0.2
38
38
0.2
1
1.315
2.25
2.25
0.5
DN25
33.7
57
57
0.2
11/4
1.660
2.75
2.75
0.9
DN32
42.4
70
70
0.4
11/2
1.900
2.75
2.75
1.1
1.75
1.75
0.9
DN40
48.3
70
70
0.5
44
44
0.4
2
2.375
3.25
4.25
2.5
DN50
60.3
83
108
1.1
21/2
2.875
3.75
3.75
3.0
2.25
2.25
2.3
73.0
95
95
57
57
1.0
3
3.500
4.25
6.00
-1.4
5.8
2.50
4.25
5.0
DN80
88.9
108
152
2.6
64
108
2.3
31/2
4.000
4.50
6.25
8.0
5.25
5.25
8.8
DN90
101.6
114
159
3. 6
133
133
4.0
6
6.625
6.50
6.50
17.6
3.50
3.50
12.7
DN150
168.3
165
165
8.0
89
89
5.8
4 Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on order.
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.corn
A
".."Ac-ta-ulicy
victaulic.corn
4.3 DIMENSIONS
Tees, Crosses and True Wyes
C to E
C to E -i
C
to
E
C to LE C to
GE
TE
C to C toTE
SE
No. 20
No. 35
No. 33
No. 29M
Size
Tee
Cross (sw)
True Wye (sw)
Tee with Threaded Branch
Actual
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Outside
Weight
Weight
Weight
Weight
Nominal
Dimeter
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
C to LE
C to SE
(Each)
C to GE
C to TE
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
inches
lb
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
3/4
1.050
2.25
0.6
2.25
0.9
2.25
2.00
0.7
2.25
2.25 (sw)
0.6
DN20
26.9
57
0.3
57
OA
57
51
0.3
57
57
0.3
1
1.315
2.25
.0
10.5
2.25
1.3
2.25
2.25
1.1
2.25
2.25
1,0
DN25
33.7
57
57
0.6
57
57
0.5
57
57
0.5
11/4
1.660
2.75
1.5
2.75
2.1
2.75
2.50
1.5
2.75
2.75
1.5
DN32
42A
70
0.7
70
1.0
70
64
0.7
70
70
0.7
11/2
1.900
2.75
2.0
2.75
2.5
2.75
2.75
1.8
2.75
2.75
2.0
DN40
48.3
70
0.9
70
1.1
70
70
0.8
70
70
0.9
2
2.375
3.25
3.0
3.25
3.8
3.25
2.75
2.5
3*25
4.25
3.0
DN50
60.3
83
1.4
83
1.7
83
70
1.1
83
108
1.4
21/2
2.875
3.75
4.3
3.75
6.1
3.75
3.00
4.3
3.75
3.75
4.3
73.0
95
2.0
95
2.8
95
76
2.0
95
95
2.0
DN65
3.000
3.75
5.2
-
-
-
-
-
3.75
3.75 (sw)
5.2
76.1
95
2.4
95
95
2.4
3
3,500
4.25
6.8
4.25
10.5
4.25
3.25
6.1
4.25
6.00
6.8
DN80
88.9
108
3.0
108
4.8
108
83
2.8
108
152
3.1
31/2
4.000
4.50 (sw)
7.9
4.SO
11.5
4.50
3.50
9.6
4.50
4.50(sw)
7.9
DN90
101.6
114
3.6
114
5.2
114
89
4.4
114
114
3.6
4.250
5.00
15.5
5.00
5.00 (sw)
15.5
108.0
127
7.0
127
127
7.0
4
4.500
5.00
11.9
5.00
15.8
5.00
3.75
9.8
5.00
7.25
11.9
DN100
114.3
127
5.4
127
7.2
127
95
4.4
127
184
5A
41/2
5.000
5.25 (sw)
15.0
5.25
18.5
5.25
5.25 (sw)
15.0
DN120
127.0
133
6.8
133
8.4
133
133
6.8
5.250
5.50
17.8
5.50
5.50 (sw)
17.8
133.0
1 140
8.1
140
140
8.1
DN125
5.500
5.50
17.8
-
-
-
-
-
5.50
5.50 (sw)
17.8
139.7
140
8.1
140
140
8.1
5
5.563
5.50
17.8
5.50
20.0
5.50
4.00
15.0
5.50
5.50 (sw)
17.8
141.3
140
8.1
140
9.1
140
102
6.8
140
140
8.1
6.250
6.50
27.1
6.50
6.50 (sw)
27.1
159.0
165
12.3
165
165
12.3
6.500
6.50
22.0
6.50
28.0
6.50
6.50 (sw)
22.0
165.1
165
10.0
165
12.7
165
165
10.0
6
6.625
6.50
25.7
6.50
28.0
6.50
4.50
22.3
6.50
6.50 (sw)
25.7
DN150
168.3
165
11.7
165
12.7
165
114
10.1
165
165
11.7
8
8.625
7.75
47.6
7.75
48.0
7.75
6.00
36.0
7.75
7.75
47.6
DN200
219.1
197
21.6
197
21.8
197
152
16.3
197
197
21.6
10
10.750
9.00
99.0
9.00
121.5
9.00
6.50
69.9
9.00
9.00
99.0
DN250
273.0
229
44.9
229
55.1
229
155
31.7
229
229
44.9
12
12.750
10.00
133.0
10.00
110.0
10.00
7.00
80.0
10.00
10.00
133.0
DN300
323.9
254
60.3
254
49.9
254
178
36.3
254
254
60.3
5 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this
size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
6 Chinese standard sizes
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTE
0 All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 C 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
X, Ac. -ta -U1 ii C �
victaulic.com
4.3 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
Tees, Crosses and True Wyes
C to E
r C to E-i
C
to
E
C to LE\ C to
GE
TE
C to Cto
SE
4
No. 20
No. 35
No. 33
No. 29M
Size
Tee
Cross (sw)
True Wye (sw)
Tee with Threaded Branch
Actual
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
A x.
Outside
Weight
Weight
Weight
Weight
Nominal
Dimeter
C to E
(Each)
C to E
(Each)
C to LE
C to SE
(Each)
C to GE
C to TE
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
inches
lb
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
mm
Mm
kg
145
14.000
11.00 (sw)
145.0
11.00
198.0
11.00
7.50
134.2
DN350
355.6
279
65.8
279
89.8
279
191
1 60.8
1
377.0
11 ' 50
145.0
-
-
-
-
-
292
65.8
16 5
16.000
12.00(sw)
186.0
12.00
250.0
12.00
8.00
167.0
DN400
40&4
305
84.4
305
113.4
305
203
75.7
426.0
13.00
186.0
-
-
-
-
-
300
84.4
185
18.000
15.50 (sw)
260.0
15.50
350.0
15.50
8.50
234.0
DN450
457.0
394
117.9
394
158.8
394
216
106.1
480.0
14 ' 63
256.0
-
-
-
-
-
372
116.1
-205
----20.o--o-
7.25 (Sw)
336.0
17.25
5 0
17
DN500
508.0
438
152.4
438
205.0
438
229
127.5
15.38(sw)
339.0
530.0
391
-
-
-
-
-
245
24.000
- -
20.00 (sw)
.153.8
592.0
20.00
795.0
20.00
10.00
523.0
DN600
610.0
508
268.5
508
360.6
508
254
237.2
17.38(sw)
473.0
630.0
441
214.5
-
-
-
-
-
14-60
For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05
DN350 -
A05-
DN1500
096milll"
For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this
size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTE
6 All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
L-01
X, A� -C -ts -U1 i C �
victaulic.com
4.4 DIMENSIONS
Reducing Tee
No. 25 Grooved Branch
No. 29T Threaded Branch
C to E r C to E
L 3 C LL I C
to to
E
E
No. 25 No. 29T
No. 29T
No. 25
w/ Thd.
Size
Std.
Branch
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Size
C to E
C to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
n1m
mm
kg
DN25
x I
DN225
x
3/4
DN20
2.25 (sw)
57
2.25 (sw)
57
1.0
0.5
1 1/4
DN32
x 1 'A
DN32
x
1
DN25
2.75 (sw)
70
2.75 (sw)
70
1.3
0.6
1 1/2
DN40
x 1 1/2
DN40
X
3/4
DN20
2.75 (sw)
70
2.75 (sw)
70
1.5
0.7
2.75 (sw)
2.75 (sw)
1.5
1
DN25
70
70---.--
0.7--
2.75 (sw)
2.75 (sw)
1.7
1 1/4
DN32
70
70
0.8
2
DN50
2
X DN50
X
3/4
DN20
3.25
83
3.25
83
2.5
1.1
3.25
3.25
2.7
1
DN25
83
83
1.2
3.25 (sw)
3.25 (sw)
1.8
1 1/4
DN32
83
83
0.8
3.25
3.25 (sw)
3.0
1 1/2
DN40
83
83
1.4
21/2
X 21/2
X
3/4
DN20
3.75 (sw)
95
3.75 (sw)
95 --
3.9
--1.8
3.75
1
3.75 (sw)
3.8
DN25
95
95
1.7
3.75
3.75
4.2
1 1/4
ON32
95
95
1.7
3.75
3.75
3.9
11/2
DN40
95
95
1.8
3.75
3.75 (sw)
4.5
2
DN50
95
95
2.0
3
DN80
X 3
DN80
X
3/4
DN20
4.25 (sw)
108
4.25 (sw)
108
5.7
2.6
4.25
4.25
6.1
1
DN25
108
108
2.8
4.25
4.25
8.0
1 1/4
DN32
108
108
3.6
4.25
4.25 (sw)
6.5
1 1/2
DN40
108
108
2.9
4.25
4.25 (sw)
6.2
2
DN50
108
108
2.8
4.25
4.25 (sw)
6.4
21/2
1 108
108
2.9
7 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
8 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
C to E I - C to E
-T -T
C C
to
E tEo
No.25 No.29T
No. 29T
No. 25
w/ Thd.
Size
Std.
Branch
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Size
C to E
C to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
4
DN100
X 4 X
DN100
3/4
DN20
5.00 (sw)
127
5.00 (sw)
127
8.0
3.6
5.00
5.00
7.8
1
DN25
127
127
3.5
5.00 (SW)
5.00 (5W)
9.6
1 'A
DN32
127
127
4A
5.00
5.00
10.2
1 1/2
-DN40
127
127
4.6
5.00
5.00
11.2
2
DN50
127
127
5.1
5.00
5.00
11.4
21/2
127
127
5.2
5.00
5.00
11.6
3
DN80
127
127
5.3
5
DN125
X 5 X
DN125
1
DN25
5.50 (sw)
140
5.50 (sw)
140
14.0
6.4
5.50 (sw)
5.50 (sw)
14.3
1 1/2
DN40
140
140
6.5
5.50 (sw)
5.50 (sw)
14.5
2
DN50
140
140
6.6
5.50
5.50 (sw)
15.2
21/2
140
140
6.9
5.50
5.50 (sw)
16.6
3
DN80
140
140
7.5
5.50
5.50 (sw)
16.7
4
DN100
140
140
7.6
6
DN150
X 6 X
DNI50
1
DN25
6.50 (sw)
165
6.50 (sw)
165
23.0
10.4
6.50 (sw)
6.50 (sw)
24.0
1 1/2
DN40
165
165
10.9
6.50
6.50
21.6
2
DN50
165
165
9.8
6.50
6.50
21.4
21/2
165
165
11.7
6.50
6.50
26.5
3
DN80
165
165
12.0
6.50
6.50
25.0
4
DN100
165
165
11.3
6.50
6.50
23.2
5
165
165
10.5
61/2
DN165.1
X 61/2 X
DN165.1
3
DN80
6.50
165
6.50 (sw)
165
24.0
10.9
6.50
6.50 (sw)
25.0
4
IDN100
165
165
11.3
7 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
8 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
VE
ictaulice
victaulic.com
4.4 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
Reducing Tee
No. 25 Grooved Branch
No. 29T Threaded Branch
C to E C to E
-T -T
L C L C
to L to
E E
No.25 No.29T
No. 29T
No. 25
w/ Thd.
Size
Std.
Branch
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Size
C to E
C to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mill
mm
kg
8
DN200
X 8 x
DN200
11/2
DN40
7.75 (sw)
197
7.75 (sw)
197
33.0
15.0
7.75 (sw)
7.75 (sw)
33.5
2
DN50
197
197
15.2
7.75 (sw)
7.75 (sw)
39.0
21/2
197
197
17.7
7.75 (sw)
7.75 (sw)
33.6
3
DN80
197
197
15.2
7.75
7.75
41.8
4
DN100
197
197
19.0
5
7.75 (sw)
7.75 (sw)
34.0
197
197
15.4
7.75
7.75
42.3
6
DN150
197
197
19.2
7.75 (sw)
197
7.75 (sw)
197
48.0
21.8
165.1
10
DN250
10
X DN250 x
1 1/2
DN40
9.00
229
9.00
229
62.0
28.1
9.00 (sw)
9.00 (sw)
62.0
2
DN50
229
229
28.1
9.00 (sw)
9.00 (sw)
62.4
21/2
229
229
28.3
9.00 (sw)
9.00 (sw)
60.0
3
DN80
229
229
27.2
9.00 (sw)
9.00 (sw)
61.0
4
DN100
229
229
27.7
9.00 (sw)
9.00 (sw)
52.0
5
229
229
23.6
9.00 (sw)
9.00 (sw)
59.0
6
DN150
229
229
26.8
9.0202(,sw)
9.00 (sw)
64.7
8
DN200
229
29.3
7 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
8 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
C to E C to Ei
T -T
C C
to to
E
No.25 No.29T
No. 29T
No. 25
w/ TH.
Size
Std.
Branch
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Size
C to E
C to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
12
DN300
X 12 x
DN300
1
DN25
10.00 (sw)
254
10.00 (sw)
254
77.0
34.9
10.00 (sw)
10.00 (sw)
80.0
2
DN50
254
254
36.3
10.00 (sw)
10.00 (sw)
78.0
21/2
254
254
35.4
10.00 (sw)
10.00 (sw)
82.0
3
DN80
254
254
37.2
10.00 (sw)
10.00 (sw)
80.0
4
DN100
254
254
36.3
10.00 (sw)
10.00 (sw)
75.0
5
254
254
34.0
10.00 (sw)
10.00 (sw)
75.0
6
DN150
254
254
34.0
10.00 (sw)
10.00 (sw)
80.0
8
DN200
254
254
36.3
10.00 (sw)
10.00 (sw)
84.0
10
DN250
254
254
38.1
148
DN350
X 14 X
DN350
4
DN100
11.00 (sw)
279
11.00 (sw)
279
102.0
46.3
11.00 (sw)
11.00 (sw)
108.2
6
DN150
279
279
49.1
11.00
11.00
112.0
8
DN200
279
. 279
50.8
11.00
11.00
120.0
10
DN250
279
279
54.4
11.00
11.00
129.1
12
DN300
279
279
58.6
168
DN400
16
X DN400 x
4
DN100
12.00
305
12.00
305
130.0
59.0
12.00(sw)
12.00(sw)
133.5
6
DN150
305
305
60.6
12.00
12.00
145.0
8
DN200
305
305
65.8
12.00
12.00
149.5
10
DN250
305
305
67.8
12.00
12.00
154.0
12
DN300
305
305
69.9
12.00 (sw)
167.0
14
DN350
305
75.8
7 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
8 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
virtniflir rnm
I to]
,NJLicctauliic�
victaulic.com
4.4 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
Reducing Tee
No. 25 Grooved Branch
No. 29T Threaded Branch
C to E C to
C
to to
E E
V- IE
No.25 No.29T
No. 29T
No. 25
W/ Thd.
Size
Std.
Branch
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Size
C to E
C to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
187
18
4
15.50 (sw)
15.50 (sw)
194.0
DN450
X X
DN450
DN100
394
394
88.0
15.50 (sw)
15.50 (sw)
200.0
6
DN150
394
394
90.7
15.50 (sw)
15.50 (sw)
202.0
8
DN200
394
394
91.6
15.50
15.50
212.0
10
DN250
394
394
96.2
15.50
15.50
222.6
12
DN300
394
394
101.0
15.50
230.1
14
DN350
394
104.4
15.50
247.6
16
DN400
394
112.3
207
20
6
17.25
17.25
240.0
DN500
x DN500 x
DN150
438
438
108.9
17.25
17.25
244.0
8
DN200
438
438
110.7
17.25
17.25
256.0
10
DN250
438
438
116.1
17.25
17.25
264.0
12
DN300
438
438
119.8
17.25
275.0
14
DN350
438
124.7
17.25
288.6
16
DN400
438
130.9
17.25
297.0
18
DN450
438
134.7
7 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
8 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
�Ctolil
-T
C
to
E
4
No. 25
,-CtoEi
-T
E C
to
E
No. 29T
No. 29T
No. 25
W/ Thd.
Size
Std.
Branch
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Size
C to E
C to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
Mm
mm
kg
247 24 8
20.00
20.00
340.0
DN600 DN600 --.DN200
508
508
154.2
20.00
20.00
343.9
10
-DN250
508
508
156.0
20.00
20.00
352.8
12
DN300
508
508
160.0
20.00
360.0
149
DN350508
163.3
20.00
378.0
16
DN400
508
171.5
20.00
380.0
189
DN450
508
172.4
20.00
373.0
20
DN50
508
169.2
For AGS fitting information, see
DN14-60
publication 20.05
DN350-1500
AGS'"
096mO�
7 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
8 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTES
• No. 29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are
available with British Standard threads. For British Standard specify
"BSP" clearly on order.
• All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 @ 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 11 '4diectsulilce
victaulic.com
4.5 DIMENSIONS
Bull Plug
No. 61
E to E
D
No. 61
No. 61
Size
Bull Plug (s)
Actual
Approx.
Outside
Weight
Nominal
Diameter
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
2
2.375
4.00
2.5
DN50
60.3
102
1.1
21/2
2.875
5.00
3.0
73.0
127
1.4
3
3.500
6.00
4.5
DN80
88.9
152
2.0
4
4.500
7.00
7.5
DN100
114.3
178
3.4
5
5.563
8.00
12.0
141.3
203
5.4
6
6.625
10.00
17.0
DN150
168.5
254
7.7
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTES
Steel dish caps available through 247600 mm, contact Victaulic.
No. 61 Bull Plugs should be used in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750
couplings
All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved,
victaulic.com
12
X, Ai -C- t -au I ii C: r
victaulic.com
4.6 DIMENSIONS
45" Lateral
No. 30
T-
C to
.
LE
C9
C to
No. 30
No. 30
Size
45' Lateral
Weight
Actual
Outside
Approx.
Nominal
Diameter
C to LE
C to SE
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
mm
kg
3/4
1.050
4.50 (sw)
2.00 (sw)
1.0
DN20
26.9
114
51
0.5
1
1.315
5.00 (sw)
2.25 (sw)
1.7
DN25
33.7
127
57
0.8
11/4
1.660
5.75
2.50
2.5 (d)
DN32
42.4
146
64
1.1
11/2
1.900
6.25 (sw)
2.75 (sw)
3.5
DN40
48.3
159
70
1.6
2
2.375
7.00 (sw)
2.75 (sw)
5.0
DN50
60.3
178
70
2 . 31
21/2
2.875
7.75 (sw)
3.00 (sw)
9.0
73.0
197
76
4.1
DN65
3.000
8.50 (sw)
3.25 (sw)
11.0
76.1
216
83
5.0
3
3.500
8.50
3.25
11.7 (d)
DN80
88.9
216
83
5.4
31/2
4.000
10.00 (sw)
3.50 (sw)
17.8
DN90
101.6
254
89
8.1
4
4.500
10.50
3.75
22.2 (d)
DN100
114.3
267
95
10.1
5
5.563
12.50 (sw)
4.00 (sw)
21.8
1413
318
102
9.9
For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
T-
C to
LE
No. 30
No. 30
Size
45* Lateral
Weight
Actual
Outside
Approx.
Nominal
Diameter
C to LE
C to SE
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
mm
kg
6.500
14.00 (sw)
4.50 (sw)
43.6
165.1
356
114
19.8
6
6.625
14.00 (sw)
4.50 (sw)
43.6
DN150
168.3
356
114
49.8
8
8.625
18.00 (sw)
6.00 (sw)
72.0
DN200
219.1
457
152
32.7
10
10,750
20.50 (sw)
6.50 (sw)
105.0
DN250
2710
521
165
47.6
12
12.750
23.00 (sw)
7.00 (sw)
165.0
DN300
323.9
584
178
74.8
149
14,000
26.50 (sw)
7.50 (sw)
276.0
DN350
355,6
673
191
125.2
169
16.000
29.00 (sw)
8.00 (sw)
344.2
DN400
406,4
737
203
156.1
189
18.000
32.00 (sw)
8.50 (sw)
429.0
DN450
457.0
813
216
194.6
209
20.000
35.00 (sw)
9.00 (sw)
500.0
DN500
508.0
889
229
1 226.8
24')
24,000
40.00 (sw)
10.00 (sw)
715.0
DN600
610.0
1016
254
324.3
For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05
DN14-60
DN350 - 1500
AGS"
=%=00�
9 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTE
. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
13
ISA-i-c_taulic�
victaulic.com
4.7 DIMENSIONS
45" Reducing Lateral
No. 30-R
C Lu j
LE i /
_ J/
C to
SE
i'- I ?,
No. 30-R
No 30-R
Size
45* Reducing Lateral
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Size
C to LE
C to SE
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
3
3
2
8.50
3.25
9.8
DN80
X DN80
X
DN50
216
83
4.4
8.50
21/2
3.25
9.8
DN65
216
83
4A
4
4
2
10.50
3.75
10.0
DN100
x DN100
x
DN50
267
95
4.5
10.50
3.75
10.0
21/2
DN65
267
95
4.5
10.50
3.75
18.3
3
DN80
267
95
8.3
5
5
2
12.50
4.00
24.0
X
x
DN50
318
102
10.9
12.50
4.00
27.0
3
DN80
318
102
12.2
12.50
4.00
26.5
4
DN100
318
102
12.0
6
6
3
14.00
4.50
37.0
DN150
x DN150
x
DN80
356
114
16.8
14.00
4.50
36.0
4
DN100
356
114_
16.3
14.00
4.50
44.7
5
356
114
20.3
8
8
4
18.00
6.00
62.0
DN200
DN200
DN100
457
152---
28.1
18.00
6.00
75.5
5
457
152
34.2_
18.00
6.00
82.0
6
DN150
457
152
37.2
10
10
4
20.50
6.50
104.8
DN250
x DN250
x
DN100
521
165
47.5
20.50
6.50
99.0
5
521
165
44.9
20.50
6.50
105.8
6
DN150
521
165
48.0
20.50
6.50
118.0
8
DN200
521
165
53.5
12
12
5
23.00
7.00
122.0
DN300
x DN300
x
584
178
55.3
23.00
7.00
137.0
6
DN150
584
62.1
23.00
7.00
147.0
8
DN200
584
178
66.7-----.
23.00
7.00
167.0
10
DN250,
584
178
75.8
7
C to
LE
S E
No. 30-R
No 30-R
Size
45* Reducing Lateral
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Size
C to LE
C to SE
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
1410
DN350
14
x DN350 x
4
DN100
26.50
673
7.50
191
172.0
78.0
26.50
7.50
187.0
6
DN150
673
191
84.8
26.50
7.50
205.8
8
DN200
673
191
93.4
26.20
7.50
235.0
10
DN250
673
191
106.6
26.50
7.50
250.0
12
DN300
673
191
113.4
1610
16
6
29.00
8.00
215.0
DN400
X DN400 x
DN150
737
203
97.5
29.00
8.00
252.5
8
DN200
737
203
114.5
29.00
8.00
265.0
10
DN250
737
203
120.2
29.00
8.00
295.0
12
DN300
737
203
133.8
29.00
8.00
305.0
14
DN350
737
203
138.3
1810
DN450
18
x DN450 x
6
DN150
32.00
813
8.50
216
274.0
124.3
32.00
8.50
275.0
8
DN200
813
216
124.7
32.00
8.50
347.0
12
DN300
813
216
157.4
32.00
8.50
350.0
14
DN350
813
216
158.8
32.00
8.50
362.0
16
DN400
813
216
164.2
2010
20
12
35.00
9.00
415.0
DN500
x DN500 x
DN300
889
229
188.2
35.00
9.00
420.0
14
DN350
889
229
190.5
35.00
10.00
425.0
16
DN400
899
229
192.8
2410
DN600
24
x DN600 X
16
DN400
40.00
1016
10.00
254
425.0
192.8
40.00
10.00
570.0
20
DN600
1016
254
, 258.6
For AGS fitting information,
14-60
see
publication 20.05
DN350- DNI500
AGS'
10 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
14
X X r-ta U I i C�
victaulic.com
4.8 DIMENSIONS
4.9 DIMENSIONS
Tee Wye
No. 32
H
E, -
No. 32
J
E,
- I
No. 32
Size
Tee Wye (sw)
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Size
G
H
Ei
E2
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
2
2
2
2.75
7.00
9.00
4.63
6.4
DN50
X DN50
x DN50
70
178
229
118
2.9
21/2
21/2
21/2
3.00
7.75
10.50
5.75
11.5
X
x
76
197
267
146
5.2
3
3
3
3.25
8.50
11.50
6.50
14.3
X DN80
x DN80
83
216
292
165
6.5
_DN80
31/2
31/2
31/2
3.25
10.00
13.00
7.75
22.9
DN90
X DN90
x DN90
89
254
330
197
10A
4
4
4
3.75
10.50
13.63
8.13
26.0
1 100
X DNIOO
x DN100
95
267
, 346
207
11.8
5
5
5
4.00
12.50
16.13
10.00
48.0
x
X
102
318
410
254
21.8
6
6
6
4.50
14.00
18.25
11.50
60.5
DN150
x DN150
X DN150
114
356
464
292
27.4
8
8
8
6.00
18.00
23.25
15.25
127.1
DN200
x DN200
x DN200
152
457
, 591
387
57.7
10
10
10
6.50
20.50
27.25
18.00
190.0
DN250
X DN250
x DN250
165
521
692
457
86.2
12
12
12
7.00
23.00
31.00
20�.50
240.0
DN300
x DN300
X DN300
178
584
787
521
108.9
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
Adapter Nipple
No. 4012 Grv. x Thd.
No. 42 Grv. x Bev.
No. 43 Grv. x Grv.
r- E to E -i
r- E to E -i
r- E to E -1
[A
El
El
No. 40
No.42
No.43
No.40,42,43
Size
Adapter Nipple (s)
Approx.
Actual Outside
Weight
Nominal Size
Diameter
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
inches
DN
mm
mm
mm
3/4
1.050
3.00
0.3
DN20
26.9
76
0.1
1
1.315
3,00
0.4
25
33.7
76
0.2
11/4
1.660
4.00
0.8
DN32
42.4
102
0.4
11/2
1.900
4.00
0.9
40
48.3
102
0.4
2
2.375
4.00
1.2
DN50
60.3
102
0.5
21/2
2.875
4.00
1.9
73.0
102
0.9
3
3.500
4.00
2.5
DN80
88.9
102
1.1
31/2
4.000
4.00
2.1
DN90
101.6
102
0.9
4
4.500
6.00
5.5
DNIOO
114.3
152
2.5
5
5.563
6.00
7.4
141.3
152
3.4
6
6.625
6.00
9.5
DN150
168.3
152
4.3
8
8.625
6.00
14.2
DN200
219.1
152
6.4
10
10.750
8.00
27.0
DN250
273.0
203
12.2
12
12.750
8.00
33.0
DN300
323.9
203
15.0
Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on
order.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTES
• All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
• For pump package nipples with 1 V2*140mm hole cut to receive Style 923
Vic -Let or Style 924 Vic-O-WellO request special No. 40, 42 or 43 nipples
and specify No. 40-H, 42-H or 43-H on order. NOTE: 4 - 127100 - 300 mm
diameter - 87200 mm minimum length required.
• For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System
(AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact
your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 (9 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com ctaullie
15 "J_!_C
virtaidir rnm
4.10 DIMENSIONS
Cap
No. 60
b T
No. 60
No. 60
Size
Cap
Actual
Approx.
Outside
Weight
Nominal
Diameter
"T" Thickness
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
n1m
mm
kg
3/4
1.050
0.88
0.2
DN20
26.9
22
0.1
1
1.315
0.88
0.3
25
33.7
22
0.1
11/4
1.660
0.88
0.3
DN32
42.4
22
0.1
11/2
1.900
0.88
0.5
DN40
48.3
22
0.2
2
2.375
0.88
0.6
DN50
60.3
22
0.3
21/2
2.875
0.88
1.0
73.0
22
0.5
3.000
0.88
1.2
76.1 rnm
76.1
22
0.5
3
3.500
0.88
1.2
88.9
22
0.5
--D-N80
31/2
4.000
0.88
2.5
DN90
101.6
22
1.1
4.250
1.00
2.3
108.0
25
1.0
4
4.500
1.00
2.5
DN100
114.3
25
1.1
5.250
1.00
4.5
133.0
25
2.0
DN125
5.500
1.00
4.5
139.7
25
2.0
5
5.563
1.00
4.6
141.3
25
2.1
12 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
+ Contact Victaulic for details.
b T
No. 60
No. 60
Size
Cap
Actual
Approx.
Outside
Weight
Nominal
Diameter
"T" Thickness
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
6.250
1.00
6.8
159.0
25
3.1
6.500
1.00
7.3
165.1
25
3.3
6
6.625
1.00
6.1
DN150
168.3
25
2.8
8
8.625
1.19
13.1
200
219.1
30
5.9
10
10.750
1.25
21.0
1 DN250
273.0
32
9.5
12
12.750
1.25
35.6
DN300
323.9
32
16.2
1412
14.000
9.50(s)
DN350
355.6
241
+
1612
16.000
10.00(s)
DN400
406.4
254
+
1812
18.000
11.00(s)
DN450
457.0
279
+
2012
20.000
12.00(s)
DN500
508.0
305
+
24 12
24.000
13.50(s)
DN600
610.0
343
+
For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05
14-60
AGS'
DN350 - DN1 5001
w96=0=w
12 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
+ Contact Victaulic for details.
NOTES
• No. 60 cap is not suitable for use in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750
couplings. No. 61 bull plugs should be used.
• All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 @ 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
16
Ij- Lilct a U I ii ly
4.11 DIMENSIONS
Flanged Adapter Nipple
No. 41 ANSI Class 125
No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face
No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face
No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face
No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face
No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face
�- E to E - I �- E to E - I E to E I �- E to E - I to [I- E to E 11
0i oil 0 0i �-E] Vj
No. 41 No. 45F No. 45R No. 46F No. 46R No. 45RE
No. 41
No. 45F and No. 45R
No. 46F and No. 46R
ANSI 125
ANSI 150
ANSI 300
No. 45RE
Size
Flange Adapter Nipple
Flanged Adapter Nipple (s)
Flanged Adapter Nipple (s)
Flanged Adapter Nipple
Actual
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Outside
Weight
Weight
Weight
Weight
Nominal
Diameter
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
DN
mm
Mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
3/4
1.050
3.0
3.00
2.3
3.00
3.3
DN20
26.9
76
76
1.0
76
1.5
1
1.315
3.00
2.5
3.00
2.7
3.00
3.9
DN25
33.7
76
1.1
76
1.2
76
1.8
11/4
1.660
4.00
3.0
4.00
3.3
4.00
4.8
DN32
42A
102
1.4
102
1.5
102
2.2
11/2
1.900
4.00
3.5
4.00
3.9
4.00
6.9
DN40
48.3
102
1.6
102
1.8
102
3.1
2
2.375 4.00
5.5
4.00
6.0
4.00
8.2
2.50
5.3
DN50
60.3 102
2.5
102
2.7
102
3.7
64
2.4
21/2
2.875 4.00
8.0
4.00
9.9
4.00
11.9
1 73.0 102
3.6
102
4.5
102
5.4
DN65
3.000
-
-
-
-
-
2.50
6.5
76.1
64
2.9
3
3.500 4.00
9.5
4.00
11.7
4.00
16.5
2.50
8.2
DN80
88.9 102
4.3
102
5.3
102
7.5
64
3.7
31/2
4.000 4.00
12.0
4.00
15.1
4.00
20.1
DN90
101.6 102
5.4
102
6.8
102
9.1
1
4
4.500
6.00
16.7
6.00
18.5
6.00
27.4
2.75
10.0
DN100
114.3
152
7.6
152
8.4
152
12.4
70
45
5
5.563
6.00
21.5
6.00
21.3
6.00
35.3
141.3
152
9.8
152
9.7
1 152
16.0
1
DN125
5.500
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.75
16.3
139.7
70
7.4
6
6.625
6.00
26.5
6.00
27.5
6.00
47.5
2.75
1 16.3
DNI50
168.3
152
12.0
152
12.5
152
21.5
70
7.4
6.500
165.1
8
8.625
6.00
39.0
6.00
41.3
6.00
70.3
DN200
219.1
152
17.7
152
18.8
152
31.9
10
10.750
8.00
57.0
8.00
59.3
8.00
100.8
DN 250
1 273.0
203
25.9
203
27.1
203
45.7
12
12.750
8.00
41.0
8.00
40.0
8.00
146.2
DN300
323.9
203
18.6
203
40.0
203
66.3
1413
14.000
8.00
8.00
8.00
DN350
355.6
203
203
+
1 203
+
1
1613
16.000
8.00
8.00
8.00
DN400
--
406A
203
20
203
1
73
1 8
18.000
8.00
1 8.00
8.00
DN45
1 457.0
203
203
+
203
13 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this
size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 17 1,,-'.AC_ta_U1iCr
4.11 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
Flanged Adapter Nipple
No. 41 ANSI Class 125
No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face
No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face
No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face
No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face
No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face
�- E to E — I �- E to E I E to E E to E — rn E to E rn E to E
0i 0i 0 0i D
No. 41 No. 45F No. 45R No. 46F No. 46R No. 45RE
No. 41
No. 45F and No. 45R
No. 46F and No. 46R
ANSI 125
ANSI 150
ANSI 300
No. 45RE
Size
Flange Adapter Nipple
Flanged Adapter Nipple (s)
Flanged Adapter Nipple (s)
Flanged Adapter Nipple (s)
Actual
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Outside
Weight
Weight
Weight
Weight
Nominal
Diameter
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
inches
lb
DN
mm
MM
kg
MM
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
2013
20.000
8.00
8.00
8.00
DN500
508.0
203
203
+
203
2413
24.000
8.00
8.00
8.00
DN600
610.0
203
203
+
203
+
14-60
For AGS fitting information see publication 20.05
AGY
DN350 - DN 1500
13 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this
size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
+ Contact Victaulic for details
NOTE
. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 @ 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 18 X0 A-c- —ta U I _icr
4.12 DIMENSIONS
Swaged Nipple
No. 53 Grv. x Grv.
No. 54 Grv. x Thd.
No. 55 Thd. x Grv.
E to E 7
�- E to E
E to E
L>
L,;:(]"'
E>
No. 53
No. 54
No. 55
No. 53, 54, and 55 Swaged
Size
Nipples (s)
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Sizes
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
kg
2 1
6.50
2.0
DN50 x DN25
165
0.9
6.50
2.0
11/4
DN32
165
0.9
6.50
2.0
11/2
DN40
165
0.9
21/2 1
7.00
3.0
x DN25
178
1.4
7 ' 00
3.0
11/4
DN32
178
1.4
7 ' 00
3.0
1 '/2
DN40
178
1.4
7.00
3.0
2
DN50
178
1.4
3 1
8,00
4.5
DN80 X DN25
203
2.0
8.00
4.5
11/4
DN32
203
2.0
8.00
4.5
11/2
DN40
203
2.0
8.00
4.5
2
DN50
203
2.0
8.00
4.5
21/2
203
2.0
31/2 3
8.00
6.8
DN90 x DN80
203
3.1
4 1
9.00
7.5
DN100 x DN25
229
3.4
9.00
7.5
11/4
DN32
229
3A
9.00
7.5
11/2
DN40
229
3.4
9.00
7.5
2
DN50
229
3.4
9.00
7.5
21/2
229
3.4
9.00
7.5
3
DN80
229
3.4
9.00
7.5
31/2
DN90
229
3.4
EtoE E to E E to E
No, 53 No. 54 No. 55
No. 53, 54, and 55 Swaged
Size
Nipples (s)
Approx.
Weight
Nominal Sizes
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
kg
5 2
11.00
11.5
x DN50
279
5.2
11.00
11.3
3
DN80
279
5.1
11.00
11.5
4
DNIOO
279
5.2
6 1
12.00
17.0
DN150 x DN25
305
7.7
12.00
17.0
11/4
DN32
305
7.7
12.00
17.2
11/2
DN40
305
7.8
12.00
17.4
2
DN50
305
7.9
12.00
17.4
21/2
305
7.9
12.00
17.4
3
DN80
305
7.9
12.00
17.4
31/2
DN90
305
7.9
12.00
17.5
4
DN100
305
7.9
12.00
17.5
41/2
DN120
305
7.9
12.00
17.5
5
305
7.9
8 6
DN200 DN150
+
20.0
9.1
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
+ Contact Victaulic for details
NOTE
. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victautic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 19
-11,4�-c-taul-ic�
4.13 DIMENSIONS
Female Threaded Adapter
No. 80
E to E
No. 80
Size
No. 80 Female Threaded Adapter
Actual
Approx.
Outside
Weight
Nominal
Diameter
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
3/4
1.050
2.00
1.0
DN20
26.9
51
0.5
1
1.315
2.06
1.0
DN25
33.7
52
0.5
11/4
1.660
2.31 (sw)
1.5
DN32
42.4
59
0.7
1 '/2
1.900
2.31 (sw)
1.5
DN40
48.3
59
0.7
2
2.375
2.50
1.4
DN50
60.3
64
0.6
21/2
2.875
2.75
1.5
73.0
70
0.7
3
3.500
2.75
2.9
DN80
88.9
70
13
4
4500
3.25
4.5
DN100
1,14.3
83
2.0
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTES
• Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on
order.
• All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
4.14 DIMENSIONS
Hose Nipple
No. 48
E to E
M
No. 48
Size
No. 48 Hose Nipple (s)
Approx.
Actual Outside
Weight
Nominal Size
Diameter
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
kg
3/4
1.050
3.12
0.3
DN20
26.9
79
0.1
1
1.315
3.38
0.4
DN25
33.7
86
0.2
11/4
1.660
3.88
0.6
DN32
42A
98
0.3
11/2
1.900
3.88
0.8
DN40
48.3
98
0.4
2
2.375
4.50
1.1
DN50
60.3
114
0.5
21/2
2.875
5.38
2.0
73.0
137
0.9
3
3.500
5.75
3.2
DN80
88.9
146
1.5
4
4.500
7.00
4.9
DN100
1143
178
2.2
5
5.563
8.75
8.0
141.3
222
3.6
6
6.625
10.13
14.3
DN150
168.3
257
6.5
8
8.625
11.88
24.7
DN200
219.1
302
11.2
10
10.750
12.50
40.1
273.0
318
18.2
--DN250
12
12.750-
-14.50
62.0
DN300
323.9
368
28.1
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTE
. All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com N/
20 ictaullicr
victaulic.com
4.15 DIMENSIONS
Concentric/Eccentric Reducer
No. 50 Concentric
No. 51 Eccentric
E
,to El
ar E to E I- E to E E to E
Eld El� P�-
No. 50 No. 51 Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel
No. 50 No. 51
No. 50 Concentric
No. 51
Size
Reducer
Eccentric Reducer
Approx.
Approx.
Weight
Weight
Nominal
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
DN
mm
kg
mm
kg
1/4 3/4
1.9
CIN32 DN20
0.9
1
1.9
DN25
0.9
1 V2 3/4
1.4
DN40 X DN20
+
0.6
1
2.50
0.8
8.50 (sw)
4.5
DN25
64
0.4
216
2.0
11/4
2.50
1.0
DN32
64
0.5
2 3/4
2.50
0.9
9.00 (sw)
2.0
X
DN50 DN20
64
0.3
229
0.9
1
2.50
0.7
9.00 (sw)
2.3
DN25
0.3
229
1.0
11/4
2.50
1.2
9.00 (sw)
4.6
DN32
64
0.5
229
2.1
11/2
3,50
1.0
3.50
1.1
DN40
89
0.5
89
0.5
21/2 3/4
1.3
3.3
X DN20
+
0.6
+
1.5
1
2.50
1.1
9.50
3.5
DN25
64
0.5
241
1.6
11/4
3.50
3.3
3.50
1A
DN32
89
1.5
89
0.6
11/2
2.50
3.6
9.50 (sw)
3.7
DN40
64
1.6
241
1.7
2
2.50
3.9
3.50
4.3
DN50
64
1.8
89
2.0
3 3/4
1.5
4.5
DN80 DN20
0.7
+
2.0
1
2.50
1.3
9.50 (sw)l
4.8
DN25
64
---241
2.2
2.50
11/4
1.4
4.8
DN32
64
0.6
+
2.2
11/2
2.50
5.1
9.50 (sw)
5.1
DN40
64
241
2.3
2
2.50
-2.3 -.1
1.6
3.50
6.0
DN50
0.7
2.7
21/2
2.50
1.8
3.50
7.0
64
0.8
89
3.2
DN76.1
2.50
2.1
-
-
64
1.0
31/2 3
2.50
2.0
9.50 (sw)
7.0
X
DN90 DN80
64
0.9
241
3.2
4 1
3.00
3.0
13.00 (sw)
6.5
X
DN100 DN25
76
1.4
2.9
E
r-to E to E
D n�
No. 50 No. 51
t<- E to E
E to E
Fabricated Steel
Fabricated Steel
No. 50
No. 51
No. 50 Concentric
No. 51
Size
Reducer
Eccentric Reducer
Approx.
Approx.
Weight
Weight
Nominal
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
IDN
mm
kg
mm
kg
11/4
4.6
DN32
2.1
11/2
3.00 (sw)
2.6
10.00 (sw)
8.1
DN40
76
1.2
254
3.7
2
3.00
2.4
4.00
3.3
DN50
76
1.1
102
1.5
21/2
3.00
2.7
4.00
3 * 4
76
1.2
102
1.5
3
3.00
3.2
4.00
3.5
DN80
76
1.4
102
1.6
31/2
3.00
2.9
10.00 (sw)
8.0
DN90
76
1.3
254
3.6
5 2
11.00 (sw)
9.0
11.00 (sw)
5.2
x
DN50
279
4.1
279
2.4
4.00
4.3
11.00 (sw)
10.8
2 Yz
102
2.0
279
4.9
3
4.00
5.5
11.00 (sw)
11.1
DN80
102
2.5
279
5.0
4
3.50
4.3
5.00
12.0
DN100
89
1.9
127
5.4
6 1
4.00
5.0
11.50 (sw)
14.5
x
DN150 DN25
102
2.3
292
6.6
11/2
5.5
DN40
+
2.5
2
4.00
6.6
11.50 (sw)
14.5
DN50
102
3.0__
292
6.6
21/2
4.00
6.4
_
11.50 (sw)
14.2
102
2.9
292
6.4
3
4.00
6.4
5.50
15.0
DN80
102
2.9
140
6.8
4
4.00
6.5
5.50
17.0
IDN100
102
2.9
140
7.7
5
4.00
6A ---5.50
17.0
102
2.9
140
7.7
8 21/2
16,00
7.9
12.00 (sw)
26.1
x
DN200
406
3.6
305
11.8
3
5.00
9.3
12.00 (sw)
22.0
IDN80
127
4.2
305
10.0
4
5.00
10.4
12.00 (sw)
23.0
DN100
127
4.8
305
10.4
5
5.00
11.6
12.00 (sw)
23.0
127
5.2
305
10.4
6
5.00
11.9
6.00
24.0
DN150
127
5.4
152
10.9
14 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 C 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 21
iictauliic�
victaulic.com
0
4.15 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
Concentric/Eccentric Reducer
No. 50 Concentric
No. 51 Eccentric
E
to El
Eto E
1
l- E to E
E to E
11
M:::�
1:11d
No. 50
No. 51
Fabricated Steel
Fabricated Steel
No. 50
No. 51
No. 50 Concentric
No. 51
Size
Reducer
Eccentric Reducer
Approx.
Approx.
Weight
Weight
Nominal
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
DN
Mm
mm
kg
10 4
6.00
-kg
19.7
13.00 (sw)
32.0
X
DN250 -DN100-
152
8.9
330
14.5--
33.0
5
34.6
+
15.0
+
15.7
6
6.00
20.0
13.00 (sw)
36.9
DN150
152
9.1
330
16.7
8
6.00
22.0
7.00
21.6
DN200
152
10.0
178
9.8
12 4
44.0
14.00 (sw)
48.0
X
DN300 DN100
+
20.0
356
21.8
6
7.00
24.6
14.00 (sw)
50.0
DN150
178
11.2
356
22.7
8
7.00
52.0
14.00 (sw)
53.5
DN200
178
23.6
356
24.3
10
7.00
39.0
14.00 (sw)
57.0
DN250
178
17.7
356
25.9
14 6
13.00
65.0
13.00
60.0
X
DN350 DN150
330
29.5
330
27.2
8
13,00
65.0
13.00
60.0
DN200
330
29.5
330
27.2---
10
13.00
66.0
13.00
65.0
DN250
330
29.9
330
29.5
12
13.00
68.0
13.00
66.0
DN300
330
30.8
330
29.9
16 8
14.00
73.0
14.00
73.0
X
DN400 DN200
356
33.1
355
33.1
14.00
73.0
14.00
73.0
10
DN250
356
33.1
355
33.1
12
14.00
73.0
14.00
73.0
DN300
356
33.1
355
33.1
14
14.00
73.0
14.00
73.0
DN350
356
33.1
355
33.1
18 10
15.00
91.0
15.00
91.0
DN450 DN250
381
41.3
381
41.3
15.00
91.0
15.00
91.0
12
DN300
381
41.3
381
41.3
14
15.00
91.0
15.00
91.0
DN350
381
41.3
381
41.3
16
15.00
91.0
15.00
91.0
DN400
381
41.3
381
41.3
14 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
E
to El r- E to E
D [:�j
No. 50 No. 51
t- E to E
r- E to E I
ff-:�
Eld
Fabricated Steel
Fabricated Steel
No. 50
No. 51
No. 50 Concentric
No. 51
Size
Reducer
Eccentric Reducer
Approx.
Approx.
Weight
Weight
Nominal
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
lb
inches
lb
DN
mm
kg
mm
kg
20 0
20.00
110.0
20.00
177.0
x
DN500 DN12SO
508
1
49.9
508
80.3--
-
12
-
20.00
120.0
20.
1 120.
DN3001
508
54.4
508
1 54.4
14
20.00
149.0
20.00
149.
DN350
508
67.9
508
67.9__
16
20.00
120.0
20.00
120.0
-DN400
508
54A
508
54.4
18
20.00----
136.0
20.0-F
?0
1�3�6.�O
DN450
508
1 61.7
508
61.7
24 10
20.00
142.0
20.00
142.0
X
DN600 DN250
508
64.4
508
64.4
12
20.00
150.0
20.00
150.0
DN300
508
68.0
508
68.0
14
20.00
162.0
20.00
162.0
DN350
508
73.5
508
73.5
16
20.00
162.0
20.00
162.0
DN400
508
73.5
508
73.5
18
20.00
162.0
20.00
162.0
DN450
508
73.5
508
73.5
20
20.00
151.0
20.00
190.0
DN500
508
68.5
508
86.2
For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05
14-6014
DN350- DN1500
AGS'
14 For 14'/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the
Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove
fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative.
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
+ Contact Victaulic for details.
NOTES
Available with male threaded small end No. 52.
Cast fitting available for JIS size. Contact Victaulic for details.
Steel eccentric reducers available through 30'7750 mm, contact Victaulic
for dimensions.
All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved,
22
'NJLicctauhy
victaulic.com
4.16 DIMENSIONS
Small Threaded Reducer
No. 52
No. 52F
E
E
E E
5
P
5 E
No. 52
No 52F
No. 52 No 52F
No. 52F Concentric
No. 52
Reducer with BSPT
Size
Small Threader Reducer
Female Threaded End
Approx.
Approx.
Weight
Weight
Nominal Size
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
kg
mm
kg
11/2 1 2.50
0.8
DN40 X -DN25 &t
1 A j 2.50
DN32! 64
0.4
2 3/4
2.50
0.9
DN50 x DN20
64
0.4
1
2.50
0.7
DN25
64
0.3
1 1/4
2.50
1.2
DN32
64
0.5
11/2
2.50
1.0
DN40
64
0,5
21/2 1
4
250
1.1
x DN25
4
0.5
1.2
1 '/4
2-50 (w)
DN32
64
0.5
11/2
2.50 (sw)
1.3
DN40
64
0.6
2.50
1.4
2
DN501
64
0.6
DN65 x 1 1/2
DN40
64
0.8
64
0.8
2
DN50
-
-
64
0.9
3 3/4
DN80 X DN20
+ (svv)
1.5
0.7
-1.3
1 �/--2.50-
DN251
64
0.6
1 1/4
2.50
1.5
DN32
64
0.7
1 1/2
2.50 (sw)
1.5
DN40
64
0.7
2
t 2.50
1.5
DN50
64
0.7
21/2
2.50
2.4
64
1.1
88.9mm x 42.4mm
64
0.9
64
0.8
48.3mm
64
0.9
64
0.9
60mm
-
-
64
0.9
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
+ Contact Victaulic for details.
No. 52F Concentric
No. 52
Reducer with BSPT
Size
Small Threader Reducer
Female Threaded End
Approx.
Approx.
Weight
Weight
Nominal Size
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
kg
mm
kg
4 1
3.00
2.3
DN100 x DN25
76
1.0
11/2
3.00
2.7
DN40
76
1.2
2
3.00
2.6
DN50
76
1.2
21/2
3.00
2.6
76
1.2
3
3.00
2.5
DN80
76
1.1
108.0mrn x 42.4mm
76
1.3
76
1.3
48.3mm
76
1.3
76
1.4
60mm
-
-
76
1.4
114.3mm x 42.4mm
76
1.3
76
1.3
48.3mm
76
1.3
76
1.3
60mm
76
1.3
76
1.4
5 4
4.5
X DN100
+
2.0
133.Omm x 60mm
-
-
114
2.2
139.Omm x 60mm
-
-
114
2.3
6 1
4.00
5.5
DN150 X DN25
102
2.5
2
4.00
5.7
DN50
102
2.6
21/.-
4.00
5.8
102
2.6
3
4.00
5.8
DN80
102
2.6
4
+ (svv)
6.5
100
2.9
5
+ (sw)
2,0
-
-
0.9
159.0mrn x 42.4mm
114
2.2
144
2.5
48.3mm
114
2.2
114
2.5
60mm
-
-
114
2.6
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
23
-- ii,. A _r_ -ts I U -1i C
victaulic.com
4.16 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
Small Threaded Reducer
No. 52
No. 52F
E
[-to E
E
No. 52
No 52F
No. 52
No. 52F Concentric
Small Threader
Reducer with BSPT
Size
Reducer
Female Threaded End
Approx.
Approx.
Weight
Weight
Nominal Size
E to E
(Each)
E to E
(Each)
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
k9
mm
kg
1165.1mm x 42.4mm
102mm
2.4
102
2.9
102mm
2.6
102
3.0
48.3mm
—
—
102
3.0
60mm
8 2
DN200 X DN50
16.00
406
1.5
0.7
16.00
1.7
21/2
406
0.8
(s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS)
(sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded
NOTES
• Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on
order.
• All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s).
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 0 2017 Victaullc Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
24
xo/-ic—ta—uliln�
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Flow Data
(Frictional Resistance)
The chart expresses the frictional resistance of various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not
listed can be estimated from the data given, for example, a 221/2" elbow �s approximately one-half the resistance of a
45" elbow. Values of mid -sizes can be interpolated.
Size
Dimensions
90* Elbows
45' Elbows
Tees
Actual
No. 100
No. 110
Nominal
Outside
No. 10
11/2 D Long
No. 11
11/2 D Long
Size
Diameter
Std. Radius
Radius
Std. Radius
Radius
Branch
Run
inches
inches
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
DN
mm
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
1
1.315
1.7
0.8
4.2
1.7
DN25
33.7
0.5
0.2
1.3
0.5
2
2.375
3.5
2.5
1.8
1.1
8.5
3.5
DN50
60.3
1.1
0.8
0.5
0.3
2.6
1.1
DN65
3.000
4.3
-
2.1
-
10.8
4.3
76.1
1.3
0.7
3.3
1.3
3
3.500
5.0
3.8
2.6
1.6
13.0
5.0
DN80
88.9
1.5
1.2
0.8
0.5
4.0
1.5
4.250
6.4
3.2
153
6.4
108.0
2.0
0.9
Z7
2.0
4
4.500
6.8
5.0
3.4
2.1
16.0
6.8
DN100
114.3
2.1
1.5
1.0
0.6
4.9
2.1
5.250
8.1
4.1
20.0
8.1
133.0
2.5
1.2
6,2
2.5
DN125
5.500
8.5
4.2
21.0
8.5
139.7
2.6
1.3
6.4
2.6
5
5.563
8.5
4.2
21.0
8.5
141.3
2.6
1.3
6.4
2.6
6.250
9.4
4.9
25.0
9.6
159.0
2.9
1.5
7.6
2.9
6.500
9.6
5.0
25.0
10.0
165.1
2.9
1.5
7.6
3.0
6
6.625
10.0
7.5
5.0
3.0
25.0
10.0
DN150
168.3
3.0
2.3
1.5
0.9
7.6
3.0
8
8.625
13.0
9.8
6.5
4.0
33.0
13.0
DN200
219.1
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.2
10.1
4.0
10
10.750
17.0
12.0
8.3
5.0
41.0
17.0
DN250
273.0
5.2
3.7
2.5
1.5
12.5
5.2
12
12.750
20.0
14.5
10.0
6.0
50.0
20.0
DN300
323.9
6.1
4.4
3.0
1.8
15.2
6.1
14
14,000
24.515
15.8
18.515
11.0
70.0
23.0
DN350
355.6
7.5
1 4.8
5.6
3A
21.3
7.0
16
16.000
28.015
18.0
21.015
13.0
80.0
27.0
DN400
406A
8.5
5.5
6.4
4.0
24.4
8.2
18
18.000
31.015
20.0
23.515
14.0
90.0
30.0
DN450
457.0
9.5
6.1
7.2
4.3
27.4
9.1
20
20.000
34.015
22.5
25.515
16.0
100.0
33.0
DN800
508.0
10.4
6.9
7.8
4.9
30.5
10.1
24
24.000
42.015
27.0
29.5's
19.0
120.0
40.0
DN600
610.0
12.8
8.2
9.0
5.8
36.6
12.2
AGS fittings available up to 60"/1500 mm. Contact Victaulic for details.
AGS'
15 Fitting flow data for 14-24"/350-600 mm size No. 10 and No. 11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 and 77 couplings. For flow data on AGS fittings (No.
W10 and No. WI 1 Elbows), refer to publication 20.05.
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 @ 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
25
'�-'04_cta_ulic�
victaulic.com
User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability
Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of
Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry
standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related
regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning
instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation,
advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede,
or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation
guide, or this disclaimer.
Intellectual Property Rights
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual
property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.
Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation
instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
Trademarks
Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S_ and/or other countries,
07.01 1449 Rev AD Updated 02/2017 @ 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
26
,NJLictaulice
FireLockO Fittings
Approvals/Listings:
CIEL). <S>
rL P—c—B
LISTED
Product Description:
FireLock8 products comprise a unique system
specifically designed for fire protection services.
FireLock full -flow elbows and tees feature CAD -
developed, hydrodynamic design, affording a shorter
center -to -end dimension than standard fittings. A
noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother
turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard
full flow fittings.
FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with
Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved
for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or
flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference.
Refer to the appropriate listing agency or approval body
for pressure ratings. Pressure ratings vary by agency.
Job/Owner
System No.
Location
Contractor
Submitted By
Date
A-C —ta U —1i C �
10.03
Material Specifications:
Fitting:
Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade
65-45-12.
Fitting Coating:
El Orange enamel
El Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and
India
El Optional: Hot dipped galvanized
Engineer
Spec Section
Paragraph
Approved
Date
victaullic.corn I FireLock8 Fittings I Publication 10.03
10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1 _1uA_Cta U I _ic�
victaulic.com I FireLockO Fittings I Publication 10.03
Dimensions:
kC to E
t E
NO. 001
C
to E
U 0 T
< U -T 0 C Ib
to
C ti E
NO. 003 NO. 002 No. 006
No. 001
No. 003
No.
002
No. 006
90' Elbow
45* Elbow
Straight
Tee
Cap
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Approx.
Actual
Nominal
Outside
Weight
Weight
Weight
Weight
Size
Diameter
C to E
Each
C to E
Each
C to E
Each
C to E
Each
inches
inches
inches
Lbs.
inches
Lbs.
inches
Lbs.
inches
Lbs.
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
11/4
1.660
0.82
0.3
32
42A
21
0.1
11/2
1.900
0.82
0.4
40
48.3
-
-
-
-
-
21
0.2
2
2.375
2.75
1.7
2.00
1.8
2.75
2A
0.88
0.6
50
1 60.3
70
0.8
51
0.8
70
1.1
22
0.3
21/2
2.875
3.00
3.1
2.25
2.2
3.00
3.6
0.88
1.0
65
73.0
76
1 1.4
57
1.0
76
1.6
22
0.5 1
76.1 mm
3.000
3.00
3.30
2.25
2A
3.00
3.8
-
-
76.1
76
1.5
57
1.1
76.2
1.7
3
3.500
3.38
4.0
2.50
3.1
3.38
5.3
0.88
1.2
80
88.9
86
1.8
64
1A
86
2A
22
0.5
108MM
4.250
4.00
5.7
3.00
5.1
4.00
7.5
-
-
108.0
102
2.6
76
2.3
102
3A
4
4.500
4.00
6.7
3.00
5.6
4.00
8.7
1.00
2.4
100
114.3
102
3.0
76
2.5
102
3.9
25
1.1
5
5.563
4.88
12.6
3.25
8.3
4.88
15.7
1.00
4.1
125
141.3
124
5.7
83
3.8
124
7.1
25
1.9
139.7 mm
5.500
4.88
12.4
3.25
8.2
4.88
15A
-
-
139.7
124.0
5.6
82.6
3.7
124.0
6.9
159 mm
6.250
5.50
12.6
3.50
9.2
5.50
17.9
-
-
158.8
140
5.7
89
4.2
140
8.0
6
6.625
5.50
18.3
3.50
11.7
5.50
22.7
1.00
5.9
150
168.3
140
8.3
89
5.3
140
10.3
25
165.1 mm
6.500
5.43
17.6
3.50
IIA
5.50
22.0
-
165.1
139.7
7.9
88.9
5.2
139.7
9.9
8
8.625
6.81
25.5
4.25
20A
6.94
38.7
1.13
200
219.1
173
11.6
108
9.3
176
17.6
29
10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 2 X.04-c-ta -U, i C�
victaullic.com I FireLockO Fittings I Publication 10.03
Flow Data:
Frictional Resistance
Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe'
Actual
No. 002
Nominal
Outside
Size
Diameter
Elbows
Straight Tee
No. 001
No. 003
inches
inches
mm
mm
90' Elbow
45' Elbow
Branch
Run
1 1/4
1.660
-
32
42.4
-
11/2
1.900
40
48.3
-
2
2.375
3.5
1.8
8.5
3.5
50
1 60.3
1.1
0.5
2.6
1.1
21/2
2.875
4.3
2.2
10.8
4.3
65
73.0
1.3
0.7
3.3
1.3
76.1 mm
3.000
4.5
2.3
11.0
4.5
76.1
1.4
0.7
3.4
1.4
3
3.500
5.0
2.6
13.0
5.0
80
88.9
1.5
0.8
4.0
1.5
108mm
4.250
6.4
3.2
15.3
6.4
108.0
2.0
0.9
4.7
2.0
4
4.500
6.8
3.4
16.0
6.8
100
114.3
2.1
1.0
4.9
2.1
5
5.563
8.5
4.2
21.0
8.5
125
141.3
2.6
1.3
6.4
2.6
139.7 mm
5.500
8.3
4.1
20.6
8.3
139.7
2.5
1.3
6.3
2.5
159 mm
6 * 250
9.4
4.9
25.0
9.6
158.8_
2.9
1.5
7.6
2.9
-
6
6.625
10.0
5.0
25.0
10.0
150
168.3
3.0
1.5
7.6
3.0
165.1 mm
6.500
9.8
4.9
24.5
9.8
165.1
3.0
1.5
7*5
30
8.625
13.0
5.0
33.0
13.0
219.1
4.0
1.5
10.1
4.0
I The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe.
General Notes:
NOTE: When assembling FirelLock EZ couplings onto
end caps, take additional care to make certain the end
cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For
Firell-ock EZ Style 009N/009H couplings, use Firel-ock
No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on
the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV
EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap
products shall not be used with Style 009/009WO09H
couplings.
Installation
Note
Reference should always be made to the 1-10OVictaulic Field I nsta I lation Handbook for
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. Al I products
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
on our website at www.victaulic.com.
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Warranty Trademarks
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. VictaulicO is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company.
10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 3
IiIII.A-�-c-taul-ic�
VictaulicO Flexible Coupling
XA-�_C_tn_ulic�
Style 75 06.05
17i
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Available Sizes
- 1 — 8"/DN25 — DN200
Pipe Material
Carbon steel
Stainless steel
Maximum Working Pressure
Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9in Hg/760mm Hg) up to 500psi/3447 kPa/34 bar
Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe
Application
Joins standard roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as grooved fittings, valves and accessories
Provides a flexible pipe joint which allows for expansion, contraction and deflection
Up to 50% lighter in weight than standard Victaulic Style 77 or Style 177N flexible couplings
2.0 CERTIFICATIONILISTINGS
C @LM- <�> FLPM
NOTES
Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide.
See publication 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable.
IALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT.
System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph
Submitted By Date Approved Date
victaulic.corn
06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1 —i�cctaullii&
victaulic.com
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL
Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade
65-45-15, is available upon special request.
Housing Coating: (specify choice)
M Standard: Orange enamel
F� Optional: Hot dipped galvanized
r_1 Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings.
Gasket: (specify choice')
F� Grade "E" EPDM
EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30"F to +230"F/-34"C to +110"C. May be specified for
hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil -free air and many
chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSYNSF 61 for cold +73'F/+23'C and hot +180'F/+82'C
potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR
STEAM SERVICES.
F-1 Grade "T" Nitrile
Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range —20"F to +180"F/-29"C to +82"C. May be specified for
petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not
compatible for hot dry air over +140'F/+60'C and water over +150'F/+66'C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE
WITH HOT WATER.
Others
For alternate gasket selection, reference publication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal
Construction.
Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should
always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible.
Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice2)
F� Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial)
and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM
A563 Grade B (imperial - heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts
are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type 11 (metric).
Optional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM
F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property
requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating.
2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial sizes only.
06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
4
iictaulliic�
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Style 75
Pipe End
Deflection from
Size
Separation3
Centerline 3
Bolt/Nut
Dimensions
Weight
Actual
Outside
Approx.
Nominal
Diameter
Allowable
Per Cplg.
Pipe
Qty.
Size
X
Y
Z
(Each)
inches
inches
inches
inches/ft.
imperial
inches
inches
inches
lb
DN
mm
mm
Degrees
mm/m
metric
mm
mm
mm
kg
1
1.315
0-0.06
2 -43'
0.57
2
3/s x 2
2.38
4.27
1.77
1.3
DN25
33.7
0-1.6
48
M1 0 x 51
61
1
45
0.6
1 1/4
1.660
0-0.06
2 -10'
0.45
2
3/8 x 2
2.68
4.61
1.77
1.4
DN32
42.4
0-1.6
38
MIO x 51
68
117
45
0.6
1 1/2
1.900
0-0.06
1 -56'
0.40
2
3/s x 2
2.91
4.82
1.77
1.5
DN40
48.3
0-1.6
33
M10x5l
74
122
45
0.6
2
2.375
0-0.06
1 -3 l'
0.32
2
%x2
3.43
5.22
1.88
1.7
DN50
60.3
0-1.6
26
M10X51
1 87
133
48
0.8
21/2
2.875
0-0.06
1 -15'
0.26
2
3A x 2
3.88
5.68
1.88
1.9
73.0
0-1.6
22
M10 x 51
98
144
48
0.9
3.000
0-0.06
1 -12'
0.26
2
3/8 x 2
4.00
5.90
1.88
1.9
DN65
76.1
0-1.6
22
M1 0 x 51
102
150
48
0.9
3
3.500
0-0.06
1 -2'
0.22
2
1/2 x 2 3/4
4.50
7.00
1.88
2.9
DN80
88.9
0-1.6
18
M1 2 x 70
114
178
48
1.3
31/2
4.000
0-0.06
0 -54'
0.19
2
1/2 x 2 3/4
5.00
7.50
1.88
2.9
DN90
101.6
0-1.6
1 16
M12x7O
127
191
48
1.3
4
4.500
0-0.13
1 -36'
0.34
2
1/2 x 2 3/4
5.80
8.03
2.13
4.1
DN100
114.3
0-3.2
28
M1 2 x 70
147
204
54
1.9
4.250
0-0.13
1 -41'
0.35
2
1/2 x 2 3/4
5.55
7.79
2.13
3.7
108.0
0-3.2
29
MI 2 x 70
141
198
54
1.7
5.000
0-0.13
1 -26'
0.25
2
5/s x 3 1/4
6.13
9.43
2.13
5.5
1 127.0
0-3.2
21
M16x83
156
1 240
54
2.5
5
5.563
0-0.13
1 -18'
0.27
2
5/e x 3 1/4
6,88
10.07
2.13
5.8
141.3
0-3.2
23
1 M16x83
175
256
54
2.6
5.250
0-0.13
1 -21'
0.28
2
1/8 x 3 1/4
6.55
9.37
2.13
6.0
133.0
0-3.2
24
M16.83
166
238
54
2.7
5.500
0-0.13
1 -18,
0.28
2
5/a x 3 1/4
6.80
9.59
2.13
6.3
-DN125
139.7
0-3.2
24
M16x83
173
244
54
2.9
6.000
0-0.13
1 -12'
0.21
2
-1/8 x 3 1/4
7.38
10.48
1.88
6.2
152.4
0-3.2
18
M16x83
187
266
48
2.8
6
6.625
0-0.13
1 -5'
0.23
2
51s x 3 1/4
8.00
11.07
2.13
7.0
DN150
168.3
1 0-3.2
18
M16x83
203
281
54
3.2
6.250
0-0.13
1 -91
0.24
2
'Is x 3 1/4
7.63
10.49
2.13
6.8
159.0
0-3.2
20
M16x83
194
266
54
3.1
6.500
0-0.13
1 -7'
0.23
2
'/h x 3 1/4
7.84
10.66
2.08
6.6
165.1
0-3.2
1
58
M16x83
199
271
53
1 3.0
8.515
0-0.13
0-51,
0.18
2
3/4 x 4 1/4
10.19
13.75
2.32
13.2
216.3
0-3.2
46
M20 x 108
259
350
59
6.0
8
8.625
0-0.13
0 -50'
0.18
2
4 X 4 1/4
Y
rM20
10.34
13.97
2.13
12.4
DN200
219.1
0-3.2
14
x 108
1 263
355
59
5.6
Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.
Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by:
50% for 3/4 - 3 'h'1DN20 - DN90; 25% for 4'/DN10O and larger.
NOTE
. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details.
06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
x. Ais.-taul-w�
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE
Style 75
Size
Maximum
Actual
Outside
Working
Maximum
Nominal
Diameter
Pressure4
End Load4
inches
inches
psi
lb
DN
Mm
kPa
N
1
1.315
Soo
680
DN25
33.7
3447
3,025
1 %
1.660
500
1080
DN32
42.4
3447
4,805
1 1/2
1.900
500
1420
DN40
48.3
3447
6,320
2
2.375
500
2215
DN50
60.3
3447
9,860
21/2
2.875
500
3245
73.0
3447
1 440
3.000
500
3535
DN65
76.1
3447
15,730
3
3,500
500
4800
DN80
88.9
3447
21,360
31/2
4.000
500
6300
DN90
101.6
3447
28,035
4
4.500
500
7950
DNIOO
114.3
3447
35,380
4.250
450
6380
108.0
3103
28,395
5.000
450
8820
127.0
3103
39,250
5
5.563
450
10935
141.3
3103
48,660
5.250
450
9735
133.0
3103
43,325
5.500
450
10665
DN125
139.7
3103
47,460
6.000
450
12735
152.4
3103
56,670
6
6.625
450
15525
DN150
168.3
3103
69,085
6.250
450
13800
159.0
3103
61,405
6.500
450
14930
165.1
3103
66,412
8.515
450
25625
216.3
3103
113,986
8
8.625
450
26280
DN200
1 219.1
3103
116,945
Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on ANSI B36.10 sized carbon steel pipe, grooved in accordance with
Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.
NOTE
. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11h times the figures shown.
06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 @ 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
'qdicctaulliic�
victa"lic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
WARNING
Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic
Couplings.
Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure,
resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage.
NOTICE
41 Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation
RX on the front of the roll sets.
7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS
02.06: Victaulic@ Potable Water Awrovals ANSUNSF
05.01: Victaulic@ Seal Selection Guide - Elastomeric Seal Construction
06.15� Victaulic@ Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplius on Steel Pipe
10.01: Victaulic@ Products for Fire Protection Pipings Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide
17.01: Victaulic@ Pipe Preparation for Use on Stainless Steel Pine With Victaulic Products
17.09: VictaulicO Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings Performance Data for Stainless Steel Pipe
25.01: Victaulic@ Standard Groove Specifications
26-01: Victaulic@ Design Data
29.01: Victaulic@ Terms and Conditions of Sale
1-100: Victaulic@ Field Installation Handbook
User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability
Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of
Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry
standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related
regulations as well as Victaulic performance. maintenance, safety, and warning
instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation,
advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede,
or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation
guide, or this disclaimer.
Intellectual Property Rights
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual
property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.
Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to the Victaulic: installation handbook or installation
instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
in PDF format on our welosite at www.victaulic.com.
Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
Trademarks
Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 0 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.corn
5
,NJiCCtaU1iI[:f
L
FireLock EZTm Rigid Coupling
9
STYLE 009H
WARNING
09
• Read and understand all instructions before attempting to
install any Victaulic piping products.
• Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting
to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products.
• Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious
personal injury, improper product installation, and/or property
damage.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE INITIAL INSTALLATION
OF STYLE 009H COUPLINGS
1. DO NOT DISASSEMBLE THE
COUPLING: Style 009H Couplings
are installation ready. These couplings
are designed so that the installer does
not need to remove the bolts and nuts
for installation. This design facilitates
installation by allowing the installer to
directly install the grooved end of pipe/
mating components into the coupling.
2. CHECK PIPE/MATING COMPONENT ENDS: The outside surface
of the pipe/mating component, between the groove and the pipe/
mating component end, must be smooth and free from indentations,
projections (including weld seams), and roll marks to ensure a leak -
tight seal. All oil, grease, loose paint, dirt, and cutting particles must be
removed. Measurements taken across grooved pipe/mating component
ends must not exceed the maximum allowable flare diameter. Refer to
current Victaulic grooving specifications for the maximum allowable flare
diameter.
G a sket Grade
Color Code Mark
3. CHECK GASKET. Check the gasket to make sure it is suitable
for the intended service. The color code identifies the gasket grade.
Refer to the "NOTICE" on this page for details concerning operating
temperatures and other requirements. Refer to Victaulic publication
05.01 in the G-100 General Catalog or the "Gasket Selection" section in
the 1-100 Field Installation Handbook for the color code chart.
NOTICE
• Victaulic Style 009H Couplings are designed for use ONLY on
wet and dry fire protection systems (temperatures greater than
—40*F/-40'C). For rigid pipe connections in systems operating
below O*F/-18*C, Victaulic recommends Style 005 FireLocko
Rigid Couplings with Grade "C' (silicone) gaskets.
• Victaulic Style 009H Couplings are provided with the
Vic-PlusTm gasket system. Additional lubrication is not required
for the initial installation of wet pipe systems that are installed
at or continuously operating above O*F/-18'C. Refer to Victaulic
publication 05.03 in the G-100 General Catalog for the Vic -Plus
MSDS sheet.
Supplemental lubrication is required for Vic -Plus gaskets only if
any of the following conditions exist. If any of these conditions
exist, apply a thin coat of Victaulic lubricant or silicone lubricant to
the sealing lips of the gasket interior only.
• If the gasket has been exposed to fluids prior to installation
• If the surface of the gasket does not have a hazy appearance
• If the gasket is being installed into a dry pipe system
• If the system will be subjected to air tests prior to being filled
with water
• If the gasket was involved in a previous installation
• If the gasket sealing surface of the pipe contains raised or
undercut weld seams, or cracks or voids at the weld seams.
However, lubricated gaskets may not enhance sealing
capabilities on all adverse pipe conditions. Pipe condition and
pipe preparation must conform to the requirements listed in
product installation instructions.
A WARNING
* Never leave a Style 009H Coupling
partially assembled. A partially
assembled Style 009H Coupling poses a
drop hazard.
* Keep hands away from the pipe/mating
component ends and the openings of the
coupling when attempting to insert the
grooved end of pipe/mating components
into the coupling.
lf�
Failure to follow these instructions could
01
cause serious personal injury and/or
property damage.
4. ASSEMBLE JOINT. Assemble the joint by inserting the grooved end
of a pipe/mating component into each opening of the coupling. The
ends of the grooved pipe/mating components must be inserted into the
www.victaulic.com _IiIIi, Ac--taul—ie
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.
REV E i.nnQIH 1
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
I COMIZI ol
FireLock EZTm Rigid Coupling
STYLE 009H
coupling until contact with the center leg of the gasket occurs. A visual
check is required to ensure the coupling keys align with the grooves in
the pipe/mating components. NOTE: The coupling may be rotated to
ensure the gasket is seated properly.
NOTE: When assembling Style 009H Couplings onto end caps, take
additional care to ensure the end cap is seated fully against the center
leg of the gasket. DO NOT use Non-Victaulic fittings with Style 009H
Couplings. Use only FireLock No. 006 End Caps containing the "EZ"
marking on the inside face or No. 60 End Caps containing the "QV EZ"
marking on the inside face.
WARNING
• For Victaulic rigid, angle -bolt -pad couplings, the nuts must
be tightened evenly by alternating sides until metal -to -metal
contact occurs at the bolt pads.
• For Victaulic rigid, angle -bolt -pad couplings, equal offsets must
be present at the bolt pads.
• Keep hands away from coupling openings during tightening.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause joint failure,
serious personal injury, and property damage.
5. TIGHTEN NUTS: Tighten the nuts evenly by alternating sides until
metal -to -metal contact occurs at the angle bolt pads. Make sure the
housings' keys completely engage the grooves and the offsets are equal
at the bolt pads. To ensure a rigid joint, equal and positive offsets are
preferred. NOTE: It is important to tighten the nuts evenly to prevent
gasket pinching. An impact wrench or standard socket wrench can be
used to bring the bolt pads into metal -to -metal contact. Refer to the
"Impact Wrench Usage Guidelines" section on page 4.
6. Visually inspect the bolt pads at each joint to ensure metal -to -metal
contact is achieved.
NOTICE
Visual inspection of each joint is critical. Improperly assembled
joints must be corrected before the system is placed in service.
GOOD
BAD
n
n
PROPERLY PROPERLY
IMPROPERLY IMPROPERLY
ASSEMBLED JOINT ASSEMBLED
ASSEMBLED ASSEMBLED
POSITIVE OFF- JOINT
JOINT JOINT
SET WITH BOLT NE TRAIL OFFSET
U'
NEGATIVE BOLT PAD
PAD CONTACT WITH BOLT PAD
OFFSET GAP
(PREFERRED) CONTACT
"Negative" bolt pad offsets can occur when the nuts are not
tightened evenly, which produces over -tightening of one side and
under -tightening of the other side. In addition, "negative" offsets
can occur if both nuts are under -tightened.
www.victaulic.com "dictaulid
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.
i-nnqw 9 REV E
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Firel-ock EZTm Rigid Coupling
112-1111101;jL21
STYLE 009H
INSTRUCTIONS FOR RE -INSTALLATION OF
STYLE 009H COUPLINGS
Since the coupling housings conform to the outside diameter of the
pipe/mating component during an initial installation, direct installation
of the pipelmating components into the coupling may not be possible
upon re -installation. If this is the case, refer to the following steps for
re -installing the coupling.
1. Make sure the system is depressurized and drained completely
before attempting to disassemble any couplings.
2. Follow steps 2 — 3 on page 1.
3. FOR RE -INSTALLATION OF STYLE 009H COUPLINGS,
LUBRICATE GASKET. Apply a thin coat of Victaulic lubricant or silicone
lubricant to the gasket sealing lips and exterior. It is normal for the
gasket surface to have a hazy white appearance after it has been in
service.
4. INSTALL GASKET. Insert the grooved end of a pipe/mating
component into the gasket until it contacts the center leg of the gasket.
5. JOIN PIPE/MATING COMPONENTS: Align the two grooved ends of
the pipe/mating components. Insert the other pipe/mating component
end into the gasket until it contacts the center leg of the gasket. NOTE:
Make sure no portion of the gasket extends into the groove of either
pipe/mating component.
6. TO FACILITATE RE -ASSEMBLY: One bolt can be inserted into
the housings with the nut threaded loosely onto the bolt to allow for
the "swing -over" feature, as shown above. NOTE: The nut should be
backed off no further than flush with the end of the bolt.
7. INSTALL HOUSINGS: Install the housings over the gasket. Make sure
the housings' keys engage the grooves properly on both pipes/mating
components.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. X04-C _ta U -1i C.
RFV F i_nnQi4 'A
FireLock EZTm Rigid Coupling
V 1i; A _E
STYLE 009H
8. INSTALL REMAINING BOLT/NUT. Install the remaining bolt, and
thread the nut finger -tight onto the bolt. NOTE: Make sure the oval neck
of each bolt seats properly in the bolt hole.
9. TIGHTEN NUTS: Follow steps 5 and 6 on page 2 to complete the
assembly.
HELPFUL INFORMATION
11/4-4
1.660 - 4.500
3/8
11/16
42A - 114.3
MIO
17
76.1 - 108.0 MM
3.000 - 4.250
3/8
11/16
76.1-108.0
MIO
17
133.0 - 139.7 mm
5 250 - 5�500
'12
V4
- 1'33.0 - 139.7 _.M12
18
5
5.563
�6
N4
1413
M 1�2
18
159.0 - 165.1 mm
6.250 - 6.500
15/16
159.0 - 165.1
M 1
16
24
-4-
6-8
6.625 - 8.625 1
5/8
15/16
168.3 - 219.1 1
M16
24
IMPACT WRENCH USAGE GUIDELINES
I A WARNING I
• Nuts must be tightened evenly by alternating sides until metal -
to -metal contact occurs at the bolt pads. For angle -bolt -pad
couplings, even offsets must be present at the bolts pads to
obtain pipe -joint rigidity.
• DO NOT continue to use an impact wrench after the visual
installation guidelines for the coupling are achieved.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause gasket pinching
and coupling damage, resulting in joint failure, serious personal
injury, and property damage.
Due to the speed of assembly when using an impact wrench, the
installer should take extra care to ensure nuts are tightened evenly by
alternating sides until proper assembly is complete. Always refer to
the specific product installation instructions for complete installation
requirements.
Impact wrenches do not provide the installer with direct "wrench feel"
or torque to judge nut tightness. Since some impact wrenches are
capable of high output, it is important to develop a familiarity with the
impact wrench to avoid damaging or fracturing bolts or coupling bolt
pads during installation. DO NOT continue to use an impact wrench
after the visual installation guidelines for the coupling are achieved.
If the battery is drained or if the impact wrench is under -powered,
a new impact wrench must be used to ensure the visual installation
guidelines for the coupling are achieved.
Perform trial assemblies with the impact wrench and socket or torque
wrenches to help determine the capability of the impact wrench. Using
the same method, periodically check additional nuts throughout the
system installation.
For safe and proper use of impact wrenches, always refer to the impact
wrench manufacturer's operating instructions. In addition, verify that
proper impact grade sockets are being used for coupling installation.
For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com
1-009H 4079 REV E UPDATED 09/2011 ZO00009000 A-c-ta-ulicr
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.
1-009H
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
22'/20 Elbow
Figure 356A
Size
(NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
Weight (Ibs)
black
galv.
4, �A
B. -------------
'/4
%
'/8
.52
1
'A 6
1
.80
1 1/4
'/2
1 '/8
1.40
1 1/2
%
1 'A
1.64
2
'/4
1 '/16
2.50
2/2
3/4
1%
3.95
-Not
stocked
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.('F)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20' to 150'
175
400
200*
165
370
250*
150
340
3000
140
310
350*
125
300
4000
250
ANVIL
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
www.anvilinti.com (12110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
(((qqW)ANV1L
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
450 Elbow
Figure 356
Size
(NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
Weight (Ibs)
black
gaiv.
:& -----
j:F
I NPS size available in
1 NPS x 1/2 NPS reducing size,
black or gal anized.
'A
'/16
1/4
.16
.17
%
'/16
"/16
.23
—
'/2
7/16
7/8
.37
.38
'/4
1/2
1
.55
.56
1
11/8
.83
.88
1 '/4
11/4
1.33
1.36
1 '/2
"/16
17A6
1.79
1.83
2
1
1 "A 6
2.89
2.96
21/2
1 '/16
1 "A 6
4.29
4.35
3
13/16
2A 6
6.44
6.65
31/2
1 %
2%
8.42
4
1 '/16
2%
10.64
11.22
5
V/8
31/16
16.96
17.38
6
2 '/16
37/16
26.02
26. 9
8
27/8
41/4
50.17
52.00
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.('F)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20' to 150'
175
400
200*
165
370
2500
150
340
3000
140
310
350'
125
300
4000
250
www.anvilinti.com (12110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
900 Elbow Straight
Figure 351
Size
(NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
Weight (Ibs)
black
galv.
�_B
'A
Y2
'/16
.16
.17
'/8
VI 6
'/16
.25
.26
'/2
"A 6
1 '/8
.40
.41
'A
1Y1 r,
1 'A
.60
.61
1
"A 6
1 '/2
.92
.95
1 1/4
1 '/8
1 '/4
1.44
1.46
1 1/2
11/16
111/16
1.95
2,00
2
1 Yl 6
21/4
3.13
3.21
2/2
1 '3/16
211/16
4.94
5.13
3
23/16
31A
7.21
7.40
4
2"A 6
3 '3/16
12.17
12.67
5
V/1 (i
41/2
21.46
—
6
3%
51/8
31.33
33.33
8
53/16
6'/16
64.56
67.14
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.(OF)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20* to 150'
175
400
2001
165
370
250'
150
340
300,
140
310
350*
125
300
400'
250
ANVIL
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
www.anvilinti.com (12110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Cap
Figure 381
Size
(NPS)
Weight (Ibs)
black
gaiv.
VAN`
21/2
2.55
—
3
4.10
—
4
6.40
—
5
10.70
—
6
14.20
14.60
8
27.23
28.35
0 Vs, '/4, % NPS plugs furnished in steel
A 1/2 and 3/4 NPS countersunk plugs furnished in
malleable iron
Not stocked
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.('F)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20' to 15 0'
175
400
200*
165
370
250*
150
340
300'
140
310
350*
125
300
400'
250
A W I L
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
www.anvilinti.com [121101011
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Concentric Reducers
Figure 367
Size
(NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
Weight
(Ibs) black
_B—A
'/4
1/2
%
1 '/16
.40
1
M Y2
' '/16
1 ' '/16
.54
0 3 A
'A 6
11/2
.63
11/4
V2
1/116
1 %
.84
3/4
1
21/8
1.07
1
Yi 6
2 '/8
1 .07
1112
'/2
'/2
1
1 .00
1/4
1/2
1
1 .20
1
'/2
13 /4
1 .50
1 'A
1
21/4
1 .45
2
1/2
2
2.00
—
3/4
2
1.90
1
3/4
2
1.83
1 'A
13A 6
2/8
1.78
V/2
7/8
2 '/16
1.98
21/2
11/2
114
2
3.10
—
2
1
2'/16
2.98
3
3 A
1 'A 6
21/2
4.31
2
11/16
2%
3.96
21/2
1 6
2 1 '/16
4.40
4
2
1 '/16
2 "A 6
6.50
2/2
13/16
31/8
7.78
3
11/16
1 31/8
7.01
5
4
1 Y16
3'/16
10.48
6
4
1%
3 7A 6
13.83
5
1%
31/116
15.53
8
6
11/4
3%
1 29.10
Mhex end
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.('F)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20' to 150'
175
400
200*
165
370
250o
150
340
3000
140
310
350'
125
300
400'
250
ANVIL
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
www.anvilintl.com (12110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe With Unions
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp
(OF)
Pressure, (psig)
Class
150
Class
250
Class
300
-20* to 150*
300
500
600
200'
265
455
550
250'
225
405
505
300'
185
360
460
350*
150
315
415
400*
110
270
370
450*
75
225
325
500*
180
280
550*
130
230
Note: Unions with Copper or Copper Alloy seats
are not intended for use where
temperature exceeds 450*F
Anvil Class 150 (Standard Weight) Malleable Iron
Fittings conform to ASME 1316-3 and Unions conform to ASME
B16-39.
Anvil standard weight banded pattern fittings in this catalog, sizes
% NPS to 6 NPS inclusive, are included in the "List of inspected
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp
(OF)
Pressure, (psig)
Class
Class 300
150
Sizes
11/4" - 2"
Sizes
21/2" - 3"
-20* to 150*
300
2,000
1,500
1,000
200'
265
1,785
1,350
910
250*
225
1,575
1,200
825
300'
185
1,360
1,050
735
350*
150
1,150
900
650
400*
—
935
750
560
450*
225
600
475
500*
510
450
385
550*
300
300
300
Fire Protection Equipment and Materials" issued by the Underwrit-
ers'Laboratories, Inc.
ALL ELBOWS & TEES 3YAND LARGER ARE 100% GAS TESTED AT A M INI M U M
OF 100 PSI.
www.anvilinti.com 112110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
floor flange
bolt holes cored
Figure 1006
Size
(NP
S)
dia. of
flange
(in)
no. o
holes
dia. of
holes
(i n)
Weight
(lb)
V.
1/4
2"/116
4
114
.39
.40
%
3
4
1/4
.43
.45
31/2
4
'A
.73
.74
'/4
31/2
4
'A
.80
.81
1
4
4
'A
1.13
1.14
1 'A
4
4
1/4
1.14
1.15
1 V2
41/2
4
'/16
1.55
1.56
2
1 51A
1 4
1 1/111
1 2.40
12.
0'/8,'/4, '/8 NPS plugs fiimished in steel '
A 1/2 and 'A NPS countersunk plugs furnished in
malleable iron
Not stocked
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.(OF)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20' to 150'
175
400
200*
165
370
250*
150
340
3000
140
310
350*
125
300
400'
250
ANVIL
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
www.anvilinti.com (12110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Hex Bushing
Figure 383
Size
(NPS)
Weight (lbs)
black
gaiv.
1/4
1/8
.021 *
.022
%
1/8
.045
.047
V4
.038
.039
'/2
1/8
.060
.062
1/4
.070
.073
%
.050
.053
3 /4
1/8
.090
.093
'/4
.100
.105
%
.119
.121
1/2
.103
.105
1
0
'/8
.208
.216
0
1/4
.186
.192
0
%
.182
.188
'/2
.215
.220
3/4
.170
.174
11/4
N
'/4
.290
.300
0
%
.290
.295
0
'/2
.300
.305
3 /4
.385
.393
1
.296
.302
'/2
'14
.470
.490
0
%
.470
.500
M
'12
.420
.470
0
'14
.470
.500
1
.500
.520
1 '/4
.327
.334
2
0
1 '/4
.810
.830
11/2
.667
.680
'/4
.750
.800
%
.750
.780
0
'/2
.770
380
M
'/4
1 .710
.750
0
1
.730
0
1 '/4
.810
.830
21/2
0
V2
1.280
-
0
'/4
1.250
1.290
M
-1
16 -0
TJU-
0
11/4,
1.240
1.250
0
11/2
1.290
1.340
-Y
.920
.950
3
N
V2
1.93
2.01
E
3/4
1.92
1.95
V
-1
--T. 9 -0
---f . 9 -2
M
11/4
1.77
1.80
M
1 V2,
1.79
1.83
2
1.90
1.94
2'/2
1.63
1.66
31/2
N
1
2.9-5-
---2-37-
0
1 '/4
2.54
2.64
M
1 V2
2.32
2.38
0
2
2.42
2.48
21/2
2.56
2.61
3
1.96
1.98
4
0
1
.5T-
--FO-
M
1 V4
3.54
3.60
0
11/2
3.44
3.50
'W
3.11
3.24
M
12 2
3.29
3.33
5
31/2
2.50
2.58
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Hex Bushing
Figure 383
Size
(NPS)
Weight (lbs)
black
galv.
Continued from
previous column.
5
M
2
5.1
M
21/2
4.87
5.06
M
3
4.83
4.93
3'/2
4.00
4.30
4
3.94
4.10
6
N
2
8.00
8.32
0
21/2
7.72
7.78
M
3
7.75
8.06
0
31/2
7.13
7.40
0
4
6.83
7.11
5
5.24
5.45
8
0
3
15.50
15.8
0
4
13.93
15.0
0
5
13.65
14.0
6
13.19
13.5
10
0
4
27.5
-
0
5
0
6
24.5
22.0
12
32.5
10
32.5
33.0
Note: Hexagon head or octagon head bushings 21/2 NPS and smaller
reducing one size may be made of malleable iron, ductile iron or steel.
Other sizes may be made of cast iron, ductile iron, malleable iron or
steel. Face bushings 21/2NPS and smaller may be made of malleable iron,
ductile iron or steel. Face bushings 3NPS and larger reducing one size
may be made of malleable iron, ductile iron or steel. Face bushings 3NPS
and larger reducing two sizes or more may be made of cast or malleable
iron, ductile iron, or steel.
According to specifications, hex bushings and cored plugs should be
used with 150# malleable iron and 125# cast iron. Solid plugs and face
bushings should be used with #250 and #300 fittings.
www.anvilinti.com (12110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe With Unions
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp
(OF)
Pressure, (psig)
Class
150
Class
250
Class
300
-200 to 1500
300
500
600
200o
265
455
1 550
250*
225
405
505
300'
185
360
460
350'
150
315
415
400o
110
270
370
450*
75
225
325
500'
180
280
550,
130
230
Note: Unions with Copper or Copper Alloy seats
are not intended for use where
temperature exceeds 450*F
Anvil Class 150 (Standard Weight) Malleable Iron
Fittings conform to ASME B 16.3 and Unions conform to ASME
B16-39.
Anvil standard weight banded pattern fittings in this catalog, sizes
'/8 NPS to 6 NPS inclusive, are included in the "List of Inspected
A W I L
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp
(OF)
Pressure, (psig)
Class
Class 300
150
Sizes
11/41- - 2"
Sizes
21/2" - TO
-20' to 150*
300
2,000
1,500
1,000
200'
265
1,785
1,350
910
250'
225
1,575
1,200
825
300*
185
1,360
1,050
735
350'
150
1,150
900
650
400'
—
935
750
560
450'
225
600
475
500*
510
450
385
550-
300
300
qnn
Fire Protection Equipment and Materials" issued by the Underwrit-
ers'Laboratories, Inc.
ALL ELBOWS & TEES 31VAN D LARG ER ARE 100% GAS TESTED AT A M INIMUM
OF 100 PSI.
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.('F)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20* to 150*
175
400
200*
165
370
250*
150
340
3000
140
310
350*
125
300
400*
250
www.anvilinti.com (12110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Square Head
Plugs (Solid)
Figure 388
Size
(NPS)
Weight (Ibs)
black
gaiv.
1/2
.100
.104
'/4
.169
.175
1
1 .320
.333
1 V4
.531
.546
11/2
.760
.770
2
1.230
1.250
21/2
2.000
2.080
3
3.180
3.310
31/2
4.380
0 '/8, '/4, 3/8 NPS plugs furnished in steel
A '/2 and 3/4 NPS countersunk plugs furnished in
malleable iron
Not stocked
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.('F)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20* to 150'
175
400
200*
165
370
250*
150
340
300'
140
310
350'
125
300
400'
250
AWIL
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
www.anvilinti.com [12110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
ANVIL
INTERNAT[ONAL, INC.
StraightTee
Figure 358
Size
(NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
Weight (Ibs)
black
galv.
—A— : �—A—
4 :
L----- ----- f
A B
- ---------
114
1/2
YI 6
.22
.23
%
%
1
.35
.36
'/2
1 '/16
11/8
.56
.58
3
14
1 Yl 6
1,/16
.84
.85
1
Yl 6
11/2
1.25
1 .31
1 'A
11/8
1 '/4
2.03
2.07
1 '/2
1'/16
1 `/1 (i
2.70
2.72
2
1'/16
21/4
4.23
4.33
21/2
1'3/16
211/16
6.67
6.79
3
21A6
31/8
10.00
10.16
31/2
2'/16
37/16
13.29
13.82
4
2"/16
31/4
16.33
16.99
5
3'/16
41/2
27.33
27.67
6
37/8
51/8
40.85
41.40
8
5,/16
61/16
79.00
81.25
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.(OF)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20* to 150o
175
400
200o
165
370
250'
150
340
300*
140
310
350*
125
300
400*
250
www.anvilintl.com (12110101)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Reducing Tee
D-:-E
Figure 359
-A-1-B-11
F
C F
E
Reducing Tee: Figure 359
Size (NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
D
(in)
E
(in)
F
(in)
Wt. (lbs)
s x t x u
'A
"A 6
'A 6
'/16
1 '/8
V/8
11/8
0.57
112
112
%
V16
1/16
'A
1 Vs
11/8
11/8
0.57
-1/4
1 '/16
'/16
'/16
11/4
11/4
"A 6
0.68
I
'A 6
17/16
1 'A 6
1 '/8
1
'/4
4
3/4
13/16
'/16
1 13/16
1 '/16
11/4
1 5A 6
0.79
1/2
'/2
' '/16
VI 6
' '/16
1 '/16
1 V8
1 'A
0.64
1/4
11/16
11/16
11/16
11/1 e
11/4
1 1A 6
0.75
3 /4
/4
1/4
'/16
'/16
'/8
11/16
' '/16
1 '/16
0.62
1/4
%
1/4
1 V16
'/16
'/16
"/16
"/16
1 'A
0.75
J/
1/2
11/16
Yl 6
1 '/16
13/16
1 '/16
11/4
0.76
1
'/16
13/16
17/16
1 '/16
1 '/8
0.99
-
1/4
1
1 -'/16
1 '/16
5/16
1 1/2
11/4
1 '/2
1.08
-
'/2
1 '/16
'A
5/16
1 1/4
1 'A 6
1 %
0.9
1/2
'/4
13/16
3/16
1 '/16
1 %
1 'A
1 '/16
0.91
1
1 '/16
'/16
15/16
1 '/2
1 %
1 11/2
1.08
'/2
1 VI 6
11/16
5/16
1 'A
"/16
1 %
0.89
3/,
3
Y4
13
�'�l 6
3/16
Yl 6
1 %
I 'A 6
1 7/16
1
A 6
'/16
15/16
1 1/2
17/16
1 1/2
1 .13
'A
" 16
VI 6
1 '/8
1 '/8
1 '/4
1 %
1 .01
1/2
1 V16
'/16
5/16
1 'A
1 'A
1 %
1 .01
1 .03
1
3/4
13/16
1 '/16
'/16
1 %
1 %
1 7/16
1 . 11
-
11/8
1 '/8
1 V8
'5/16
11 VI 6
1 "A 6
1 '/16
1 .49
-
11/2
11/4
1 'A
1
1 "/16
1 1 ' 3/16
1 1 '/8
1 .84
-
1
/2
13
Y1 6
' '/16
1 1/8
1 'A 6
'5/16
1 '/8
1
1/2
11/16
1 '/16
1 1/8
19/16
1 '/16
1 .38
-
1/8
1 '/8
1 V8
1 1/8
13/4
19/16
1 1/4
1 .64
-
'/4
3/16
11/16
1 1/8
1 'A 6
' 'A 6
1 '/6
1 .27
-
'/4
1
'A 6
' '/16
1 '/8
11/16
1 '/16
11 1A 6
1 .43
1 -
1 '/R
1 Va
1 V8
1 '/a
1 %
11/8
13/4
1 .73
-
'/2
11/16
VI 6
1 1 1/8
1 'A 6
11/4
1 19/16
1 .27
1.3
'A
1 F/i -6
3/16
1 '/a
17/16
1 %
1 5/a
1 .36
-
11/8
1
15 6
y
15/16
11/8
1 I/ie
1 I/ie
111A6
1.53
1.56
1/8
1 /8
11 /8
1 VS
1 '/8
1 1/8
13/4
1 ' '/16
13/4
1 .79
-
1
�1
1 1/2
1
1 V4
11/4
1 Vi 6
1 I/e
1 13/ie
113/16
2.07
-
2
1
17/16
17/16
13/16
21/16
2
17/8
- E 6-6
'/2
11/16
' 1/16
1 '/8
1 1 'A 6
'A 6
19/16
1.47
1/4
1 '/16
"A 6
11/8
1 '/16
17/16
11/8
1.57
1 V8
1
11/16
1 '/16
11/8
1 '/16
1 '/16
111/,6
1.7
11/2
11/4
11/4
1 '/16
17/8
1 '/8
1 "/16
2.29
1 2
1 17/16
1 '/16
1 'A 6
21/is
2 1/16
1 1 '/8
2.81
See additional si7es on following page,
Note: See last page for pressure -temperature ratings.
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Reducing Tee: Figure 359
Size (NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
D
(in)
E
(in)
F
(in)
Wt. (Ibs)
s x t x u
blackl
gaiv.
'/2
11/8
' 1/16
1 '/8
11/4
1 ' 3/16
1 '/16
17/8
1.93
-
11/2
1 'A 6
1 'A
' 'A 6
1 "A 6
111/16
115/,6
2.14
-
'A
11/2
' Yl 6
11/4
1 'A 6
1 "A 6
13/4
115/16
2.18
-
1/2
11/,6
3/4
11/4
11/,6
11/,6
111/,6
1.75
-
3/4
'/8
1 '/16
1 TA
11/2
13/8
13/4
1.7
-
1
1
1
1 Yl 6
1 '14
1 %
11/2
ill/,6
1 .72
1/8
11/'
1 '/16
11/8
11/4
1 "/16
11 '/16
17/8
2.08
-
1 1/2
1 1/�
P1
' 'A 6
11/4
' 5/16
1 ' '/16
1 1 '/16
1 "A 6
2.29
-
2
11/2
1 'A 6
"A 6
2%
2
2
2.91
-
1/2
1 '/16
VI 6
11/4
1 '/16
1 'A 6
1 ' '/16
1.67
1 .73
11/2
'/4
'/8
'/16
1 'A
11/2
17/16
13/4
1.79
-
11/8
1
1
'A 6
1 'A
1 %
1 '/16
1 ' 3/16
1 1.97
12.05
1 1/8
' 3A 6
1 '/8
11/4
113/16
13/4
17/8
2.28
1 1/2
1 '/16
1 'A
' Yl 6
11 '/16
17/8
115/16
2.5
-
2
11/2
1 7A 6
1 '/16
21/8
21/16
2
3.07
-
1/2
13/16
' 3/16
11/4
17/16
17/16
1 1/16
1.84
-
3/4
7/8
7/8
11/4
11/2
11/2
1/4
1.95
-
11/2
1
1
1
11/4
15/8
1 %
1 3/16
2.13
2.1 7
11/8
1 '/16
13/16
11/4
113/16
11 '/16
7/8
2.44
-
2
11/2
1 11/2
1 '5/16
2/8
21/8
2
3.23
-
2/2
1 ' 3/16
113/16
' '/16
27/16
2 '/16
23/16
4.15
1/2
1 Y2
"A 6
1 %
1 '/2
2
113/16
21/8
2.95
-
2
1 Vi r,
1 '/16
19/16
2/4
17/8
2/4
3.3
-
11/8
3/16
11/8
17/16
1 '/8
1 '/4
21/16
2.5
-
'A
1 1/2
5/16
15/16
1 Y2
2
1 13/16
2/,
3.4
-
2
1/16
1 '/16
1 '/16
21/4
115/16
21/4
3.31
-
1
1/16
1 '/16
17/16
13/4
1 Y8
2
2.7
-
1 1/8
13/16
11/8
11/2
17/8
1 '/4
2 1A 6
2.94
-
1
11/2
' '/16
1 '14
11/2
2
1 ' '/16
2'/8
2.85
-
2
11/16
11/16
11/16
1 21/4
2
21/4
3.46
-
21/2
1 '/8
113/16
1 'A 6
2 '/16
2%
2 '/16
4.88
-
1/2
11/16
1
17/16
13 /4
1 %
2
2.48
'A
7/8
7/8
17/16
1 '/16
1 '/2
11 '/16
2.5
1
11/16
1
1 'A 6
1 'A
1 %
2
2.73
1 '/8
1 '/8
1 '/16
11/8
1 'A 6
17/6
13/4
2 1A 6
2.9
2
1 '/2
1 'A 6
1 V4
1 Y2
2
17/8
2 1/8
3.13
2
1 '/16
1 Vi 6
1 'A 6
21/4
2'/16
21/4
3.71
r21/2
1 7/a
13/4
1 'A 6
2'/ls
2%
1 27/16
4.54
'/2
' 1/16
1 '/16
1 'A 6
11/2
17/16
17/8
2.34
2.38
'/4
7/8
"/B
17/16
1 '/16
1 '/2
111/16
2.46
-
1
1 'AB
1
17/16
13 /4
1 %
2
2.66
-
1 112
1 'A
13/16
1 '/16
17/16
1 '/8
1 ' 3/16
VA 6
2.98
-
1 1/2
1 'A 6
11/16
11/2
2
1 "A 6
21/8
3.24
-
2
1 '/16
11/2
16/1 _6
2%
2/8
21/4
3.7
2/2
17/8
11 'A 6
1 % 6
2 9A s
2 '/16
27/16
5.46
1/2
3/16
13/16
1 '/16
1 '/2
1 '/2
17/8
2.74
2.81
3/4
7/8
7/8
1 '/16
1 '/16
1 '/16
1 ' 1/16
2.86
-
1
1/16
11/16
1 7/16
1 'A
1 '/4
2
3.6-5--3.14
2
1 1/s
11/16
11/16
1716
17/8
17/8
2 '/16
3.38
-
11/2
15/16
11/16
11/2
2
2
21/8
3.59
3.74
21/2
1 7 A
1 7 A
1 '/16
2 '/16
2 '/16
27/16
5.17
5.38
4
3
311/16
311/16
31/2
16.07
-
www.anvilinti.com (12110101)
Cast Iran Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Reducing Tee: Figure 359
Size (NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
D
(in)
E
(in)
F
(in)
Wt. (lbs)
S x t x u
black
gaiv.
1/2
2
1 '/16
1 "A 6
V/8
2'/16
2/8
2/16
5.29
-
2'/2
1 "/16
1 '3/16
113/16
2' '/16
2/4
211/16
5.2
-
3/4
21/2
113/16
13/4
113/16
2' 'A 6
2/4
211AG
5.1
-
1
2
1 '/16
1 'A6
1 '/8
2A 6
2'/a
2'/16
5.03
-
21/2
113/1 r.
1 '/4
113/16
2 1 '/16
2'/16
211/16
5.36
-
11/2
1 'A 6
1 '/16
11 YI 6
23/16
11 '/16
2'/16
4.28
-
11/4
2
19/16
1 V2
17/8
27/16
2/8
29/16
4.96
-
21/2
113/16
13/4
1 '3/16
21 '/16
2%
2' '/16
5.4
-
11/2
1 '/16
15/16
113/16
23/16
11 '/16
27/16
4.23
-
11/2
2
19/16
1 '/2
1 7/e
27/16
21/8
2'/16
4.85
-
2'/2
113/16
113/16
113/16
211/16
27/16
2' 'A 6
5.82
-
112
3/4
13/1 r,
13/4
111/16
11/2
23/16
3.57
-
21/2
'A
'/6
7/8
13/4
1 '/4
1 '/16
2/4
3.62
-
1
1
11/16
13/4
115/16
13/4
2'/16
3.92
-
2
11/8
13/16
13/16
13/4
2'/16
1 '/8
2%
4.26
-
11/2
15/16
15/16
113/16
23/16
2
2'/16
4.42
-
2
19/16
19/16
1 '/8
27/16
2/4
2'/16
5.17
-
21/2
113/16
17/8
113/16
211/16
2'/16
211/16
6
-
1/2
'A
'A
13/4
111/16
111/16
2'/16
4
-
3/4
'/8
7/8
13/4
13/4
13/4
21/4
4.29
-
1
1
1
1 'A
115/16
11 '/16
2'/16
4.48
21/2
11/8
13/16
1 '/16
1 'A
2'/16
2'/16
2%
4.83
-
11/2
1 '/16
15/16
1 13A 6
23/16
23/16
211,6
5.14
-
1 9 V16
1 '/16
1 '/8
27/16
2'/16
2/16
5.88
6.02
4
23/4
2' '/16
27/16
311/16
311/16
31/2
14-03
-
1/2
3
21/s
21/4
21/8
31/a
2' '/16
31/8
7.6
-
'/4
3
2'/8
2'/8
21/8
31/8
2' '/16
31/s
8.25
1
3
21/8
2/8
2/8
31/s
21 V1 6
31/8
8.3
-
1 'Aa
3
2/8
2/8
21/8
31/s
2 "/16
3/s
8.46
-
11/2
2/2
17/8
1 '/8
2 '/a
2 1 '/16
29/16
31/is
7.67
-
11/2-
3
21/8
23/16
21/8
31/8
21 '/16
31/8
8.13
-
1 '/2
1 %
11/2
23/16
25/16
2 '/16
213/16
6.83
-
2
2
1 Vi 6
1 '/16
2A 8
21/16
2/4
215/ie
7.29
-
2'/2
1 '/8
1 '5/16
21/8
213/16
29/16
VA 6
7.1
-
3
21/8
2/16
21/e
31/o
2 "A e
3 Ya
8.79
1
1
1 5A 6
2 'A
2'/16
1 "/16
21 '/16
5.51
-
11/8
11/4
1 Yl 6
21/a
2'/16
21/le
2/4
5.92
-
3
21/2
11/2
1 %
' 5/16
2 '/16
2A 6
2'/16
2 "/1 e
6.23
6.33
2
1 '/16
11/2
23/16
2'/16
27/16
211/16
6.81
-
21/2
17/8
1 '3A6
21/8
2'3/16
1 2 "A 6
31A 6
7.66
-
3
21/a
21/4
21/e
31/8
3'/16
31/s
9.13
-
1/2
" '/16
' Vi 6
2 YI 6
1 '/8
1 '/8
2 '/s
6.08
6.17
'/4
1 '/16
'5/16
2/s
1 '/8
1 '/a
2 'Is
6.06
6.17
1
1
1
21/8
21A 6
21/16
21 '/16
6.27
6.54
11/8
1 '14
11/4
21/8
23/16
2/16
2/4
6.75
3
11/2
1 '/8
1 %
2'/16
2'/16
2'/16
215/16
7.1
7.27
2
19/16
1 '/16
2A 6
21/16
2'/16
27/e
7.75
7.83
21/2
17/e
1 7/a
21/9
213/16
2' '/16
31/16
8.92
8.96
31/2
2%
2%
23/16
3%
3%
VA s
11.1
-
4
2' VI 6
2' Vi 6
27A 6
311/16
3' Yl 6
31/2
12.8
-
5
3%
3A 6
2A 6
4A 6
4'/16
33/4
120.251
-
See additional sizes on previous and fbHowing page.
Note: See last page for pressure -temperature ratings.
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Reducing Tee: Figure 359
Size (NPS)
A
(i n)
B
(in)
(i n)
D
(i n)
E
(in)
F
(in)
Wt. (I bs)
S x t x u
black
gaiv.
1 '/8
3
2'/16
2/2
2%
33/16
3/8
3/8
12.54
-
2
3/2
27/16
27A 6
2 7A 6
37/16
Vi 6
37/16
12.93
-
21/2
1 '-'/16
115/16
2%
27/8
2 13/16
3'/16
1 0.69
-
21/2
3
2'/16
2'/16
2%
V/1 6
3
3'/16
11.77
-
3'/2
2'/16
23/8
27A 6
37/16
31/16
37/16
1 2.56
-
4
2 "A 1;
2%
21/2
311/16
311/16
31/2
15.27
-
1 '/2
13/18
1 %
2 '/16
2%
2'/16
31/16
8.33
-
2
11/18
1 '/16
2'/16
2'/e
2'/16
33/16
8.66
-
21/2
1 "A 6
17/8
2%
27/8
21 '/16
3'/16
10
-
3
3
2'/16
2%
2%
33/16
3 '/8
3%
11.33
-
31/2
31/2
27/16
2%
27/16
37/16
37A 6
37/16
113.95
-
4
2 "/16
211/16
21/2
P/n
3 '1/16
31/2
15.23
-
5
3'/16
3'/16
2'/16
4'/16
4'/16
33/4
20.28
-
1
' 1/16
1 '/16
2%
21/8
2'/8
2 1 '/16
8
-
1 '/a
11/4
1 V4
2%
21/4
2/4
3
8.63
-
11/2
1 %
1 %
27/16
2%
2%
3'/16
8.87
-
31/2
2
1 %
1 %
27/16
2%
2/8
33/16
9.94
-
21/2
11 -'/16
1 '5/16
2%
2 '/8
27/8
VA 6
10.95
-
3
23/16
23/16
2%
31/16
33/16
3%
12
-
4
2'1/16
211/16
21/2
3"A6
311/16
3/2
14.25
-
1 5
35/16
35/16
29/16
4 'A (i
4'/16
V/4
19.66
-
3/4
4
23/4
3
23/4
33/4
31/2
V/4
13.2
-
1
4
23/4
2'5/16
23/4
V/4
31/2
31/4
13.52
-
11/8
4
23/4
27/a
23/4
33/4
3/2
V/4
14.35
-
11/2
4
23/,
27/8
23/4
33/4
3/,
33/4
13.47
-
2
111/16
17/8
23/4
2' Vi 6
2'/16
V/2
111.34
-
2
1/2
17/8
1 '/8
2/8
2 "/16
213/16
3/16
11.6
-
3
2/4
27/16
2 "A 6
VA
Vs
35/8
13.44
-
4
23/4
23/4
2/4
V/4
31/2
3/4
13.19.
-
21/2
17/8
1 "/16
2%
2 "/1 r,
2' '/16
3'/16
11.78
-
21/2
3
2/4
2 '/8
2"A6
3/4
31/s
31/8
13.06
-
4
21/4
23/4
2/4
33/4
3%
3/4
15.75
-
5
3%
31/2
1 21'A6
4%
4%
4
22.37
-
1 '/8
"/16
"/16
2%
2'/16
2/4
VA 6
9.7
-
11/2
17/16
17/16
2 "/16
27/16
2%
3 '/16
10.2
-
3
2
1 "/16
1 '/16
23/4
2 "A 6
2'/16
31/2
10.21
10.67
2'/2
1 '/8
1 '/8
2 '/a
25/16
2 '3/16
3/16
11.25
-
4
3
2/4
21/8
211A6
31/4
V/8
3%
12.5
-
4
2/4
2 "A 6
2/4
33/4
3 '/s
33/4
15.04
-
11/2
17/16
1 %
21 '/1 a
2 7A 6
2 'Vs
1 3'/16
10-09
-
2
"/16
1 'Is
2/4
2 "A 6
2%
31/2
10.9
-
21/2
2
1 "/4
2 '/a
3
27/8
3'/16
11.84
3'/2
3
2/4
21/16
21 1A 6
31/4
3/4
3%
14.63
-
V/2
21/2
27A 6
211/is
31/2
3 7A 6
3 '1/16
14.38
-
�5
23/4
-3%
211/16
23/4
1 33/4
33/4
33/4
17.231
-
�4
VVI 6
2' 3/16
4%
4%
4
20.57
-
3/4
11/4
11/4
2 1 'A 6
25/le
2'/16
3'/16
10.58
-
1
13/16
"/16
23/4
2'/16
2 5A 6
3'/16
10.4
10.81
1 '/8
"A e
' '/I e
2%
2 Vi 6
25/16
3'/16
10.38
10.54
11/2
17/16
1 '/16
2 "A 6
2 'A 6
27A 6
3'/16
110.75
11.18
4
2
1 "A 6
1 "A 6
23/4
211/16
2 "A 6
3 '/2
11.63
111.73
21/2
2
2
2%
21 'A 6
2' 5/16
3 '/16
12.85
12.96
3
2/4
2/4
2' 1/16
31/4
31/4
31/8
14.12
14.69
5
3%
3%
2"/161
0/8
4%
4
20.88
-
6
37A
3 7A
27A
1415/16
4 'M e
41/16
26.36
-
www.anvilinti.com 112110101) 1
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Reducing Tee: Figure 359
Size (NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
D
(in)
E
(in)
F
(in)
Wt. (Ibs)
S x t x u
2
5
Vi 6
VA s
VA6
41/2
41/4
41/2
22.41
2112
5
3 'A 6
3%
3 'A 6
4/2
41/4
41/2
22-12
3
4
2A6
2'/16
3%
4
33/4
4%
23.53
6
313A6
41A6
3%
5 1
5
4%
31.13
3
2 1A 6
21/2
31/4
31/2 1
31/2
41/4
23.22
31/2
4
2 "/16
2 "A s
3%
4
33/4
4%
22.761
6
3 "/16
4
3%
5
5
4%
29.26
-
2'/2
2 '/16
2
3M6
33/16
3 3A 6
41/4
21-81
-
3
2 'A 6
27/16
31/4
3/2
V/2
41/4
24.05
-
5
4
4
213/16
2%
3'/8
4
33/4
43/8
20.58
-
5
3 '/16
3%
3 'A 6
4/2
4%
41/2
26.33
-
6
3 13/16
3 '/8
3%
5
5
4%
33.51
-
1 1/2
19/16
19/16
3 'A 6
211/16
2 1 '/16
4
16.21
-
2
13/4
13/4
3 '/16
2 "A 6
2 1 'A 6
4 '/8
17.43
-
21/2
2 V1 6
2 'A 6
3%
33/16
3 '/16
4/4
18.84
-
5
3
2 'A 6
2 Yi 6
31/4
31/2
V/2
41/4
20
-
4
2 1'/16
213/1 (i
3%
4
4
4%
23.83
-
6
313/16
313/16
3%
5
5
4%
32.91
-
8
53/16
53/16
43/16
6%
6%
5 '/16
67.92
-
11/2
6
37/8
41/16
37/8
5%
411/16
51/8
34.67
-
2
6
3 '/8
4
37/8
5/8
411/16
51/8
35.21
-
2'/2
6
V/8
3 ' 3/16
3%
51/s
411/16
51/8
34.571
-
3
4
2'3/16
3
3 '/8
41/16
4
415/16
32.25
31/2
6
V/8
3 '/8
3 %
5%
4 1/16
51/8
35.31
3
2 'A 6
2/2
3 'Ve
3 '/16
3 '/16
4 'A 6
31.75
4
4
27/e
2 ' 'A 6
3 'A
41/16
4
4 Vi 6
30
6
37/a
3%
3 '/8
5 Y8
4 1 '/16
5 1/6
34.22
1 1/2
1 5 V18
1 '/16
3 'Ve
23/4
2/4
41/2
25.81
6
5
1
1/2
2 '/16
3 1 '/16
37/8
V/4
47/8
30.34
64
E2%
3 7/.
315A 6
37/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
43.31
8
j/.
51/4
5 '/16
4 M 6
6%
6%
5 '/16
65.79
-
1 '/a
1 %
1 %
313A 6
2 '/8
2 '/8
41A,
22.36
-
2
1 '3/16
1 '3/16
37/8
3
3
45/8
124.65
-
2'/2
2
2
3 1 '/16
31/4
31/4
43/4
25.67
27
6
3
2%
2%
3 '3/16
V/1 6
3/1 e
4 "/16
27.46
28-56
4
27/8
27/8
3 7/e
4'/16
4 Vi 6
4 ' 5/16
32.44
33.74
5
3%
3%
3 "A 6
4%
4%
5
37
-
8
51/8
51/8
4 1/16
6%
6 '/8
59/16
58.05
-
2
8
5 'A 6
5 '/8
5 Vi 6
69/16
6 Vi 6
6 Vi 6
64
-
4
8
5 3/16
5/2
53/16
6 '/16
6 '/16
69/16
67
-
5
5
43/16
4%
53/16
59/16
5 '/16
6%
77-58
-
5
43/16
45/16
53/16
59/16
5 '/16
63/8
76.6
-
6
6
41/16
45/16
51/8
5 9A 6
5 '/16
1 6%
73.72,
-
51/8
5 'A 6
6 '/16
6 '/16
6'/16
91.5
-
8
2
2 'A 6
2'/16
51/8
37/16
37/16
5 7/a
44.49
-
2 -1/2
2 Yi 6
2 'A r,
5 '/16
3 "A 6
3 "A 6
6
45.23
-
3
31/8
3 'Va
51/8
4 '/2
41/2
61/8
54.97
-
8
31/2
31/8
3 8
5 a
4/2
41/2
61/8
54.21
-
4
31/8
3/8
51/8
4 '/2
4/2
8
.62
-
11 '/16
43/16
53/16
5 '/16
5"Aa
1 6%
67.81
-
6
11 3/16
43/16
51/8
P/-16
5 E/I 6
1 6%
66.22
-
See additional sizes on previous page.
(((7)) A P" I L
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
www.anvilinti.com [121101011
Cast Iran Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.('F)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20* to 150'
175
400
200'
165
370
250*
150
340
300'
140
310
350'
125
300
400*
250
ANVIL
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
wwwanvilinti.com 112110101) 1
Cast Iran Threaded Fittings
Class 125, (Standard)
I W I L
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
900 Reducing
Elbow - Figure 352
Size
(NPS)
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
D
(in)
Weight
(Ibs) - black
1/2
'A
1/8
'14
V/16
11/16
.40
"B-1
'/2
%
1/8
1 'A 6
11/16
1 Y16
.34
'/4
'12
1 V1 6
11/16
1 '/16
11/4
.51
1
112
"/16
15/16
1 'A
11/8
.67
1
1/4
"/16
"/16
11/8
1 '/16
.76
1 'A
'/2
"/16
1 '/16
1 5A 6
1 V2
1 .07
1 '/4
'/4
"/16
11/3
V/16
1 %
1 .02
1 1/4
1
1 '/16
11/8
V/16
V/16
1 .21
1 '/2
'/2
'/4
1 '/4
1 %
1 %
1 .53
1 V2
'/4
1/8
1 '/16
11/2
111/16
1 .55
1 1/2
1
1
11/4
1 %
111/16
1 .44
1 1/2
1 'A
1 '/16
1 'A
1"/16
11/8
1 .74
2
1/2
1 '/16
1 '/16
11/2
1 %
2.22
2
'/4
1 '/16
1 '/2
1 %
2
2.20
2
1
1 VI 6
11/16
1 '/4
2
2.08
2
11/4
1 '/16
1 '/1 r,
11/8
21/16
2.33
2
11/2
1 '/1 r,
11/2
2
2/8
2.59
21/2
2
1 '/1 r,
11/8
2 '/16
2'/16
4.01
21/2
1
1 3
1 '/4
115/16
2'/1 r,
2.93
21/2
1 '/4
1 '/1 r,
1 '/4
21/16
2%
3.41
21/2
11/2
V/16
113/16
2 '/16
2'/16
3.68
3
11/4
11/8
2 'A 6
2 '/16
2 1 '/16
5.98
3
11/2
1 %
25/16
2 '/16
2 1 '/16
5.65
3
2
1 %
2/4
2 1/16
2 1 '/16
1 5.65
3
21/2
11/8
2 '/16
2 "/16
3 'A 6
6.44
31/2
3
2 Vi 6
2 '/16
3 '/16
3%
8.95
4
2
2 '/16
2 1 '/16
31/4
3%
11.89
4
2/2
23/16
23/4
31/4
3%
11.27
4
3
23/16
2 "A 6
31/4
3%
10.63
4
3'/2
2A e
2 ' 'A 6
3 '/2
3'1/16
11.89
5
4
2 "/16
3'/16
4
4%
16.47
5
2/2
2 ' Vi 6
3'/2
4
4%
19-88
5
3
2 13/16
V/1 6
4
4%
19.00
6
3
2 'A 6
3 1 '/16
3 '/16
ON
19.43
6
4
213/16
3'/B
4 1/16
4 1 '/16
23.53
6
5
3%
3 ' '/16
4%
5
26.66
8
6
1 4 '/16
5/s-
5 '/16
6%
51.11
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings
Pressure -Temperature Ratings
Temp.(OF)
Pressure, (psig)
Class 125
Class 250
-20' to 150'
175
400
200'
165
370
250'
150
340
300'
140
310
350'
125
300
400'
250
www.anvilinti.com [12110101)
Hangers & Sway Bracing
ROD ATTACHMENTS
El Fige 135: Straight with Sight -Hole
E]Fig, 135E: Straight Less Sight -Hole
El Fig* 135R: Reducing
Size Range:'/4" through I"
Material: Carbon steel
Finish: 0 Fig. 135: Plain; [] Fig.135E Zinc Plated and F1 Fig.135R Zinc Plated
Service: For connecting rods to accommodate up to T' diameter and support up to
5,900 pounds.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name.
FIG 135,135E, 135R: LOADS (LBS) * WEIGHTS (LBS) e DIMENSIONS (IN)
Rod Size A
Max Load
I Weight
D
L
Fig. 135: Straig
I With Sight -Hole
%
730
0.09
'/16
11/8
1/2
1,350
0.12
3 /4
1 %
%
2,160
0.24
"/16
11/8
3 /4
3,230
0.42
11/8
2/4
7/8
4,480
0.66
15/16
2%
1
5,900
1.00
11/2
3
Fig. 135E: Stral
]ht Less Sight-H
le
1/4
240
0.03
%
1/8
%
730
0.09
'/8
11/8
1/2
1,350
0.14
'1/16
13 A
%
2,160
0.26
13/16
21/8
3 A
3,230
0.34
1
1 21A
1/8
1 4,480
0.55
11/4
1 2/2
1
1 5,900
0.75
1 %
23/4
Fig. 135R: Reducing
% X 1/4
240
0.13
%
1 '12
1/2 X %
730
0.13
1 1/16
1 'A
% X 1/2
1,350
0.19
13/16
11/4
3 A X %
2,160
0.26
1
1 '/2
7/8 X '/4
3,230
1 0.41
11/4
1 'A
Rod Coupling
ht
FJ] le
L
PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP
Project: E]Approved
Address: F]Approved as noted
Contractor: E] Not approved
Engineer: Remarks:
Submittal Date:
Notes 1:
Notes 2:
PH-1.15
P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org
162
UNIVERSAL
RESTRAINING STRAP
SIZE- One size fits both 3/8" and 1/2" rod or set screw.
Available lengths 4" and longer.
MATERIAL - Carbon Steel.
FINISH - Mil. Galvanized.
LISTINGS - (U-.�
cl,�us 203-EX 2551
PATENT - No. 5,897,088
FUNCTION - To enhance hanger attachment in areas subject to
Earthquakes.
INSTALLATION - Install tight to structure and component parts
Minimum return on strap: 1 "
L-dimension is measured from hanger rod center
to the strap end.
FEATURES
• Fast installation for new construction or retrofit.
• Requires no hanger disassembly to install.
IMPORTANT NOTE: "No Nut Is Required"
When installed tight to structure and component parts. (See drawings
provided)
ORDERING - Part # and L-dimension.
Nut optional, if
insufficient rod dimension
M
Allows structural attachment to metal beams, bar joist, channel, or angle iron in top mount position onty unless used on a
parallet fLange
Lightweight, one-piece stamped body provides superior strength and etiminates deficiencies associated with castings
Spins onto threaded rod and aLlows for easy adjustment
Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-1 71 IType 23). Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSII/MSS-SP-58 [Type 19)
C
IF
Part Number
SBC037
Material
Steel
Finish
Prega[vanized
Rod Size IRS)
3/8"
Flange Thickness [FTI
3/4" Max
A
0.925"
B
0.851,
C
1.58"
Screw Diameter (SO
3/8"
Torque(TQ)
5 ft Lb
Static Load IF)
5001b
Certifications
cULus
FM
Standard Packaging Quantity
50 pc
UPC
78285679878
Set screw must be tightened and torqued onto the sloped side of the I-beam, channel, or angle iron flange.
Recognizing that torque wrenches are generally not used or available on manyjob sites, the setscrew should be tightened so it contacts the I-beam and then an additional 1/4 to 1/2
turn added.
4 0 PENTAIR
ANSI is a registered trademark of American National Standards Institute. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are
registered certification marks of UL LLC.
WARNING
Pentair products shatt be installed and used only as indicated in Pentair's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at erico.pentair.com and
from your Pentair customer suvice representative- Improper installation. misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow Pentair's instructions and warnings may cause
product malfunction, property damage. serious bodity injury and death and/or void your warranty.
0 2016 Pentair All rights reserved
Pentair. CADDY. CADWELD, CRITEC. ERICO, ERIFLEX. ERITECH and LENTON are owned by Pentair or its global affiliates.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
q� PENTAIR
00
All Thread Rod meets following specifications:
ASTM A307 Domestic and Import All
Thread Rod
ASTIVI A36 Domestic All Thread Rod only
ATSM B 633 Domestic and Import Clear
Zinc PlatedNellow Zinc Plated
ASTIVI A 153 Domestic and Import Hot
Dipped Galvanized
ASTM A193-08B Import Stainless Steel T-304
ASTIVI Al 93-138 Domestic Stainless Steel T-304
ASTIVI Al 93 138M Domestic Stainless Steel T-316
71/2X1 0
X1 0
7
BATRD10 GATRD10
1/2X1 2
X1
BATRD1 2
GATRD12
SS4ATRD12
SS6ATRD12
11 /2X6
BATRDU
GATRDU
SS4ATRDU
SS6ATRDU
1/4X1 0
GATRB10
1/4X1 2
BATRB12
1/4X6
BATRBU
GATRBU
SS4ATRBU
1X1O
GATRG10
1X12
GATRG12
SS4ATRG12
1X6
BATRGU
GATRGU
SS4ATRGU
3/010
BATRF10
GATRF10
3/4X1 2
BATRF12
GATRF12
SS4ATRF12
SS6ATRF12
3/4X6
BATRFU
GATRFU
SS4ATRFU
3/8X1 0
BATRC10
GATRC10
SS4ATRC10
3/8X1 2
BATRC12
GATRC12
SS4ATRC12
3/8X1 2
SS6ATRC12
3/8X3
GATRCM
3/8X6
BATRCU
GATRCU
SS4ATRCU
3/8X6
SS6ATRCU
5/8X1 0
BATRE10
GATRE10
5/8X1 2
BATRE12
GATRE12
SS4ATRE12
5/8X3
SS4ATREM
5/8X6
BATREU
GATREU
SS4ATREU
7/8X1 0
BATR7810
GATR7810
7/8X12
RATR7812
GATR7812
SS4ATR7812
SS6ATR7812
7/8X3
SS4ATR78M
7/8X6
BATR78U
GATR78U
SS4ATR78U
Distributed Exclusively by Ferguson and Wolseley Canada
C 2014 Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. All Rights Reserved 2034804/14
The 115 Standard Duty Loop Hanger is ideal for suspending stationary, non -insulated pipelines, including CPVC pipes, in fire
sprinkler systems. A knurled insert nut helps simplify vertical adjustments and flared edges on the base (1/2" to 4" sizes) help
protect pipes from coming into contact with any sharp edges of the hanger.
Flared edges help prevent any sharp surfaces from coming into contact with the pipe (1/2" to 4'* sizes)
Retained insert nut helps ensure the loop hanger and insert nut stay together
Recommended for the suspension of stationary non-insutated pipe lines
Manufactured to use the minimum rod size permitted by NFPA' for fire sprinkler piping
Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-1 71 (Type 101, Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) SP-58 (Type 10)
RS
C
OD
Material: Steel
Finish: Pregalvanized
C@Ul
Part Number
Pipe Size
Outer Diameter
OD
Rod Size
PS
A
B
C
Static Load
F
Certifications
1150050EG
in--
0.840"
3/8"
2 13/16"
1 1/8"
1
300tb
cULus
1150075EG
3/4"
1.050"
3/8"
3"
13/16"
15/16"
3OOtb
cULus, FM
1150100EG
1"
1.315"
3/8"
3 1/4"
13/8"
15/16"
30OLb
cULus, FM
1150125EG
I 1A"
1.660"
3/8"
3 9/16"
1 1/2"
15/16"
300tb
cULus, FM
1150150EG
1 1/2"
1.900"
3/8"
3 13/16"
1 5/8"
15/16*'
300tb
cULus, FM
1150200EG
2"
2.375"
3/8"
4 1/4"
1 7/8"
15/16"
3001b
cULus, FM
1150250EG
2 1/2"
2.875"
3/8"
5 9/16"
2 13/W*
1 9/16"
525tb
cULus, FM
1150300EG
3"
3.500"
3/8"
6 9/16"
3 1/2"
1 15/16"
5251b
cULus, FM
1150350EG
31n--
4.000"
3/8"
7 1/16"
3 3/4"
1 15/16"
585 Lb
cULus, FM
1150400EG
4"
4.500"
3/8"
7 9/16"
4"
1 15/16"
650 Lb
cULus, FM
1150500EG
5"
5.563"
1/2"
9 13/16"
4 3/4"
2 1/4"
1,000 lb
cULus, FM
1150600EG
6"
6.625"
1/2"
11 5/16"
6 5/16"
3 5/16"
1,000 lb
cULus, FM
1150800EG
8"
8.625"
1/2"
1 12 7/8"
1 6 7/8"
2 7/8"
1,000 [b
cULus, FM
a1� PENTAIR
FM is a registered certification mark of FIVI Approvals LLC. LTD. NFPA is a registered trademark of National Fire Protection Association, Inc. UL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are
registered certification marks of UL LLC.
WARNING
Pentair products shall be installed and used only as indicated in Pentair's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are availabte at erico.pentair.com and
from your Pentair customer service representative. Improper instalLation, misuse, misappLication or other faiture to completely follow Pentair"s instructions and warnings may cause
product malfunction. property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.
0 2017 Pentair Alt rights reserved
Pentair. CADDY. CADWELD. CRITEC, ERICO. ERIFLEX. ERITECH and LENTON are owned by Pentair or its global affitiates-
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
0 PENTAIR
jido
Nor
W,
I -XI
Recommended for suspending vertical steel pipe risers
Slotted holes make assembly easy, eliminating loose hardware
Serrated f tange-head bolts eliminate need for wrenches on both bolt and nut
Conforms with Federal Specification WW-H-1 71 (Type 8), Manufacturers Standardization Society IMSS) SP-58 (Type 8)
Z=� OD
3
A
C @ us
Part Number
Pipe Size
Outer Diameter
OD
Hote Size
HS
A
B
Static Load
F
Certifications
5100050EG
112"
0.840"
7/16
8 1/2"
1
2551b
5100075EG
3/4"
1.050"
7/16"
9"
1
2551b
5100100EG
1"
1.315"
7/16"
9"
1
2551b
5100125EG
1 1/4
1.660"
7/16"
9 7/16"
1
255(b
5100150EG
1 1/2"
1.900"
7/16"
9 7/8"
1
255(b
5100200EG
2"
Z375"
7/16"
10 1/4"
1 3/16
2551b
cULus
5100250EG
2 1/2"
2.875"
7/16"
11 "
1 3/16"
3901b
cULus
5100300EG
3"
3.500"
7/16"
11 3/4"
1 3/16"
530 tb
cULus
5100350EG
3 1/2"
4.000"
9/16"
12 5/8"
1 3/16"
670tb
cULus
5100400EG
4"
4.500"
9/16"
13"
1 112"
810 tb
cULus
5100500EG
51,
5.563"
9/16"
14 1/2"
1 1/2"
1, 160 tb
cULus
5100600EG
6"
6.625"
9/16"
16"
2'*
1.570 1b
cULus
5100800EG
8"
8.625"
11/16"
18 1/4"
2"
2,500 [b
cULus
5101000EG
10"
10.750"
11/16"
20 5/8"
2"
2,500 1b
-
5101200EG
12"
12.750"
11/16"
22 3/8"
2"
2,700 tb
-
5101400EG
14"
14.000"
11/16"
24 1/8"
2"
2,700 tb
-
510160DEG
16"
16.000"
13/16"
277/8"
2 112"
2,900 Lb
-
5101800EG
1 18"
18.000"
13/16"
29 13/16"
1 2 112 ..
2,900 1b
-
5102000EG
20"
20.000"
13/16"
32 1/4"
2 1/2"
2.900 tb
-
5102400EG
24"
24.000"
15/16"
36 1/8"
3"
2,900 tb
-
CADDY
Part Number
Pipe Size
Outer Diameter Hole Size A
OD HS_
B
Static Load Certification
F
Material: Stee -'Finish:
510005OHD
Hot -Dip Galvani7ed
1/2"
0.840" 7/16" 8 1/2"
1
255 tb -
510010OHD
I "
1.315"
7/16"
9"
1"
255 tb
-
5100125HD
1 1/4"
1 �660"
7/16"
9 7/16"
1"
255 lb
-
510015OHD
1 112"
1.900"
7/16"
9 7/8"
1"
255 lb
-
510020OHD
2"
2.375"
7/16"
10 1/4"
1 3/16"
255 Lb
cULus
510025OHD
2 1/2"
2.875"
7/16"
11 "
1 3/16"
390 tb
cULus
510030OHD
3"
3,500"
7/16"
113/4"
1 3/16'
530 lb
cULus
510040OHD
4"
4,500"
9/16"
13"
1 1/2"
810 (b
cULus
510050OHD
51'
5,563"
9/16"
14 1/2"
1 in-,
1, 160 tb
cULus
510060OHD
6"
6.625"
9/16"
16"
2**
1,570 Lb
cULus
15100 OOHD
8"
8.625"
11/16"
18 1/4"
2"
2.500 Lb
cULus
Material: Stainless Steel
510005OS4
304 (EN 1.43011
1/2"
0.840"
7/16"
8 1/2"
1"
255tb
-
5100075S4
3/4"
1.050"
7/16-
9"
1"
255tb
-
510010OS4
1"
1.315"
7/16'*
9"
1"
2551b
-
5100125S4
1 1/4"
1.660"
7/16"
9 7/16"
1"
2551[b
-
510015OS4
1 1/2"
1.900"
7/16"
9 7/8"
1"
2551b
-
510020OS4
2"
2.375"'
7/16"
101/4"
1 3/16"
255tb
-
510025OS4
2 1/2"
2.875"
7/16"
11"
13/16-
390lb
-
510030OS4
3"
3.500"
7/16"
113/4"
13/16-
530tb
-
510040OS4
4"
4.500"
9/16"
13"
1 1/2"
8101b
-
510050OS4
5"
5.563"
9/16"
14 1/2"
1 1/2"
IJ 60 tb
-
510060OS4
6"
6.625"
9/16"
16"
2"
1,570 Lb
-
510080OS4
8"
8.625"
11/16"
18 1/4"
2"
2,500 Lb
-
1510100OS4
10'.
10.750"
1 11/16"
205/8"
2"
2,500 Lb
-
C(amp is fitted for steel pipe and should be installed below a coupling or shear tug, with bolts torqued to recommended value.
Slotted holes and bolts for pipe sizes up to 12" only.
UL, UR. cUL. cUR. cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC.
WARNING
nVent products shatt be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from
your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent 's instructions and warnings may cause product
malfunction, property damage. serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty.
Q 2018 nVent All rights reserved
nVent. nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO. nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
CADDY
Can be instaRed on bar joists or 1-beams
Thumb spring retainer altows for ease of positioning
Snap -off bott head heLps enabte easy instattation and inspection of seismic sway braces
No assembty required
No toose parts
Meets NFPAI-13 requirements for seismic sway bracing
Ems
<a> OSHPD
AMOM
Part Nuin6er
rnOBARJEG
Material
Steel
Finish
Etectrocialvanized
Flange Thickness (FTJ
1/4" — 1/2"
A
C
2 112"
Certificatipms
cULus
FM
OSHPO
Standard Packaging Ouantity
i PC
UPC
78285663291
EAN-13
87118?3060782
UL Loa�s
Bri,6 Direction to Strutt.uf ii
Parallel
1" - 10'
3.000 tb
Perpendicular
1" - T2"
3,740 lb
PENTAIR
FM Load5
Brace Direction
to Structure
Service Pipe Size
Horizontal Capacity per Instatlation Angle from Vertical
30* - 44'
45' - 591
60* - 74,
75' - 90*
Parattet
N/A
1.410 (b
2.110 ib
2,540tb
2.830 (b
Perpendicular
N/A
1,740 to
1,710 lb
2.060 (b
2.300 ib
I'M is a registered certiffication mark of FM Approvals LLC, LID. NFIIA 1� a registered trademark of National F�re Protection Association. Inc UL,UR,CUL-ct)R,CULvsandclJRu,,are
registered certOication marlks of UL LLC.
WA R N I N ri
("Enl3ir products shalt be installed and used only as indicated in Pentair's product instruction sheets and training materials Instruction sheets are available at enro.pentair.corn and
from your Pentair customer service representative Improper installation, misuse, misapp lication oro0er fatlure to completely follGwPentaIr'F instruciions and warnings may cause
product malfunction. property damage, serious bodily Injury an.ddeatb and/or void your warranty.
(D 2017 Pentair Ali nghts reserved
Plentair, CADDY, CADVIELD, CRIIEC, ERICO, EPIrLEX, MTECH and LEN i ON are owned by Pentair or i,5 alobal affiliates.
AU other trademarks are the propertyof the�r respective owners, Pentair reserves the right to change specilicalions without prior notice.
PENTAIR
Universal design allows one product to attach directly to concrete, wood, bar joist or I-beam adapters
Snap -off bolt head helps enable easy installation and inspection of seismic sway braces
Use for both lateral and longitudinal sway brace applications
Works wilh 1" through 2" brace pipes and 1/4" angle iron braces to reduce inventory
Center bolt does not require tightening
Meets NFPAI-13 requirements for seismic sway bracing
Awl —
Material: Steel
Finish: Elect rogaivanized
c@us OSHPD
Part Number
Hole Size
HS
C
CSBUNIVO,50EG
9A6'
5 1/4"
4-
15/8"
CSBUNIV07SEG
u/16*
51/4.,
V
15/81,
6L Lb;]i4s
Brace Type
Patin
Pipe
1% 10"
3,000 li)
1/4" Thick Angl#
l..8.
2.015 lb
analce Type
�(Z-e
A�I '1W14IWJi0n*AMqtq "M V.enitall
.
3V - W
I
45,9
AV 14�
7S" - 9P
Pipe
NIA
1.62a ib
2,300 lb
2,820 tb
3.140 1 b
FIVI is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, L7 D, NFPA Is a registered trademark of National Fire Protection Association, Inc, UL. UR, cUL, cUR., CULlis and c0us are
registered cerWicalion marks of UL LLC,
WARNING
Pentair products sbati be install ! d and used only as indicated in Pe-itair's prod uct insruction sheets and train:ng materials I"Iruction sheet. are avalati(e at enro.p en"air,com, and
from your Pentair customer service rep resentatme Improper installation. misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely fottowpentair's in struclions andvfarnings rnay cause
product malfunction. property damage, serious bodily Injury and death and/or void your warranty.
C) 2017 Pentair Ali rights remirved
Pentair, CADDY, CAMLD. cR11Ec, ERico, ERIFILEX, ERVIECH and LENI ON are owned by Pentair or ils glob " at affiliates.
Ali other trademarks are Ihe p-operiyof the'r respective owners, Pentair reserves the right to change specificalions withoutprior notice
t
(EEO q> PENTAIR
JV16
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
*Part Number
Ser,Ace
Pipe Size
NPS (in)
mm
CSBSTUO100(m
1
25
CSBSTL)0125CM
1-1/4
32
CSBSTU0150(M
1-1/2
38
CSBSTU0200()N
2
50
CS13STU0250()N
2-112
65
CSBSTU0300(M
3
80
CSBSTU04OO(M
4
100
CSBSTU0500()09
5
125
CSBSTU0600(,"
6
150
CSBSTU0800(XX)
8
200
CS13S`TU1000()N
10
250
*(XX) = Finish Specifier
Sway Brace assemblies are Intended to be installed In accordance With
NFPAO-13 and the manufacturers installation instructions.
The required type. number, and size of fasteners used for the structure
attachment fitting shall be in accordance vAth NFIRA-13.
Installation Angle
from Vertical
All Brace and
Service Pipes
shown, not
included
l DA]
I
Nee"',
Lateral
--Ib-
Longitudinal
WARNING:
1 . ERICO Products sho� be hstolled and used only as incricaled h ERICO product instfuction sheets and training materials, Instruction sheets are available at
ve.",erico-com and from your HiCO customer serAce representative.
2. must never be used for a purpose other than the purpose for which they were de0qned or in a mamer that exceeds specified lood ratings.
3. All instructions mus, be cornpletety Vowed to emure proper and safe installation and performance.
4, Improper installation. se. misappitcolion or other failure to completely fc4ow ERICO's instructions and warrfings may covse product malfunction. property
CIOM serious bodily iintury and cleoth�
5. Pl=tel'thcrt ore marnifactired vsiinq spring steel components sholl b-- used only in a nGn-coffo5ive indoor environment,
& All pipe support. hungers, intermediate components and ifructvrof attachments must ONLY be vsed as described herein and are NEVER to be used for OnY
other purpose,
NOTE All load ratings ore for static conditions and do not account for dynamic loading such as v4nd. water or sei5mic loads. uTles5 otherwise noted
The Customer is responsitz)le for-,
.. Conformance to cd governing codes.
b, The integrity of structures to which the products are attached, including their capability of safely accepting the loads imposed, as evaluated by a quoZed
e,nr
c appropriate irsdvitry standard hardware as noted above,
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS;
Vovom.1n.gres and fegulatfon5 and those required by the job site must t;�e observed,
Wsus priate safety equpment such w eye protecifon, hard hat, and gloves as appropriate to the applicatiori,
10-Flow is i3teied trademark of Aaed Tube and Conduit Corporation,
�Ow 4.0 �;Y.mark of Northwest Pipe Company.
is a registered certificaVon mark of FM Aporovah UC, LTD,
A is 0 Fegi5jefed trademark of Notional Fire Protection Association, Inc.
s a registered tTodemork. of UL U.C.
CADDY, CADWELD. CRITEC. JERICC, ERIFLEX. ERITECH. and LENTON are registered trademarks of ERICCI International Corporation,
TKHNICAL SUPPORT:
wvvw-eHco,com CFS403—J I OF 17 2009, 2011, 2012,2013,2014 ERICO
International Corporation.
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
ULS Loads (Listed for Restraints) - Lateral"
Part Number
Dyna-FlowO Service Pipe
Sch 10 Service Pipe
Sch 40 Service Pipe
CSBSTU01 00(XX)
N/A
655 Ib (2,914 N)
655 lb (2,914 N)
GSBSTU0125(XX)
CSBSTU0150(XX)l
655 Ib (2,914 N)
655 lb (2,914 N)
655 lb (2,914 N)
655 lb (2,914 N)
655 lb (2,914 N)
UL Loads (Listed for Sway Braces)
Lateral*
Longitudinal"
Part Number
Dyna-FloWD
EZ FLOWTM
Sch 10
Sch 40
Dyna-FlowO
Mega -Flow
Sch 10
Sch 40
Service Pipe
Service Pipe
Service Pipe
Service Pipe
Service Pipe
Service Pipe
Service Pipe
Service Pipe
CSBSTU0200(XX)
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
NIA
3,000 lb
0 3,345 N)
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
N/A
N/A
NIA
N/A
CSBSTU0250(XX)
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
N/A
3,000 lb
0 3,345 N)
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
2,015 Ib
(8,963 N)
N/A
2,015 lb
(8,963 N)
2,015 lb
(8,963 N)
CSBSTU0300(XX)
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
N/A
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
2,015 Ib
(8,963 N)
N/A
2,015 lb
(8,963 N)
2,015 lb
(8,963 N)
CSBSTU0400(XX)
3,000 Ib
3,000 lb
3,000 lb
3,000 lb
2,015 Ib
N/A
2,015 lb
2,015 lb
(13,345 N)
(13,345 N)
(13,345 N)
(13,345 N)
(8,963 N)
(9,963 N)
(8,963 N)
CSBSTU0500(XX)
NIA
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
3,000 lb
(113,345 N)
3,000 lb
(113,345 N)
N/A
N/A
2,015 lb
(8,963 N)
2,015 lb
(8,963 N)
CSBSTU0600(XX)
N/A
3,000 Ib
(13,345 N)
13,000 lb.
(13,345 N)
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
N/A
2,015 lb
(8,963 N)
2,015 lb
(8,963 N�
2,015 Ib
(8,963 N)
CSBSTU0800(XX)
N/A
N/A
3,000 Ib
(13,345 N)
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
N/A
N/A
2,015 lb
(8,963 N)
2,015 lb
(8,963 N)
CSBSTUI1000(XX)
NIA
N/A
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
3,000 lb
(113,345 N)
N/A
N/A
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
3,000 lb
(13,345 N)
1.,UL Listed for use with Lightwall Service Pipe, Schedule 10, and Schedule 40 Service Pipe, for use with Ito 2 NPS Schedule 40 brace pipe or 114" angle
iron�except for 104nch).
2, 2015 lbs, [8960 N] load rating when used with 114" angle Iron.
**3. Rating with 1/4" angle iron is identical to Schedule 40 brace pipe.
CADDY, CADWELD. CRITIEC, ERIC0. ERIFLM ERITECK and LENTON (ire re-gistered fradernorks of ERICO International Corporofion.
TKH?41CA15UPPORT:
www-edco.corn CFS403�,l 2 OF 17 2009, 2011, 2012,2013,2014 ERICO
Intemational Corporation. ERICO
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
Orientation to
Service Pipe Size
Pipe
FM@ Horizontal Load Ratings lbs (N)
Installation Angle
Part Number
Sprinkler Pipe
Schedule
Inch
Mm
300 - 44('
45" - 590
600 - 740
750 - 900
CSBSTU0100()N
1
25
860
1,220
1,500
1,670
1-114
32
CSBSTUO125(M
Lateral
LW, 10, 40
(3,825)
(5,425)
(6,670)
(7,430)
1-1/2
40
CSBSTU0150()N
1
GSBSTU0200()N
2
50
1,530
2,160
2,650
2,960
CSBSTLI0250(>0q
Lateral
2-112
65
LW, 10, 40
(6,805)
(9,610)
(11,790)
(13,165)
CSBSTU0300()N
3
85
CSBSTUG400(M
Lateral
4
100
LW, 10, 40
1,570
2,220
2,720
3,030
CSBSTU0500()N
5
125
(6,985)
(9,875)
(12,100)
(13,480)
CSBSTLJ0600(M
Lateral
6
150
LW, 10, 40
1,980
2,810
3,440
3,840
(8,805)
(12,500)
(15,300)
(17,080)
CSBSTU0800(m
Lateral
8
200
0.188,40
2,040
2,890
3,540
3,950
CSBSTLJ1000(>CK)
10
250
(9,075)
(12,855)
(15,745)
(17,570)
CSBSTU0100()N
Longitudinal
1
25
LW, 10, 40
970
(4,315)
720
(3,200)
860
(3,825)
960
(4,270)
CSBSTUO125()N
1-1/4
32
CSBS-nJO150()N
1-1/2
40
CSBS7U0200()N
Longitudinal
2
50
LW, 10, 40
870
(3,870)
690
(3,070)
830
(3,690)
930
(4,136)
CSBSTU0250()N
2-1/2
65
OSBSTU0300()N
3
80
CSBSTUG400(M
Longitudinal
4
100
LW, 10, 40
1,550
1,390
1,680
1,870
GSBSTU0500()w
5
125
(6,895)
(6,185)
(7,475)
(8,320)
CSSSTU0600()N
Longitudinal
6
150
LW, 10, 40
1,470
1,170
1,41:0
1,570
1
1
(6,540)
(5,205)
(6,270
(6,985)
CSBSTU0800()N
I Longitudinal
1 8
200
0.188,40
1
1,200
1 (5,340)
1,700
(7,560)
2,090
(9,295)
2,330
(10,365)
CSBSTU1000()N
1
250
Notes:
A) FM approved when used with V, 1-1 /4" or 2" (DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50) NIPS Schedule 40, GB/T 3091, EN 10255
(Heavy), AS 1074 (Heavy) or JIS G3454 brace pipe.
13) 'Load ratings for Schedule 40 above may also be applied to AS 1074 (Heavy), GB/T 3091, EN 10255 (Heavy) and JIS
G3454 pipe.
C) Load ratings for Schedule 40 above may also be applied to AS 1074 (Meduim), GB/T 3091, EN 10255 (Medium or
Heavy), JIS G3452, FM approved Thinwall, and Schedule 40 pipes unless otherwise indicated.
D) Load ratings for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall Pipe, commonly referred to as "Schedule 7". These
ratings may also be applied to Al 074 Lightwall, EN 10255 L, EN 10220, and GB/T 8163 pipe unless otherwise
specified.
E) Load ratings for "0188 wall" above may be applied to any thicker walled pipe unless otherwise specified.
CAODY, CADWELD, CRIT�C, ERICO, ERIFLEX, ERITECH, and LENTON are Fegistered trademarks of MCC International Corporation-
0
TE-CHMCAL SUPPORT:
Y/y/w.edco.com CFS403J 3 OF 17 @ 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 ERICO 1FRIC0
International Comoration.
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
#1
F
#3
Position stamped components around service pipe
*Part Number
Torque
ft4bs. (N-m)
CSBSTU0100(M
25(34)
GSBSTU0125(M
25(34)
CSBSTU0150(M
25(34)
CSBSTU0200(M
25(34)
CSBSTU0250()N
25(34)
CSBSTU0300()N
50(68)
CSBSTU0400()N
50(68)
CSBSTU0500()N
50(68)
CSBSTU0600()N
50(68)
CSBSTU0800()N
65(88)
CSBSTU1000()N
65 (88)_
Tighten top and bottom nuts to proper
torque, reference torque chart.
*(XX) Finish Specifier
#2
#4
Ladig
Finger tighten nuts and rotate assembly to desired
orientation
Insert brace into clamp as far as possible.
Tighten set screw until head snaps off
CSBSTU is a Sway Brace Fitting. It is intended to be combined with a CADDY@
brand Structural Attachment Fitting and "Bracing Pipe" to form a complete bracing assembly.
Sway Braces are intended to be installed in accordance with NFPA&13 and the manufacturers
assembly and instructions.
CADDY, CADWELD, CRIleC, EMCO, ERIFLEX, ERITECH, and LENTON are iegislered frodernorks of ERICO International Corporation-
0
TECHNICAL SUPPORT: CFS403j 2009, 2011, 2012. 2013, 2014 ERICO
www.edco.com 4 OF 17 Intemotional Corporotion. ERICO
INSTRUCTION SHEE
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
CADDY, CADWELD, CRITEC, ERICO, MFLM ERITMH, and LENTON are registered trademarks of ERICO Infemalional Corporation -
TECHNICAL SUPPORT:
www.ledco.corn CFS403J 5 OF 17 2000,2011, 2012,2013,2014 ERICO ISRIC0
intemational Corporofi6n.
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
F."
@ 2009,2011,2012, X13,2014 ERICO
International Corporation.
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
Concrete anchor could be cost
in place, wedge, pre-set or a
concrete anchor screw,
CAMY, CADWELO, CRITEC, ERIC0. ERIFLEX, ERITECH, and LENTON are regl5lered trademarks of ERICO International Corporation -
TECHNICAL SUPPORc
WWW'Cricoxom, M403j 7 OF 17 200,2011, 2012,2013,2014 RICO
Intemational Corporation. ERICO
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
Concrete anchor could be cost
in place, wedge, pre-set or a
concrete anchor screw.
CADDY, CADWELO, CRITEC, EIRICO, ERIFLEX, ERITECH, and LENTON are registered trademarb of ERICO Infemational Corporation -
TECHNICAL SUPPORT:
wwmedco.com CFS403—J 8 OF 17 @ 2009,2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 ERICO
16temational Corporation.
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
cost
a
107 0
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
: A- � -
Concrete anchor could be cost
in place, wedge, pre-set or a
concrete anchor screw.
CADDY, CADWELIJ, CRITEC, ERICO, 5RIFLEX, MITECH, and LENION are registered fradernorks of ERICO Intemalional Corporation -
TECHNICAL SUPPORT:
wffw.erico.com C FS403J 10 OF 17 @ 2009, 2011, 201 2j 2013, 2014 ERICO
Intemotional Corporation.
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Swav Brace Fittina
@ 2DO9, 2011, 201 Z 20 13, 2014 ERICO
International Corporation.
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
The CSBBARJ can be installed
as shown on the top flange of
an I -Beam with tapered or
non -tapered flanges.
CSBBARJ can be installed
iown on the top flange of
-Beam with tapered or
-tapered flanges.
CADIACADWtMCRITEC, ERICO, ERWLEX, MfECR andLENTOM are r"isleredfrodemarks of ERICO Internallonal corporation-
A� 0
@ 2009,2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 ERICO
16ternational Corporation.
INSTRUCTION SHEF
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
@ 2000, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 ER ICO
International Corporation.
rrrrr
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
4
h
Concrete anchor could be cast
in place, wedge, pre-set or a
concrete anchor screw.
CADDY, CADWELD, CRITEC, ERICO, ERIFLEX, ERITECH, and LENTON are tegisfered trademarks of ERICO Intemallonal Corporation.
TKHNICAL SUPPORT:
WWW.eriC1D.CQM C FS403J 15 OF 17 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013,2014 FRICO
Intemational Corporation,
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal
Sway Brace Fitting
I I D
OL
owa",
Sway Brace or Restraint Device
m
CADDY, CADWELO, CRIT�C, MCO, 5RIPL5X, ERIECH, and LENION are regislered frodemorks of ERICO Infernalional Corporation -
TECHNICAL SUPPORT:
W'W.erico.corn C FS403_J 140F 17 @ 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 ERICO
international Corporation,
INSTRUCTION SHEET
CSBSTU
Standard Universal Sway Brace or Restraint Device
Sway Brace Fitting
4'4"
Accepts 3/8-or 1/2" MO or M121 threaded rod
Quick grip clamp simplifies measuring and cutting of threaded rod
Works with rough -cut threaded rod and eliminates pipe -side deburring
Car) be installed with threaded rod above or below the service pipe
Shear -of I head helps ensure correct torque and simptif ies inspection
T'_
Materia I: Steel
Finish: Elect rogaLva nized
c(Dus 4'�� OSHPD
Part Number
Pipe Size
Outer Diameter
OD
Rod Size
RS
Height
H
Length
L
Width
IN
CSBBRP0100EG
1"
1.32"
318". 1/2"
6.67'
1,63-
0,88"
CSBBRPO[25EG
1 1/4'
1.661,
3/8'. 1/2"
7.56"
1,97*
11.88"
CSBBRPOISOEG
1 1 1/2-
1.96"
318--, 1/2'.
8.20"
2�21'
if MI.
CSSBRP020DEG
1 2"
1 2.38"
1 UB." 1/2'.
9.45"
2.69-
1 G�N" I
FM Is a registered certification mark of Fr,1 Approvals LLC, LTD, UL. UR. cUL, cUR. cULus and cURus are registered certification marks 0' OL LLC
101ARNING
Penta4r products sbatt be installed and used only as indicated in Pentai-'s product instruction sheets and training materials Instruction sheetsare available at enro.pemaif,com and
from your Pentair customer service representat-ve Improper Installation, misuse, misapplication orother fadure to completely fotlowPentalr's instructions and warnings may cause
product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily Injury and death and/or void your warranty,
V 2017 Pentair All rights reserved
Pentair, CADDY, CADWELD, 011 CC, ERICO. ERIFLEX, EROECH and LENTDN are owned by Pentair or ns global affitiates.
Al ot her tradernark* are the pfoperly of the r re5pective owners. Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice
1:> PENTAIR
Swivel connector accepts 3/8- or 112" N 10 or M121 threaded rod
Attaches to wood or non -cracked concrete structures
FA
Material: Steel
Finish: Electrogatvanized
AMMO
Part Numher
RDd Size
Height
Length
Width
Screw Diarneter
Screw Length
Grill, Bit Diametpar
fis
H
1
L
W
Sc
L
0
CSBBR52EQ
�/F' V2,
1. 11 "
1.591,
1.06"
114-
13/4"
3/16"
Branc! It ImE struclurat attaelimentc are forrestraktit only and not for Ili v ha rig ing of fire �prprikter piping.
FIVI Is a registered certification mark of FM Approvalls. LLC, LTD. 1JL, OR, cVL, cUR. cULus and cURus are registered cerlitication marksolUL LLC
WARNING
Rentairprodticts sbalfbeinstatied and usedonlyas indicated in rleritair'5 product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheetsareavaitalite at ericopenta4r,comand
from your Pentaircustorrier se�-ice representative Improper installalion, misuse.misapptication or other failure to Completely follow Pentalr'5 instructiIins and warnings may cause
product malfunction, property damage, seriou5bodily Injuryand death and/or Yoid your warranty.
0 2bl 7 Pentair All rights rewmed
Pentax, CADDY, CADINELO, CRITEC. ERICO. ERIFLEX, LROECH and LENIDN are owned by Pentair or !Is g(obia(affiliater.
Ali other trademarks are the property of thex respective owners, Peritair reserves the right to Change SpeCitiC511Dris without prior notire.
PENTAIR
FLUSH ANCHOR
SOLUTION FOR
SHALLOW EMBEDMENT
CRACKED CONCRETE
AND SEISMIC
APPLICATIONS
Flush anchors
HDI-P TZ technical
supplement
FLUSH ANCHOR SOLUTION
FOR SHALLOW EMBEDMENT
The Hilti HDI-P TZ is the best -in -class anchor for applications requiring cracked
concrete and seismic approval when minimal concrete embedment is allowed.
Requiring just 3/4" of concrete embedment, this anchor is ideal for concrete slabs
with post -tensioned cable. The HDI-P TZ anchor can be set with a hand setting
tool and a hammer, or with a hammer drill and the auto setting tool. Using the auto
setting tool with a Hilti hammer drill and the Hilti Dust Removal System (DRS), the
installation of this anchor is virtually dust free, and provides an OSHA 1926.1153
Table I compliant solution.
Make all of your post -installed anchor attachments in the ceiling cracked concrete
compliant with the new HDI-P TZ.
Drop -in anchor
HDI-P TZ
APPLICATIONS AND
Technical data
ADVANTAGES
Product
Carbon -steel with zinc coating
Mechanical (Hanging pipes, HVAC)
Inner thread diameter
3/8"
Electrical (Hanging conduit, cable tray)
Drill bit diameter
ANSI 9/16"
Sprinkler (Hanging pipes)
Nominal embedment
3/4"
Anchor design
* Carbon steel anchor with zinc plating
* 3/8" inner thread diameter
Technical data
Description
Item number
• Uncracked and cracked concrete
Flush anchor HDI-P TZ 3/8"
2204029
• Seismic category A-F
HDI-P TZ 3/8" MC (1200 PCs IVIC)
3596870
• FM/UL approval for pipe hanging
HDI-P TZ 3/8" (1/3 Pallet = 9600 PCs)
3596872
up to 4" diameter
HDI-P TZ 3/8" Pallet
3597043
Productivity
HDI-P TZ 3/8" (300) with auto set tool
3597044
• Shallow embedment of 3/4" allows
HDI-P TZ 3/8" (600) with auto set tool
3597045
minimal drilling time
HDI-P TZ 3/8" (1200) with 3 auto set tools
3597046
• Easy installation with Auto Setting Tool
• Auto Setting Tool includes stop drill
bit and setting tool, no tool change
necessary
Accessories
Safety
Description
Item number
Use of Hilti's Dust Removal System
-_ � �� j
(DRS) helps ensure an OSHA 1926.1153
Auto setting tool HDI-P TZ 3/8"
2204112
Table 1 compliant solution
Setting tool HST HDI-P TZ 3/8"x2O
2204110
Drop -in anchor HDI-P TZ technical supplement
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Product Features
• Drop -in anchor with optimized length for reliable fastenings in post -tensioned cable
concrete slabs
• Shallow drilling for fast installations
• Lip provides flush installation, consistent anchor depth, and easy rod alignment
• Suitable for uncracked and cracked concrete including seismic areas
• Productive installation with HDI-P TZ automatic setting tool with hammer drill
• Used with Hilti Dust Removal System (DRS) for compliance with Table 1 of OSHA
1926.1153 regulations for silica dust exposure
Uncracked Cracked concrete Seismic Design
concrete Categories
A-F
Approvals/ Listings
]CC -ES (International Code Council)
- 2018 International Building Code/ International
Residential Code (IBC/IRQ
City of Los Angeles
Florida Building Code
FM (Factory Mutual)
UL and cUL (Underwriters Laboratory)
ESR-4236 in concrete per ACI 318-14 Ch. 17 / ACI 355.2
/ ICC-ES AC1 93
2017 LABC Supplement (within ESR-4236)
2017 FBC Supplement (within ESR-4236)
Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems
3/8 (4-inch nominal pipe diameter)
Pipe hanger equipment for fire protection services for 3/8
(4-inch nominal pipe diameter)
Carbon steel HDI-P TZ
M.:-
wow
Auto -setting tool HDI-P TZ
Hand -setting tool HDI-P TZ
1CC
APPROVED
Lk&&ABS
C & us
LISTED
July 2018 3
Figure 1 - Hilti HDI-P TZ installation
parameters
dbft
hef # rimin
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
HDI-P TZ drop -in anchors are manufactured from carbon steel with zinc plating per
DIN EN ISO 4042 A2K.
INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
Table 1 - Hilti HDI-P TZ Setting Information
Nominal anchor size / internal thread dia. (in)
Setting information
Symbol
Unit
3/8
Internal thread diameter
d
in.
3/8
Nominal bit diameter
dbit
in.
9/16
Nominal embedment
h_
in.
3/4
(mm)
(19)
Hole depth in concrete
h,
in.
(mm)
3/4
(19)
Minimum concrete
in.
2-1/2
thickness
(mm)
(64)
Thread engagement
h�
in.
3/8
length
(mm)
(10)
Minimum edge distance
c�
in.
(MM)
6
(153)
Minimum anchor spacing
S�h
in,
8
(mm)
(204)
Installation Instructions
Installation Instructions For Use (IFU) are included with each product package. They
can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca. Because
of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when
used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance. Training is available on
request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed
in the IFU.
July 2018
Drop -in anchor HDI-P TZ technical supplement
DESIGN DATA IN CONCRETE PER ACI 318
ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 Design
The design tables in Tables 2 to 4 are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The load values
were developed using the design parameters and variables of ICC Evaluation Services
ESR-4236 and the equations within ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 as amended by ICC-ES
AC193. The strength design capacities calculated from the tables below are to be
compared to the factored loads determined from strength design load combinations.
For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to Section 3.1.8
of the Hilti North American Product Technical Guide Volume 2 - Anchor Fastening Ed.
17 [Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17]. Data tables from ESR-4236 are not contained in this
section, but can be found at www.hilti.com or www.icc-es.org.
Table 2 - Hilti HDI-P TZ design strength based on concrete failure modes in uncracked concrete per ACI 318 14 Ch. 171.2.3.4,6
Nominal
Nominal
Tension (lesser of concrete breakout/ pullout) -
Shear (lesser of concrete breakout or pryout) - On
anchor
diameter
embed.
in. (mm)
V� = 2500 psi
V. = 3000 psi
V. = 4000 psi
V. = 6000 psi
f'. = 2500 psi
f'. = 3000 psi
V. = 4000 psi
f'. = 6000 psi
(17.2 MPa)
(20.7 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(41.4 MPa)
(17.2 MPa)
(20.7 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(41.4 MPa)
in.
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (kN)
lb (M)
3/8
3/4(19)
310(1.4)
340(l.5)
395(l.8)
485(2.1)
1 350(l.6)
385(l.7)
445(2.0)
545(2.4)
Table 3 - Hilti HDI-P TZ design strength based on concrete failure modes in cracked concrete per ACI 318 14 Ch. 171 2,3,4,6,6,7
Nominal
Nominal
Tension (lesser of concrete breakout/ pullout) - cpNn
Shear (lesser of concrete breakout or pryout) - (pV�
anchor
diameter
embed.
in. (mm)
V = 2500 Psi
f'c = 3000 psi
Vc = 4000 psi
V. = 6000 psi
f'� = 2500 psi
V. = 3000 psi
V, = 4000 psi
V. = 6000 psi
67.2 MPa)
(20.7 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(41.4 MPa)
(17.2 MPa)
(20.7 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(41.4 MPa)
in.
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
3/8
3/4(19)
190(0.8)
200(0.9)
220(1.0)
2550.1)
2500.1)
270(1.2)
3150.4)
385(l.7)
he following footnotes apply to both Table 2 and 3:
See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 to convert design strength value to ASD value.
Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted.
Tabular values are for a single anchor with a minimum edge distance of 6-1/2-in (166mm) and a minimum spacing of 8-in (204mm). For a 6-in (153mm) edge distance multiply uncracked concrete
tension and shear values by 0.92. No reduction needed for cracked concrete.
4 Compare to the steel values in Table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A. as follows: For sand -lightweight, A. = 0.68. For all -lightweight, h. = 0.60.
Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by o�'. - 0.74.
7 No add itional reduction needed for seismic shear for concrete breakout or pryout failure. See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 for additional information on seismic applications.
Table 4 - Hilti HDI-P TZ design strength based on steel failure per ACI 318-14 Ch. 17 1,2,3
Steel strength of HDI-P TZ anchor Steel strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod
Nominal anchor
diameter Tensile 4 Shear" Seismic Shear6-9 Tensile4 Shear" Seismic Shearl-I
in. qNse
0. tpN.,�d TV.,�d
lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M)
3/8 1 4,065 (18.1) 1 585(2.6) 1 585(2.6) 1 3,370 (15.0) 1 1,885(8.4) 1 1,320(5.9)
See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 to convert design strength value to ASID value.
Steel strength in tension and shear determined from the lesser of the HDI-P TZ or the Inserted threaded rod.
3 Hilti HDI-P TZ anchors are considered a brittle steel element. ASTM A36 threaded rod is considered a ductile steel element.
Tensile 9N. = 9A,� f_ as noted In ACI 318-14 Ch. 17.
Shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by static shear tests with q)V. s (p 0.60 A, f. as noted in ACI 318-14 Ch. 17.
Seismic shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by seismic shear tests with (pV. < (p 0.60 Awx f_ as noted in ACI 316-14 Ch. 17.
Shear values for threaded rod determined by (pV., = (p 0.60 A, f. as noted in ACI 318-14 Ch. 17.
Seismic shear values for threaded rod determined by cpV.,.� = (P 0.70 V.,.
See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 for additional information on seismic applications.
July 2018 5
1+1 DESIGN DATA IN CONCRETE PER CSA A23.3
CSA A23.3-14 Annex D Design
Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3-14 Annex D
for post -installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for
mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors. Tables 8 and 9 in this section
contains the Limit State Design tables that are based on the published loads in [CC
Evaluation Services ESR-4236 and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D.
Tables 5 to 7 below are Hilti Simplified Design Tables which are pre -factored resistance
tables based on the design parameters and variables in Tables 8 and 9. All the figures
in the previous ACI 318 14 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State
Design and the tables will reference these figures.
For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3-14
Annex D, refer to Section 3.1.8 of the Hilti North American Product Technical Guide
Volume 2 - Anchor Fastening Ed. 17 [Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17]. Technical assistance is
available by contacting Hilti Canada at (800) 363-4458 or at www.hilti.ca.
Table 5 - Hilti HDI-P TZ factored resistance based on concrete failure modes in uncracked concrete per CSA A23.3-14 Annex D 1.2.3,4.5
Nominal
anchor
diameter
Nominal
embed.
in. (mm)
Tension (lesser of concrete breakout/ pullout) - Nr
Shear (lesser of concrete breakout or pryout) - Vr
f',=20MPa
f',=25MPa
f',=30MPa
f',=40MPa
f',=20MPa
f',=25MPa
f',=30MPa
f',=40MPa
(2,900 psi)
(3,625 psi)
(4,350 psi)
(5,800 psi)
(2,900 psi)
(3,625 psi)
(4,350 psi)
(5,800 psi)
in.
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (kN)
I b (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
3/8
3/409)
325(1.5)
365(1.6)
400(1.8)
460(2.1)
1 380(l.7)
425(l.9)
465(2.1)
540(2.4)
Table 6 - Hilti HDI-P TZ factored resistance based on concrete failure modes in cracked concrete per CSA A23.3-14 Annex D 1.2,3.4,6,6,7
Nominal
anchor
diameter
Nominal
embed.
in. (mm)
Tension (lesser of concrete breakout/ pullout) - Nr
Shear (lesser of concrete breakout or pryout) - Vr
f'� = 20 MPa
f'. = 25 MPa
f'c = 30 MPa
f'. = 40 MPa
f'. = 20 MPa
P. = 25 MPa
f'. = 30 MPa
V, = 40 MPa
(2,900 psi)
(3,625 psi)
(4,350 psi)
(5,800 psi)
(2,900 psi)
(3,625 psi)
(4,350 psi)
(5,800 psi)
in.
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (kN)
lb (M)
lb (M)
lb (M)
3/8
3/4(19)
195(0.9)
210(0.9)
220(1.0)
2450.1)
270(1.2)
3000.3)
3300.5)
380(l.7)
he following footnotes apply to both Table 5 and 6;
See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 to convert design strength value to ASD value.
Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted.
Tabular values are for a single anchor With a minimum edge distance of 6-1/2-in (166mm) and a minimum spacing of 8-in (204mm). For a 6-in (153mm) edge distance multiply uncracked concrete
tension and shear values by 0.92. No reduction needed for cracked concrete.
Compare to the steel values in Table 7. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by h. as follows� For sand -lightweight, A, - 0.68. For all -lightweight, k = 0.60.
Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by o�'. - 0.74.
No add itional reduction needed for seismic shear for concrete breakout or pryout failure. See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 for additional information an seismic applications.
Table 7 - Hilti HDI-P TZ factored resistance based on steel failure per CSA A23.3-14 Annex D 1.2.3
Steel strength of HDI-P TZ anchor Steel strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod
Nominal anchor
diameter Tensile 4 Shear6 Seismic Shear6,9 TensiW Shear' Seismic Shear8,O
in. Naar v5ar Vsareq Naar
V., Vsar.eq
lb (kN) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M)
3/8 1 3,720 (16.5) 1 540(2.4) 1 540(2.4) 1 3,055 (13.6) 1 1,720(7.7) 1 1,200(5.3)
See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 to convert design strength value to ASD value.
Steel strength in tension and shear determined from the lesser of the HDI-P TZ or the inserted threaded rod.
3 Hilti HDI-13 TZ anchors are considered a brittle steel element. ASTM A36 threaded rod is considered a ductile steel element.
4 Tensile N., = A,, (p, f., as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D.
5 Shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by static shear tests with V_5 0.6 Aux (ps f. R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D.
a Seismic shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by seismic shear tests with V..,!5 0.60 A�y (p. f� R as noted in GSA A23.3-14 Annex D.
I Shear values for threaded rod determined by V_ = 0.6 A,, q,, f� R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D.
8 Seismic shear values for threaded rod determined by V_,, = 0.70 V_d.
9 See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 for additional information on seismic applications.
6 July 2018
Drop -in anchor HDI-P TZ technical supplement
Table 8 - Design information, Hilti HDI-P TZ, in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 I
1+1
Setting information
Symbol
Unit
Nominal anchor size/ internal thread dia. (in)
Ref
3/8
CSA A23.3-14
Anchor O.D.
d.
in.
0.561
(mm)
(14.25)
Effective embedment
h,
in.
3/4
(mm)
(19)
Steel embed. material resistance factor for reinforcement
(PI
0.85
8.4.3
Resistance modification factor for tension, steel failure modes 1.3
R.,.
0.70
D.5.3 b)
Min. specified yield strength
fl.
psi
(Nlmm�
70,400
(484)
Min. specified ultimate strength
f.W
psi
(N/mm�
88,000
(605)
Effective -cross sectional steel area in tension
A...
in'
(mm�
0.071
(45.8)
Factored steel resistance in tension
N�
lb
6,250
D.6.1.2
(kN)
(27.8)
Eq. D.2
Concrete material resistance factor
(N
0.65
8.4.2
Anchor category
1
D.5.3 c)
Resistance modification factor for tension, concrete failure
Rc.N
0.60
Coeff. for factored conc. breakout resistance, uncracked concrete
in -lb
24
D.6.2.2
(SI)
(10.0)
Coeff. for factored conc. breakout resistance, cracked concrete
k...
in -lb
17
D.6.2.2
(SO
(7.1)
Modification factor for anchor resistance, tension, uncracked conc.
4)�,N
1.0
D.6.2.6
Critical edge distance
C.
in.
6
(mm)
(152)
Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa uncracked concrete 6
Np,.—
lb
N/A
D.6.3.2
(kN)
Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete 6
N,
lb
495
D.6.3.2
(kN)
(2.2)
Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete, seismic 6
NI.,eq
lb
490
D.6.3.2
(kN)
(2.2)
Resistance modification factor for shear, steel failure modes Z3
R..v
0.65
D.5.3 b)
Factored steel resistance in shear
V.
lb
975
D7.1.2
(kN)
(4.3)
Factored steel resistance in shear, seismic I V.,, (kN) (4.3)
Resistance modification factor for shear, concrete failure modes 3 0.70
Coefficient for pryout resistance I k.., 1.0 D.7.3
Design information is taken from ICC-ES ESR-4236, dated July 2018, table 2, and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D.
The HDI-P TZ is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D Section D.2.
All values of R are applicable with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 Chapter 8. For concrete failure modes, no increase forCondition A is permitted.
N_ = N� (p. R., where N. tabular value above is precalculated from A,..� f_
For all design cases, tPI.N = 1.0. The appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (k..,,) or uncracked concrete (k_) must be used.
For all design cases, tp,,, = 1.0. Tabular value for pullout resistance is for a concrete compressive strength of 20 MPa (2,900 psi), Pullout resistance forconcrete compressive strength greater
than 20 We (2,900 psi) may be increased by multiplying the tabular pullout resistance by (f', / 20)0-15 for MPa or (P. / 2,900)"5 for psi, NA (not applicable) denotes that pullout strength does not
need to be considered for design.
Shear and seismic shear tests are all performed in cracked concrete member per ICC-ES AC1 93 section 9.4 and 9.6 respectively. Value of V��,,) < 0.6 A_v f_ for all cases. Multiply V.. tabular
value above by (p, R.,v to get V_ and V., _.
July 2018
Table 9 - Steel design information for inserted threaded rod, in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 I
1#1
Nominal anchor size / internal thread dia. (in)
Setting information
Symbol
Unit
3/8
Nominal rod diameter
d,.d
in.
0.375
Steel embed. material resistance factor for reinforcement
(PS
0.85
Resistance modification factor for tension, steel failure modes
R,.N
0.80
Min. specified ult. strength
f.0
psi
(MPa)
58,000
(400)
Rod effective cross -sectional area
A...d
in.'
(mm�
0.0775
(50)
Factored steel resistance in tension ASTIVI A36 steel material
N...d
lb
(kN)
4,495
(20.0)
Factored steel resistance in tension, seismic ASTM A36 steel material 3
N...d.eq
lb
(kN)
4,495
(20.0)
Resistance modification factor for steel in shear ASTM A36 steel material
R..�,v
0.75
Factored steel resistance in shear ASTIVI A36 steel material
Vw,rod
lb
(kN)
2,695
(12.0)
Factored steel resistance, seismic ASTM A36 steel materia 14
V....e�
lb
(kN)
1,885
(8.4)
I Values provided for steel element material types, or equivalent, based on minimum specified strengths and calculated in accordance with CSA A23.3 14 Eq. D.2 and Eq. D.30, as applicable.
I All values of R are applicable with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 Chapter 8. Values correspond to a ductile steel element.
3 N�(.W = N..�(� (p. R.,N Where N,(.0 tabular value above is precalculated from A ... � fu,.. N_ shall be the lower of N.,. or N.�q)�p,2 for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loads,
N__ shall be the lower of N—._ or N,, HDI-P TZ.
V-W(") = V_w("),p, R,, where V_� tabular value above is precalculated from 0.6 A_� f.., and V..d. must be taken as 0.7 V,�. V. shall be the lower of V.,Id or Vw��.pTz for static steel
strength in tension; for seismic loading, V_ shall be the lower of V.,,,rod or V._,_..
July 2018
In the US:
Hilti, Inc. (U.S.)
7250 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1000, Plano, TX 75024
Customer Service: 1-800-879-8000
en espahol 1-800-879-5000
Fax: 1-800-879-7000
www.hilti.com
Hilti is an equal opportunity employer.
Hilti is a registered trademark of Hilti, Corp.
@Copyright 2018 by Hilti, Inc. (U.S.)
In Canada:
Hilti (Canada) Corporation
2360 Meadowpine Blvd.
Mississaugua, Ontario, L5N 682
Customer Service: 1-800-363-4458
Fax: 1-800-363-4459
www.hilti.ca
Certified Quality and
Environmental Systems
ISO 9001 /ISO 14001
Reg. No. 12455-02
ISO 14001 US only
The data contained is this literature was current as of the date of publication. Updates and changes may be made
based on later testing. If verification is needed that the data is still current, please contact Hilti Technical Support
Specialists at 1-800-879-8000. All published load values contained in this literature represent the results of testing
by Hilti or test organizations. Local base materials were used. Because of variations in materials, on -site testing is
necessary to determine performance at any specific site. Laser beams represented by red lines in this publication.
Printed in the United States.
Attached are page(s) from the 2008 Hilti North
American Product Technical Guide. For
complete details on this product, including data
development, product specifications, general
suitability, installation, corrosion, and spacing &
edge distance guidelines, please refer to the
Technical Guide, or contact Hilti.
Hilt!, Inc.
5400 South 122" East Avenue
Tulsa, OK 74146
1-800-879-8000
www.hilti.com
PROFIS:
The World's Most Powerful
Anchor Design Software
• Easy to Learn - Start woriking in
just minutes
• Fast and Powerful - Produce detailed
designs quickly
• Specify with Confidence - The
largest number of approvals and
latest design codes
No charge.
Download now at www.us.hilti.com
or www.hilti.ca
Hilti Online
• Technical Library
• Design Centers
• Interactive Product Advisors
• Full -line Product Catalog
• Online Ordering
• Maps to Hilti locations
• "Contact Us" program to
answer your questions
DETECTION
Firestop Systems
When it comes to Life Safety and building
code compliance, Hilti provides complete
solutions with a wide range of products
and unmatched technical support.
Firestop Systems Guides
- Through Penetrations
- Joint Penetrations
• FACT Program
• FS 411
• BASIC Training
• Engineering Judgements
• Firestop Design Center online
at www.us.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca
MI - Industrial
Pipe Support
Technical Guide
A guide to specifying the Hilti modular
pipe support system for medium to
heavy loads without welding.
MI System is the ideal solution for
pipes up to 24 in. diameter
Reliable fastenings without welds
Easily installed
Hilti Diaphragm
Deck Design
The Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design
Program allows designers to quickly
and accurately design roof deck and
composite floor deck diaphragms.
• Ability to design with innovative
Hilti fasteners for frame and sidelap
connection
• Creates easy to use load tables with
span ranges based on user input
• Allows for different safety factors
depending on load type, building
code and field quality control
• Direct link to Hilti website
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hitb.com I an espafiol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.ca.hilb.com I Product Technical Guide 2008
Mechanical Anchoring Systems
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor
4.3.4.1
Product Description
4.3.4.2
Material Specifications
4.14.3
Technical Data
4.3,4.4
Installation Instructions
4.3.4.5
Ordering Information
4.3.4.6
Sample Calculations
Impact Section
(Dog Point)
Nut
Washer
Red
Seftin(
Mark
Anchc
Threai
Anchc
Body
Stainlei
Steel
Expansi
Sleevi
(Wedge
I
Expansion Cone
Listincis/ADmovals
ICC-ES (international Code Council)
ESR-1 917
FM (Factory Mutual)
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
Sprinkler Systems (3/8' - 3/4 ")
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
jl�s <@> !e
mmm C&
Building Code Compliance
IBC'D 2006
IRCQD 2006
UBCQD 1997
4.3.4.1 Kwik Bolt TZ Product Description
The Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) is a torque
controlled expansion anchor which is
especially suited to seismic and cracked
concrete applications. This anchor line
is available in carbon steel with zinc
electroplated coating and 304 stainless
steel versions. The anchor diameters
range from 3/8 to 3/4 inch in a variety of
lengths. Applicable base materials
include normal -weight concrete,
structural lightweight concrete, and
lightweight concrete over metal deck.
Guide Specifications
Torque controlled expansion anchors
shall be Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) supplied
by Hilti meeting the description in
Federal Specffication A -A 1923A, Type
4. The anchor bears a length
identification mark embossed into the
impact section (dog point) of the anchor
surrounded by four embossed notches
identifying the anchor as a Hilti Kwik
Bolt TZ in the installed condition.
Anchors are manufactured to meet one
of the following conditions:
Is The carbon steel anchor body, nut
and washer have an electroplated
zinc coating conforming to ASTM
B633 to a minimum thickness of 5
pm. The stainless steel expansion
sleeve conforms to AISI 316.
Stainless steel anchor body, nut
and washer conform to AISI 304.
Stainless steel expansion sleeve
conforms to AISI 316.
Product Features
* Product and length identification
marks facilitate quality control after
installation.
9 Through fixture installation and
variable thread lengths improve
productivity and accommodate
various base plate thicknesses.
0 316 Stainless Steel wedges pro-
vide superior performance in
cracked concrete.
* Ridges on expansion wedges
provide increased reliability.
0 Mechanical expansion allows
immediate load application.
0 Raised impact section (dog point)
prevents thread damage during
installation.
* Bolt meets ductility requirements
of ACI 318-05 Section D1.
Installation
Drill hole in base material to the
appropriate depth using a Hilti carbide
tipped drill bit. Drive the anchor into the
hole using a hammer. A minimum of four
threads must be below the fastening
surface prior to applying installation
torque. Tighten the nut to the
recommended installation torque.
Supplemental Design Provisions for ACI 318-05 Appendix D
Design strengths are determined in accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D and
ICC Evaluation Service ESR-1 917 Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel
Anchors in Concrete. The relevant design parameters are reiterated in Tables 1, 2,
and 3 of this document. Supplemental provisions required for the design of the
KB-TZ are enumerated in Section 4.0 of ESR-1917 (DESIGN AND INSTALLATION).
Note that these design parameters are supplemental to the design provisions
of ACI 318-05.
316 Hilti. Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hi[ti.com I en esoahol I-RMAN-5000 I Hilti Mnnadnl r.nm P—A—tT�hni—I r�.dA. onn9l
Mechanical Anchoring Systems
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4
4.3.4.2 Material Specifications
Carbon steel with electroplated zinc
0 Carbon steel K13-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads'
Anchor
Diameter (in.)
Shear
(lb)
Tension
(11b)
3/8
NA
6744
1/2
7419
11240
518
11465
17535
3/4
17535
25853 1
• Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM,13633 to a minimum thickness of 5pm.
• Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.
• Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.
• Expansion sleeves (wedges) are manufactured from AISI 316 stainless steel.
Stainless steel
* Stainless steel K13-TZ anchors are made of AISI 304 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads'
Anchor
Diameter (in.)
Shear
(lb)
Tension
Ob)
3/8
5058
6519
1/2
8543
12364
5/8
13938
19109
3/4
22481
24729
• Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTIVI F594.
• Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI 1318.22.1, Type A, plain.
• Expansion Sleeve (wedges) are made from AISI 316.
• All nuts and washers are made from AISI 304 stainless steel.
1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in jig as part of product OC. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See Tables 2 and 3.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1 -BOG-879-8000 I www.us.hifti.com I en espahol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hifti-ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 317
Mechanical Anchoring Systems
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor
4.3-4.3 Technical Data
Table I — Kwik Bolt TZ Specification Table
SETTING
Symbol
Units
Nominal anchor diameter
(in.)
INFORMATION
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
Anchor O.D.
do
in.
0.375
0.5
0.625
0.75
(rnm)
(9.5)
(12.7)
(15.9)
(19.1)
Nominal bit
db;.l
In.
3/8
112
5/8
3/4
diameter
EffectiTe din,
het
in.
2
2
3-1/4
3-118
4
3-3/4
4-3/4
embedment
(mm)
(51)
(51)
(83)
(79)
(102)
(95)
(121)
Min. hole depth
h,
in.
2-5/8
2-5/8
4
-3/4
3(95)
4-3/4
4-5/8
5-3/4
(mm)
(67)
(67)
(102)
(121)
(117)
(146)
Min. thickness of
tMin
in.
1/4
3/4
1/4
3/8
3/4
1/8
1-5/8
fixturel
(mm)
(6)
(19)
(6)
(9)
(19)
(3)
(41)
Max. thickness of
t"
in.
2-1/4
4
2-3/4
5-5/8
4-3/4
4-5/8
3-5/8
fixture
(mm)
(57)
(101)
(70)
(143)
(121)
(1171
(92)
Installation torque
Tinst
ft-lb
25
40
60
110
(Nm)
(34)
(54)
(81)
(149)
Min. dia. of hole
d'
in.
7/16
9/16
11/16
13/16
in fixtu
(mm)
(11.1)
(14.3)
(17.5)
(20.6)
Available anchor
a%h
in.
3
3-3/4
5
3-3/4
4-112
5-1/2
7
4-3/4
6
B-112
10
5-1/2
8
10
lengths
(Mm)
(76)
(95)
(127)
(95)
(114)
(140)
(178).
(121)
(152)
(216)
(254)
(140)
(203)
(254)
Threaded length
ihread
in.
7/8
1-5/8
2-7/8
1-5/8
2-3/8
3-3/8
4-7/8
1-1/2
2-3/4
5-1/4
6-3/4
1-1/2
4
6
including dog point
(mm)
(22)
(41)
(73)
(41)
(60)
(86)
(178)
(38)
(70)
(133)
(171)
(38)
(102)
(152)
Unthreaded length
I unft
in.
2-1/8
2-1/8
3-1/4
4
(mm)
(54)
(54)
(83)
(1 2)
Installation
hnom
in.
2-1/4
2-3/8
3-5/8
3-5/8
---
4-1/2
4-3/8
-
5-3
embedment
(mm)
(57)
(60)
(92)
1
(92)
(114)
j
(13
I - -0—lum PCIt 10 UaOW V11 UQNV U1 (M dMomi di iiiiiiiiijuiii eriamumem ano is conirwea Dy the length ot Inreacl. it a thinner fastening thicknessis
required, increase the anchor embedment to suit.
Figure 1 — Kwik Bolt TZ installed
Canch
'ethread
funthr
318 Hifti, IrVC. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hifti.com I en esoafiol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti tranadal rn,n i -Ftnn-nrq.AAr;t i — kil+; _ 1 0_4_+ T—k�l--1
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4
Table 2 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information
DESIGN
Symbol
Units
Nominal anchor diameter
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
INFORMATION
in.
0.375
0.5
0-625
0.75
Anchor OR
do
(mm)
(9-5)
(12.7)
(15.9)
(19.1)
Effective min.
he,
in.
2
2
3-1/4
3-1/8
4
�3-3/4
4-3/4
embedmentl
(mm)
(51)
(51)
(83)
(79)
(102)
(95)
(121) 1
in.
4
5
4
6
6
8
5
6
8
6
8
8
Min. member thickness
hMn
(mm)
(102)
(127)
1
(102)
(152)
(152)
(203)
(127)
(152)
(203)
(152)
(203)
(203)
in.
4-3/8
4
1
1
4-1/2
7-1/2
6
6-1/2
8-314
6-3/4
10
8
9
Critical edge distance
c3c
(mm)
(111)
(102)
:5-1/2
(140)
(1 0)
(114)
(114)
(191)
(152)
(165)
(222)
(171)
(254)
(203)
(229)
in.
2-1/2
2-3/4
2-3/8
3-5/8
3-1/4
4-3/4
4-1/8
Camn
(mm)
(64)
(70)
(60)
(92)
(83)
(121)
(105)
Min. edge distance
for s a
in.
5
5-3/4
5-Y4
6-118
5-7/8
10-1/2
B-7/8
(mm)
(127)
(146)
(146)
(156)
(149)
(267)
(225)
SKin
in.
2-1/2
2-3/4
2-3/8
3-1/2
3
5
4
(mm)
(64)
(70)
(60)
(89)
(76)
(127)
(102)
Min. anchor spacing
in.
3-5/8
4-1/8
3-1/2
-3/4
4-1/4
9-1/2
7-3/4
for c zt
(mm)
(92)
(105)
(89)
(121)
(108)
(241)
(197)
Min. hole depth
h,
in.
2-5/8
2-5/8
4
3-7/8
4-3/4
4-5/8
5-3/4
in concrete
(mm)
(67)
(67)
(102)
(98)
(121)
(117)
(146)
Min. specified
lb/in2
100000
84800
84800
84800
yield strength
(N/mm2)
(690)
1585)
(585)
(585)
Min. specified
fu
lb/in2
125000
106000
106000
106000
ult. strength
(WMM2)
(862)
(731)
(731)
(731)
Effective tensile
A,
W
0.05�
0.101
0.162
0.237
stress area
(mm�
(33.6)
(65.0)
(104.6)
(152.8)
Steel strength
Nsa
lb
6500
10705
17170
25120
in tension
(kN)
(28.9)
(47.6)
(76.4)
(111.8)
Steel strength
V$3
lb
3595
6405
10555
15930
in shear
(kN)
(16.0)
(28.5)
(47.0)
(70.9)
Steel strength in
vs.sets
lb
2255
6405
10555
14245
shear, seismic
(kN)
(10,0)
(28.5)
(47.0)
(63.4)
Steel strength in shear,
Vs.deck
lb
2130
3000 4945
4600
6040
NP
concrete on metal deck2
(kN)
(9.5)
(13.3) (22)
(K5)
(26.9)
Pullout strength
Np.ury
111
2515
NA 5,515
NA
9,145
8,280
1 10,680
uncracked concrele3
(kN)
(11.2)
(24.5)
(40.7)
(36.8)
(47.5)
Pullout strength
Np,cr
lb
2270
NA 4,915
NA
NA
cracked concrete 3
W
(10.1)
(21.9)
Pullout strength concrete
Np,d,,,
111
1460
1460 2620
2000
4645
NP
on metal deck4
(kN)
(6.5)
(6.5)
(8.9)
(20.7)
Anchor cateaorvs
Effectiveness factor kwv uncracked concrete
24
Effectiveness factor k, cracked concrete 6
17
k,�Ik,'
Al
Strength reduction factor (� for tension,
0.75
steel failure modes$
Strength reduction factor Op for shear, steel
0.65
failure modes8
Strength reduction factor (� for tension, concrete
0.65
failure modes, Condition 139
Strength reduction factor (� for shear, concrete
0.70
failure modes
1 See Fig. 1.
2 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
3 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for
design.
4 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
Values are for cracked concrete. Values are applicable to both
static and seismic load combinations.
5 See ACI 318 DA4.
6 See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.
See ACI 318 D.5.2.6.
The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D. I.
For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B
applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with
ACI 318 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength
governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary rein-
forcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors
associated with Condition A may be used.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en espafiol 1-800-879-5DOO I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.h[M.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 319
�F-- i
Mechanical Anchoring Systems
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Ajichor
Table 3 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information
DESIGN
Symbol
Units
Nominal anchor diameter
INFORMATION
3/8
6/8
3/4
Anchor O.D.
do
in.
0.375
-1/2
0.5
0.625
0.75
(mm)
(9-5)
(12.7)
(1519)
(19.1)
Effective min.
het
in.
2
2
3-1/4
3-1/8
4
3-3/4
4-3/4
embedment,
(mm)
(51)
(51)
(83)
(79)
(102)
(95)
(121)
Min. member thickness
h
in.
4
5
4
6
6
8
5
6
8
6
8
(mm)
(102)
(127)
(102)
(152)
(152)
(203)
(127)
(152)
(203)
(152)
(203)
Critical edge distance
Cac
In.
4-3/8
3 -7/8
:5:-1/2
4-1/2
7-112
6
7
8-7/8
6
10
1
7
9
(mm)
(111) 1
(98)
(140)
0)
(114)
1
(191)
(152)
(178)
(225)
(152)
(254)
(178)
(229)
Caxn
in.
2-1/2
2-7/8
2-1/8
3-1/4
2-3/8
4-1/4
4
Min. edge distance
(mm)
(64)
(73)
(54)
(83)
(60)
(108)
(102)
for s 2t
in.
5
5-3/4
5-1/4
5-1/2
5-1/2
10
8-1/2
(mm)
(127)
(146)
(133)
(140)
(140)
(254)
(216)
Smin
In.
2-1/4
2-7/8
2
2-3/4
2-3/8
5
4
Min. anchor spacing
(mm)
(57)
(73)
(51)
(70)
(60)
(127)
(102)
for c z--
in.
3-1/2
4-1/2
3-1/4
4-1/8
4-i/4
9-1/2
7
(mm)
(89)
(114)
(83)
(105)
(108)
(241)
(178)
Min. hole depth
h,
in.
2-5/8
2-5/8
4
3-3/4
4-3/4
4-5/8
5-3/4
in concrete
(mm)
(67)
(67)
(102)
(95)
(121)
(117)
(146)
Min. specified
ty
lb/in2
92000
92000
92000
76125
yield strength
(N/mM2)
(634)
(634)
(634)
(525)
Min. specified
lb/in2
115000
115000
115000
101500
uft. strength
(N/mm2)
(793)
(793)
(793)
(700)
Effective tensile
A,
in2
0.052
0.101
0.162
0.237
stress 8rea
(mm�
(33.6)
(65.0)
(104.6)
(152.8)
Steel strength
Nsa
lb
5980
11615
18630
24055
in tension
(kM
(26.6)
(51.7)
(82.9)
(107.0)
Steel strength
V5a
lb
4870
6880
11835
20050
in shear - ----
(kM
(21.7)
(30.6)
(52.7)
(89.2)
Steel strength in tension,
Nsa.sejs
lb
NA
2,735
NA
NA
seismic2
(W)
(12.2)
Steel strength in shear,
vsa'seis
lb
2825
6880
11835
14615
SeiSmjC2
(W)
(12.6)
(30.6)
(52.6)
(65.0)
Pullout strength
NP..Lqa
lb
2630
NA
5760
NA
NA
12040
uncracked concrete 2
(W)
(11.7)
(25.6)
(53.6)
Pullout strength cracked
lb
2340
3180
NA
--F-5840
NA
8110
NA
concrete 2
(kN)
(10.4)
(14.1)
I
(26.0)
(36.1)
Anchor category 3
1 -
Effectiveness factor kLm uncracked concrete
24
Effectiveness factor k,
,, cracked concrete 4
17
24
17-
17
17
Pep = kura 1k, 5
1.41
1.00
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.00
1.41
Strength reduction factor 4� for tension, steel
failure modes6
0.75
Strength reduction factor for shear, steel
failure modes 6
0.65
Strength reduction factor for tension,
concrete failure modes, Condition B 7
0.65
Strength reduction factor 4) for shear,
concrete failure modes
0.70
1 See Fig. 1.
2 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design.
3 See ACI 318 D.4.4.
4 See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.
6 See ACI 318 D.5.2.6.
6 The K8-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 W.
7 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with Act 318
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be
verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
320 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hird.com I en esoafiol 1.800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corr). 11-800-363-4458 1 v~w.hitti.ca I Pmrliv&T�.hninnl r-itio9nnA
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4
Figure 2 — Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing
Sdesign Cdesign
Ca, min at S >
Sdesign ---------------------------
Smin at c >
h �t hmin
Cdesign edge distance c
Table 4 — Mean Axial Stiffness Values (1000 lb/in.) for Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon
and Stainless Steel Anchors in Normal -Weight Concrete'
Concrete condition
carbon steel KB-TZ, all diameters
stainless steel K8-TZ, all diameters
uncracked concrete
700
120
cracked concrete
500
90
1 Mean values shown. Actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application.
Figure 3 — Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck Floor
Min. 5/8'Typical
Min. 3000 psi Normal or Sand -
U cc: Lightweight Concrete
Max
1' Offset Typical
Minimum
No. 20 Gauge
Steel Deck
Lower
Flute
(Ridge)
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-679-8000 1 www.us.bitti.com I en espafiol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hitti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 321
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor
Allowable Stress Design
Design values for use with allowable stress design (working stress design) shall be established as follows: Rfl,,Aso = Ed -
where Rd = 4� Rk represents the limiting design strength in tension (4) N,) or shear ( (� V.) as calculated according to ACI 318 D.4.1.1 and D.4,1.2
Table 5 — The value of a shall be taken as follows:
Reference for strength
reduction factors
CE
including seismic
excluding seismic
ACI 318 DAA
1.1
1.4
ACI 318 D.4.5
1.2
1.55
Table 6 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD),
Normal -Weight Uncracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)',Z3.4
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
Embedment
Depth h,f
(in.)
Concrete Comp ssive Strength2
f'c= 2500
psi
f'c= 30DO psi
C= psi
C=
PC=
PC= psi
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Carton
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
3/8
2
1168
1221
1279
1338
1477
1545
1809
1892
1/2
2
1576
1576
1726
1726
1993
1993
2441
2441
3-1/4
2561
2674
2805
2930
T239
3383
3967
4143
6/8
3-1/8
3078
3078
3372
3372
3893
3893
4768
4768
4
4246
4457
4651
4883
5371
5638
6578
6905
3/4
3-3/4
3844
4046
4211
4432
4863
5118
5956
6268
1
4-3/4 1
4959
5590
5432
6124
6272
70�1
7682 1
8660
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of Rd as per AGI 318-05 and conversion to ASO in accordance with Table 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand -lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all -lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. SeeACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength Nb by the strength reduction � factor of 0.65 and dividing by an a of 1 .4
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. Nb is calculated as perACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section
4.1.3 by using the following equation.
Nb,t'c � Nb Ff-7C—
V �500
Table 7 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD),
Normal -Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1.2.3,4
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
Embedment
Depth hf
(in.)
Concrete Comp ssive Stren9th2
flc= 2500
psi
C= psi
PC=
C=
C=
C= psi
f C=
C=
1C=
f psi
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
3/8
2
1054
1086
1155
1190
1333
1374
1633
1683
1/2
2
1116
1476
1223
1617
1412
1868
1729
2287
3-1/4
2282
2312
2500
2533
2886
2925
3535
3582
5/8
3-1/8
2180
2180
1 2388 1
2388
2758
2758
3377
3377
4
3157
2711
3468
2970
3494
3430
4891
4201
3/4
3-3/4
2866
3765
3139
4125
3625
4763
4440
5833
1 1
4-3/4 1
4085
4085
4475
4475
5168
5168 1
6329
6329
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of Rd as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASO in accordance with Table 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand -lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all -lightweight concrete, multiply values by0.75. SeeACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by mulliplying the pullout strength N. by the strength reduction � factor of 0.65 and dividing by an a of 1.4 according to
ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for NPn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
Npn,cr,f'c � Npn,cr FFF
V 2500
322 Hilro. Inc. (LA) 1 -Rnn-A7Q-A0nn I WWW.U-%.h1tfi.r.nm I a� P—AM I An0-R?Q_rnrtn I wilti r i.stnn.1r'4_AdS;A I — hIM — I 0—A # T—k�!l n. .1,4. Inno
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4
Table 8 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel
Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
Allowable Steel Capacity,
Static Shear
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
3/8
1669
2661
1/2
2974
3194
5/8
1 4901
5495
3/4
1 7396
9309
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing
reduction due to concrete failure.
2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplVing Vsa by the
strength reduction � factor of 0.65 and dividing by an a of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for V,, .
Table 9 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD),
Normal -Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B Ob)1.2.3.4
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
Embedment
Depth her
(in.)
Concrete Comp ssive Strength2
f 'c= 2500 psi
f 'c= 3OW psi
f 'c= 4000 psi
IF 'c= 6000 psi
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Carbon
Steel
Stainless
Steel
3/8
2
1006
1037
1102
1136
1273
1312
1559
1607
2
1065
1212
1167
1328
1348
1533
1651
1878
1/2
3-1/4
2178
2207
2386
2418
2755
2792
3375
3419
3-1/8
2081
2081
2280
2280
2632
2632
3224
3224
5/8
4
3014
2588
3301
2835
3812
3274
4669
4010
3-3/4
2736
1 3594
2997
3937
3460
4546
4238
5568
3/4
4-3/4
1 3900
1 3900
4272
4272
4933
4933
6042
6042
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of Rd as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand -lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0,85. For all -lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318 -05 D.3.4.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs, For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement ran be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
4 Allowable seismic Tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength Np, by The strength reduction � factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an (t of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-191 7 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N,,. This load may be adjusted for other concrete
strengths according to ICC ESR-1 917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
Npn,or,f'c � Afpnv 1_1
V 2500
Table 10 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel
Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel Ob)1.2
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
Allowable Steel Capacity, Seismic Shear
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
3/8
999
1252
1/2
2839
3049
5/8
4678
5245
3/4
6313
6477
I Values are for single anchors With no edge distance or spacing reduction
due to concrete failure.
2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vs� sem by the
strength reduction � factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0. 75 as per ACI 318-
05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an a of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1 917 Section
4.2. See Table 2 for l4sa, seis .
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hitti.com I en espafiol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hitU.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 323
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor
Table 11 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon Steel Allowable Tension and Shear Loads JASD),
Installed into the Underside of a Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck Slabl,2,3
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
Embedment
Depth hel
(in.)
Tension
Seismic
(lb)4
Tension
non -Seismic
0b)s
Shear
Seismic
Ob)4
Shear
non -Seismic
Ob)s
3/8
2
709
743
944
989
1/2
2
709
743
1330
1393
1/2
3-1/4
1 1272
1333
2192
2296
6/8
3-1/8
971
1017
2039
2136
5/8
4
2255
2362
2677
2804
1 Pullout strength values NIMded, are for anchors installed in lightweight concrete having a minimum 2,500 psi compressive strength at the time of installation. See Table 3
ESR-1 917. The values listed In Table 11 have been calculated assuming a minimum 3,000 psi concrete compressive strength. The pullout strength may be adjusted for
other lightweight concrete compressive strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 using the following equation:
Npn,deck,f'c = NpndeCk Ff rc (1b, psi)
V i5_00
2 Minimum anchor spacing along the flute shall be the greater of 3.0 hel Or 1.5 times the flute width in accordance with ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3.
3 Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a ma)(imum I -inch offset in either direction. See Figure 5 in ESR-1 917.
4 Allowable seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying Npn.dek and Vsa.d,ck by the strength reduction � factor of 0.65, the seismic reduction � factor of
0.75 according to ACI 318 D3.3.3, and then divided by an a of 1.1 according to [CC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.
5 Allowable non -seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying Npn,deck and Vsa,deck by the strength reduction � factor of 0.65 and dividing by an a of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.
Table 12 — Kwik Bolt TZ Length Identification System
Length ID marking
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
� L
M
N
0
P
1 0
R
S
T
U
I V
W
on bolt head
Length of
From
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
41/2
5
51/2
6
61/2
7
71/2
8
81/2
9
1914
10
11
12
13
14
15
anchor,
Up to but
f a,,ch (in.)
not
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
41/2
5
51/2
6
61/2
7
71/2
8
81/2
9
91/2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
including
Figure 4 — Bolt Head with Length Identification Mark and Kwik Bolt TZ Head Notch Embossment
324 Hilti, Inc. (US1 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hltti.com I en esoahol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Coro. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hfftI.ca I ProdurtTachnical(luif1p 90,08
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4
4.3.4.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Installation Instructions
into normal -weight and lightweight concrete
1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal 2. Clean hole.
diameter as the Wilk Bolt TZ. The hole depth
must exceed the anchor embedment by at least
1/4 inch. The fixture may be used as a drilling
template to ensure proper anchor location.
3. Drive the Kwik Bolt TZ into the hole using
a hammer, The anchor must be driven
until at least 4 threads are below the
surface of the fixture.
R
4. Tighten the nut to the recommended
installation torque.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hiffi.com I en espafiol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 wwwhifthca I Product Technical Guide 2008 325
4.3.4 Kwlk Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor
4.3.4.5 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Ordering Information
ftem No.
Descriphon
Length (in.)
Thread Length (in.)
Box Quantq
304581
KB-TZ 3/80
3
7/8
50
304582
KB-TZ 3/8x3-3/4
3-3/4
1-5/8
50
304583
KB-TZ Y8x5
5
2-7/8
50
304584
KB-TZ 1/2x3-3/4
3-3/4
1-5/8
25
304585
KB-TZ 1/2x4-1/2
4-1/2
2-3/8
25
304586
KB-TZ 1/26-1/2
5-1/2
3-3/8
25
304587
KB-TZ 1/2x7
7
4-7/8
25
304588
KB-TZ 5/8x4-3/4
4-3/4
1-1/2
15
304589
KB-TZ 5/8x6
6
2-3/4
15
304590
K8-TZ 5/8X8-1/2
8-1/2
5-1/4
15
304591
KB-TZ 5t8xlo
10
6-3/4
15
202880
K8-TZ 3145-1/2
51/2
1-112
10
202881
KB-TZ 3/48
8
4
10
202882
KB-TZ 3/410
10
6
10
202883
KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3
3
7/8
50
202884
KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3-3/4
3-3/4
1-5/8
50
202885
K8-TZ SS304 3/86
5
2-7/8
50
202886
KB-TZ SS304 1/20-3/4
3-3/4
1-5/8
25
202887
KB-TZ SS304 1/2x4-1/2
4-1/2
2-3/8
25
202888
KB-TZ SS304 1/24-1/2
5-1/2
3-3/8
25
202889
KB-TZ SS304 lf2x7
7
4-7/8
25
202890
KB-TZ SS304 5/8x4-3/4
4-3/4
1-112
15
202891
KB-TZ SS304 5/8x6
6
2-3/4
15
202892
K8-TZ SS304 5/8x8-1/2
8-1/2
5-1/4
15
202893
KB-TZ SS304 5/8xl 0
10
6-3/4
15
202894
KB-TZ SS304 3/45-1/2
5-1/2
1-1/2
10
202895
KB-TZ SS304 3/48
8
4
10
202896
KB-TZ SS304 3/410
10
6
10
326 Hilfi. Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hiM.com I en asnafinl 1 -Rnn.R7q-,nnn I Hilti 1r.nnnr1n% (-- i-stnn-IWA-AA�A I — hiM — I T—k�ij linno
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4
4.3.4.6 KiWik Bolt TZ Anchor Sample Calculations
Given:
(2) 1/2 in. Kl3-TZ anchors under
static tension load as shown.
hel = 3.25 in,
Normal wt. concrete, f, = 3,000 psi
No supplementary reinforcing.
Assume uncracked concrete.
Condition B per ACI 318-05 0.4.4(c)
Calculate the allowable tension load
for this configuration.
it
AN
5h,t
1.5he 1 C=4'
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ICC ESR-11358.
Code Ret
Reference
Step 1, Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension: 4� N, = �n * Ns, = 0.75 * 2 * 10,706 = 16.059 lb
D. 5.1.2
Table 2
D.4.4
Step 2. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension. See ESR-1 917 for edge factor "PpN.
ESR-1917
NcW -6-c (Wec,N) Wed,KC,N) (WCP,N) Nb
D.5.2.1
4.1.2
A Nco
Step 2a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance:
2.375,5.75
D.8
Table 2
h,in = 6 in. :s 6 in..-. ok smin
Fig. 2
slope = 2,375 - 5.7 = -3.0
3.5-2.375
for c,in = 4 in. =:* y, , Y2 - In (X1 - X2) 2.375 controls
3.5,2375
s,i, = 5,75 - [(2.375 - 4.0) - (3.0)] =0.875 < 2.375 in. < 6 in. ok 0.8751
Crnln
Step 2b. Check: 1.5h,I = (1.5) (3,25) = 4.88 in. > c 3.0h,f (3) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s
D.5.2.1
Table 2
Step 2c. Calculate AN, and ANc for the anchorage: Awo = 9h,j 1 (9) (3,25)2 = 95.1 in'
D. 5.2.1
Table 2
ANc = 0 -5) (hef + c) (3) (he, + s) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3 x 3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in' < 2ANco.,. ok
Step 2d. Calculate If 1,N: eN'= 0, 1/,,.N = 1
D.5.2.4
Step 2e, Calculate MI): Nb = kc( rc (hef) 17 POO (3.25)�-s = 5,456 lb
D.5.2.2
Table 2
Step 2f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance: 1116,N 0.7 + 0.3 4 0.95
�1.5) (3.25)
D.525
Table 2
Step 2g. '1/',,N = 1.4 (uncracked concrete)
0.5.2.6
Table 2
Step 2h. Calculate modification factor for splitting:
qfcp,N = E!L!� 1�h_q check: -i- = 0.53 : (1.5) (3.25 = 0.65 =::� 0.53 < 0,65 !Lhq controls
D.5.2.7
Table 2
C ac cac 7.5 7.5 ac
Step 2i. Calculate NW: Ncbg 131.1) (1) (0.95) (1.4) (5,456) (0,65) = 6,983 lb
95.1
D.5.2.1
Table 2
Step 3. Check pullout strength: See ESR-1 917 for adjustment for concrete strength
0.5.3.2
Table 2
NPM,Vc (1) = 2 [Np, .- 65f:'O'7:0 2 [(5,515). [3000 12,082 lb
V 2500
ESR-1917
411.6
Step 4. Controlling strength: 4) Ncbg (0.65) (6.983) = 4,539 lb < (� N, Nb, controls
D.4.4(c)
Table 2
4,539
Step 5. Convert value to ASU: T allow = -f- =
.4 3,242 lb
Table 5
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1 -BOO-879-8000 1 www.us.hitfi.com I en espafiol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2DO8 327
, In The United Sates
PAYMENTTERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice. Customer agrees to pay all
costs Incurred by Hilt! in collecting any delinquent amounts,
Including attorney's fees.
FREIGHT* AI(sales are F.O.B. Destination with transportation allowed via Hilti
designated mode. Delivery dates are estimates only. Additional
charges for expedited shipments, special handling requirements,
and orders below certain dollar amounts shall be the responsibility
of Customer. Fuel surcharges may apply depending on market
conditions.
CREDIT: All orders sold on credit are subject to Credit Department approval.
RETURN POLICY- Products must be in saleable condition to quality for return.
Saleable condition is defined as unused items in original
undamaged packaging and unbroken quantities and in as -new
condition. All returns are subject to Hilti Inspection and
acceptance, and a $125 restocking charge if returned more
than 90 days after invoice date. Proof of purchase Is required
for all returned materials. Special orders products and
discontinued items are not eligible for return credit. Dated
materials are only returnable in case quantity, and within 30
days after Invoice date.
WARRANTY. Hihi warrants that for a period of 12 months from the date h sells a
product it will, at Its sole option and discretion, refund the purchase
price, repair, or replace such product it it contains a defect in
material or workmanship. Absence of Hilli's receipt of notification of
any such defect within this 12-month period shall constitute a
waiver of all claims with regard to such product.
THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS 08 IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hifti shall in no
event be liable for, and Customer hereby agrees to Indemnify Hilti
against all claims related to special, direct, indirect, incidental,
consequential, or any other damages arising out of or related to the
sale, use, or inability to use the product.
ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER: Acceptance Is limited to the express terms contained herein, and
terms are subject to change by Hilt! without notice. Additional or
different terms proposed by Customer are deemed material and are
objected to and rejected, but such rejection shall not operate as a
rejection of the offer unless it contains variances in the terms of the
description, quantity, price or delivery schedule of the goods.
Orders are not deemed "accepted" by HIM unless and until it ships
the associated items.
DOMESTIC ORIGIN: Any non -domestic Hilti product will be so identified on shipping
documents and invoices for customers who property identity
themselves as a federal government entity. Ah other customers
may obtain such Information by written request to Hilti, Inc.,
Contract Compliance, PO. Box 21148, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74121
Hilli's Quality Department personnel are the only individuals
authorized to warrant the country of origin of KIN products.
BUSINESS SIZE: Hilti is a large business.
PRICES: Prices are those stated on the order, and unless otherwise noted
are based on purchasing all items on the order — pricing for
individual products may vary for purchases of different quantities or
ftern combinations. HIM does not maintain most favored customer
records, makes no representation with respect to same, and rejects
any price warranty terms proposed by Customer. Hilti's published
net price list is subject to change without notice.
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION: All transactions made pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have
been made and entered into in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Any and all
disputes arising directly or Indirectly from such transactions shall be
resolved In the courts of the County of Tulsa, State of Oklahoma, to
the exclusion of any other court, arid any resulting judgment may
be enforced by any court having jurisdiction of such an action. All
transactions shall be goverried by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Oklahoma.
INDEMNIFICATION: Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti for any costs. including
attorney's fees, incurred by Hilti as a result, In whole or In part, of
any violation by Customer of any Federal. State or Local statute or
regulation, or of any nationally accepted standard. H shWI be
Customer's sole responsibility to comply with all applicable laws
and regulations regarding the handling,use, transportation, or
disposal of products upon taking possession of same.
AUTHORIZATION: H ILTI LEGAL DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL ARE THE ONLY
INDIVIDUALS AUTHORIZED TO MODIFY THESE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS, WARRANT PRODUCT SUITABILITY FOR SPECIFIC
APPLICATIONS, OR EXECUTE CUSTOMER DOCUMENTS, AND
ANY SUCH ACTION IS NULL AND VOID UNLESS IN WRITTEN
FORM SIGNED BY SUCH INDIVIDUAL.
PAYMENT TERMS:
Net 30 days from date of invoice.
Customer agrees to pay all costs incurred
by Hilti in collecting delinquent amounts, it
any, including reasonable attorney's fees.
FREIGHT.,
Sales are F.O.B. Destination Point with
transportation allowed via Hitti designated
mode. Additional charges may apply for
expedited delivery, special handling
requirements, and order under certain
limits. A fuel surcharge may apply
depending on market conditions.
CREDIT:
All orders sold on credit are subject to
Credit Department approval.
RETURN POLICY-
Product may be returned prepaid (unless
otherwise authorized) to Hilti provided:
i) it is returned by the original purchaser
it) it Is not dated product returned more
than 30 days after the original delivery
date
iii) it is not discontinued, clearance or
special order product
iv) it Is unused, in original packaging and
in unbroken quantities.
Hilti will inspect product and, if the above
requirements are satisfied, will credit to
customer the original purchase price. A
15% restocking fee may apply.
WARRANTY.
Other than the manufacturer's published
warranty, no warranties or conditions,
express or Implied, written or oral,
statutory or olherMse are Implied. Any and
all conditions and warranties implied by
law or by the Sale of Goods Act or any
similar statutes of any Province are hereby
expressly waived.
TITLE TO PRODUCT.
Title to product remains with Hilti until the
total purchase price of product is paid.
PRICES!
Customer agrees to pay Hilti prices set out
on invoice. Customer agrees to pay taxes
as indicated on invoice unless Hilli
receives acceptable exemption
certificates.
INDEMNIFICATION:
Customer agrees to use product at own
risk and to indemnify Hilti against all
liabilities, including legal fees, to third
parties arising out of the use or
possession thereof. Hilti shall in no event
be liable for special, incidental or
consequential damagos.
CHANGES:
Hilli sales personnel are not authorized to
modify these Terms and Conditions or
modify Customer's credit terms. Terms are
subject to change by Hihi with reasonable
notice to Customer.
CASH SALES:
Payment in full is due prior to goods being
released.
QUOTATIONS:
All terms and conditions apply once
customer agrees to purchase product.
Quotations on special promotion products
are only valid until end of promotion
period.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-600-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I an ospafiol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.ca.hilti.com I Product Technical Guide2008
A
I § N17, *i
'd
Ile,
INSTALLATION STEPS - INTO WOOD & STEEL: INSTALLATION STEPS -G]020ft INTO WOOD& STEEL:
I I F I
1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 318" or 112" portable drill
2. Insert the SAMMYS* into the #14 (black) nut driver (pin 8113910). Drill
should be in a vertical position.
3. Push the face of the nut driver tight to the member Begin installation when
the nut driverspins freely on the SAMMYS, stop drill and remove.
4. The SAMMYS is now ready to receive 114", 3/8", 112"or metric
all thread rod, bolt stock. (The 112" requires the # 14SW red nut driver)
Note: When installing DSTR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer
nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximumpullout in purfin steel.
Mi 01
INSTALLATION STEPS - NARWO-L INTO CONCRETE:
1. Using an SDS 250 carbide tip bit or a HEX RECEIVER with a #250
carbide tip bit, pre -drill the concrete member to a depth of 2" with a
hammerlrotary hammer drill set on impact mode.
2. After pre -drilling has been completed, install the SLEEVE TOOL over
the bit (the bit should remain in the drill), and insert the #14 (black)
nut driver (pin 8113910) into the opposite end (see Vertical Installation
note above).
3. Insert the CST screw into the nut driver
4. Place tip of screw into the pre -drilled hole, turn impact1drill unit to drill
mode and begin insertion. When the nut driver spins freely on the
CST screw, installation is complete. Stop and remove drill.
5. The concrete screw is ready to receive 114", 318", 112", or metric all
thread rod or bolt stock. (#14SW red nut driver used with 112" screw)
Note: Use a 1200 maximum RPM drill for installation.
1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 318" or 112" portable drill.
2. Insert the SAMMYS into the #14SW (red) nut driver (pin 81149 10). With drill
unit in a horizontal position and at a right angle to the structural member,
begin installation.
3� When the nut driver spins freely on the SAMMYS, stop the drill and
remove.
4. The unit is now ready to receive 114", 318', M10, M8 or metric all thread rod or
bolt stock.
Note: When installing SWDR follow the above instructions, then add retainer
nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximum pullout in purfin steel.
INSTALLATION STEPS - Mg� �Q, �L INTO CONCRETE:
1. Using an SDS 250 carbide tip bit or a HEX RECEIVER with a #250
carbide tip bit, pre -drill the concrete member to a depth of 2" with a hammerl
rotary hammer drill set on impact mode.
2. After pre -drilling has been completed, install the SLEEVE TOOL
over the bit (the bit should remain in the drill), and insert the # I 4SW (red)
nut driver (pin 8114910) into the opposite end.
3. Insert the SWC screw into the nut driver
4. Place tip of screw into the pre-dfilled hole, turn impact1drill unit to
drill mode and begin insertion. When the nut driver spins free on the
SWC screw, installation is complete. Stop and remove drill.
5. The SWC screw is ready to receive 114", 318" or metric all thread rod
or bolt stock.
Note: Use a 1200 maximum RPM drill for installation.
Note: Do not install concrete screws while the drill unit is in impact mode —
Note: Do not install concrete screws while the drill unit is in impact mode — doing so will destroy the pullout factor of the fastener
doing so will destroy the pullout factor of the screw.
SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which proAdes a fast and safe installation each time, When the face of the driver comes into
contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations.
SAMMYSO FOR STEEL
i -
#14 Black
Nut Driver
Part#81113910
i-
#14 SW Red
Nut Driver
Part # 8114910
S
Made with TeksO self -drilling fasteners -
no pre -drilling required.
Installs into steel range from
20 gauge - 1/2' thicknesses.
Saves time from traditional methods.
Reduces installation costs.
Quick to install using the Sammys Nut
Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver.
- A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive
nosepiece should be used to install Teks.
For optimal fastener performance, the
screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps
and have an RPM range of 0-2500.
- Manufactured in the U.S.A.
Watch a video de�stra
WWW.ltWbUi1dexCom)
1/4"
8024957
DSTR100*_
1/4-20x'rTEKS3
1510 (20 ga.)
.036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
1/4"
8025957
DST 100
1/4-14 x-I'TEKS 3
446 (20 ga.)
.036%20 ga
3/16"
25
125
1/4"
8026957
DST-150
1/4-14 x 1-1/2"TE KS3
970 (16 ga.)
ga--
3/16'
25
125
1/4"
8027957
DST 200
-
1/4-14 x TTEKS 3 -
446 (20 ga.)
--..036.7-20
.036*-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
1/4"
8030957
TEK 500
12-24 x 1-1/2"TEKS 5
3125 (3116")
.188*-3/16"
1/2"
25
125
3/8'
8038957
DSTR 1
1/4-20 x 1"TEKS 3
1510 (20 ga.)
1500 1475
.036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
318'
8037957
DSTR 1-1/2
12-24 x 1-1/2"TEKS 5
1510 (3/16")
1500 1475
.060"A 6 ga.
1/2'
25
125
3-1-8"
80399-5-7
D- STR 5- 16
5116-18 x 1-i/4"TEKS 3
2200 (20 ga.)
1500 1475
.036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
3/8'
8040957
DST 10
1/4-14 x 1"TEKS 3
446 (20 ga.)
.036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
970 (16 ga.)
318"
8077925
DST 10-SS
1/4-14 x 1"TEKS 3
446 (20 ga.)
.036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
970 (16 ga.)
3/8"
8041957
DST 15
1/4A4 x 1-112"TEKS 3
446 (20 ga.)
.036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
970 (16 ga.)
3/8"
8078925
DST 15-SS
114-14 x 1-112" TEKS 3
446 (20 ga.)
.036'-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
970 (16 ga.)
3/8'
8042957
DST 20
1/4-14 x 2"TEK0 3
446 (20 ga.)
.036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
970 (16 ga.)
3/8"
8044957
DST 30
1/4-14 x 3"TEKS 3
446 (20 ga.)
.036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
970 (16 ga.)
318-
8045957
DST 516
5/16-18 x 1-114" TEKS 3
1500 (3116")
1500 1475
.125"A/8"
3/16"
25
125
411
3/8'
8046957
—90
TIEK
12-24 x 1-1/2"TEKS 5
3125 (3116")
1500 1475
.250'-1/4"
1 ii
1112"
6031925
DST 2.0
1/4-14 x 2"TEKS 3
446 (20 ga.)
114"
25
125
970 (16 ga.)
.188"-3/16"
1/2'
8033925
DSTR 1.0
1/4-20 x I" TEKS 3
1510 (20 ga.)
.036'-20 ga
3116'
25
125
1/2"
8034925
- DSTR 5.16
5/16-18 x 1-1 /4" TEKS 3
2220 (20 ga.)
.036-20 ga
3/16"
25
1125
1/7
6035925
DST 5.16
_5116-18 x 1-1/4'TEKS 3
1500 (3/16')
.1125�-1/8"
3/16"___
25
125
1/2"
8036925
TEK 5.0
12-24 x 1-1/2"TEKS 5
3125 (3/16')
.188!-3/16"
1/2"
25
125
'Includes retaining nut
SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation
each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins
MANUFACUMIDUSA IT wa free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations.
"Pouue
jffi�jtEl D
7V 2 ;m5wV` �
i -
#14 SW Red
Nut Driver
Part # 8114910
#14 Black
Nut Driver —
Part # 8113910
i —
#14 SH Orange
Nut Drive,
Pan # 8273910
MEMIYO
Made with TeksO self-dfilling fasteners - no pre -drilling required.
Installs into steel range from 20 gauge — 1/2' thicknesses.
A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to
install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a
minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500.
Saves time from traditional methods.
Reduces installation costs.
Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an
18V cordless drill/driver. -I. ;;% watch a od.
1=I,W,.itwbuildex.coM
Manufactured in the U.SA, NE�
114*
8047957 SWD 100
1/4-14 x 1"TEKS 3
1477 (16ga.)
.0607-16 ga
3/16"
25
125
114"
8049957 SWDR 100
1/4-20 x 1 TEKS 3
1900 (20 ga.)
.0367-20 ga
3116"
25
125
3/8'
8050957 SAID 10
114-14 x 1 TEKS 3
1477 (16 ga.)
.060"-16 ga
3/16"
25
125
3/8.
8080925 SWD 10-SS
1/4-14 x 1"TEKS 3
1471116 ga.)__
.060"-1 6 ga
3/16"
3/8"
8052957 SWD 20
114-14 x TTEKS 3
1477 (16 ga.)
.060"-16 ga
3/16"
25
125
3/8"-
80 --- SWDR 1
55957
1/4-20 x 1'TEKS 3
1900 (20 ga.) 1500
1475 .036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
TV
8054957 SWDR 1-1/2
12-24 x 1-1 /2w TEKS 5
2375 (Y16") 1500
1475 .188"-3/116"
1/2"
25
125
3/8"
8056957 SWDR 516 *
5/16-18 x 1-1/4"TEKS 3
2480 0 ga.) 1500
475 .036"-20 ga
3/16"
25
125
3/8"
8057957 SWT 15
12-24 x 1-1/2'TEKS 5
2375(3116')
188"-3/16"
112"
25
125
*Includes retaining nut
- Eliminates distortion of threaded rod in sloped roof applications.
- Accommodates 3-1/2 x 12 pitch.
- Installs into angled z-pudin; allows threaded rod to hang plumb.
Allows 17' deflection from vertical.
- Manufactured in the U.S.A.
EE-1—tb �, �I—E,"c
3/8' 8`137957 SH-DSTR 1- 1/4-20 X 1 ' 3220 (3/16')
TEKS 3
1500 1475 .035" 3116" 25 i25
2368 (1/2" steel Vertical)
318" 8268957 SH-TEK 50 12-24 x 1-3/4" 1306 (45* off Vertical) 1500 (Vertical)
TEKS 5 2281 (3/16- HSS) 850 (45* off Vertical)
1585 (3/16' HSS 45* off Vertical)
2368 (112" steel Vertical)
1/2" 8270957 SH-TEK 5.0 12-24 x 1-3/4' 1306 (45* off Vertical)
TEKS 5 22811 (3/16- 1-1155)
1585 (3/16- HSS 45* off Vertical)
'Does not comply with ROHS requirements lincludes retaining nut
4" 3/16" 1/2" 25 125
2-1/2"
3116" 112" 25 125
a .
SAMMYX-PRESS' Installs into Metal Deck, Purfin, or Tubular Steel
The Sammy X-Press expands to provide
Less jobsite material needed.
direct vertical attachment in:
- light gauge steel deck or purfin
No retaining nut required.
(22 ga. - 1/8").
Provides design flexibility.
Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press Ite Tool,
saving time & installation costs.
Manufactured in the U.S.A.
Use in applications where access to the back of
the installed fastener is prohibited. ie. metal roof
deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric.
AWch a video demonstration a
Wwww.itwbuildex.coml)
0- 1/4' 8181922 XP 200 Sammy 1146 (22 ga) 185 (Luminaire) .027' .125" 25 125 Metal Deck
X-Press 200 250 (Luminare) .056'
850 (2Y," Pipe) .027" 940 (2" Pipe) .029"
Sammy 1146(22 185 (Luminaire) �027" 1475 (4' Pipe) .104" .125" 25 125 Metal Deck
3/8' 8150922 XP 20 X-Press 20 ga) 250 (Luminaire) .056'
283 (Conduit & Cable) �029'
1500 (4' Pipe) .060"
3/8' 8153922 XP 35 Sammy 1783 (116 ga 185 (Luminaire) .029' 940 (2" Pipe) .029" .125" 25 '125 Pudin
X-Press 35 250 (Luminalre) .056* 1475 (4' Pipe) .104'
416 (Conduit & Cable) .05T
Pre -Pour Structural Concrete@ 3000 psi Metal Deck
Sammy (Pre -Pour)
3/8" 8150922 XP 20 1146 (22 ga) 850 (2!6 Pipe) 25 125
X-Press 20 Post -Pour Range 11 LWC5 35 PCF (lbs/ft') Metal Deck
(Post -Pour)
Pre -Pour Structural Concrete @ 3000 psi Post -Pour Range 11 LWC:5 35 PCIF (lbs/ ft)
The Sammy X-Press Sidewinder expands to Less jobsite material needed.
provide horizontal attachment in:
- 116 ga - 3/16' steel - pudin, tubular steel. No retaining nut required.
Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press ItO Tool, Provides design flexibility.
saving time & installation costs.
Manufactured in the U.S.A.
Use in applications where access to the back of
the installed fastener is prohibited; ie. metal roof
(SWXP)
(SWXP)
deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric.
da'N Mtch a video demon
W.wwwitwbuildex.com I
3/8" 8293957 SWXP35 1798 (16 ga) 80 (Luminsire) .059' .125" 25 125 Purlin
X-Press 35 - - - 416 (Conduit & Cable)
MVWACTUREVVZ�
2
-The Sammy X-Press Swivel allows you
to hang plumb in extreme roof pitches:
89* in z-pudin
45* in metal deck for 12/12 pitch
VIUR
Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press IP Tool,
saving time & installation costs.
Use in applications where access to the back of
the installed fastener is prohibited. ie. metal roof
ROOT PICKS
deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric.
Less jobsite material needed.
No retaining nut required.
Provides design flexibility.
Manufactured in the U.S.A.
ftch a Woo domnsUaWn a
www.itwb
750 (2" Pipe)
318' 8294922
SXP 20
Swivel
10611 (22 ga Vert)
170 Vertical (Luminaire)
80 0 45* (Luminaire) 029'
635 (2- Pipe) .029' .125' 25 125
Metal Deck
X-Press 20
829 (45* Off Vert)
283 Vertical (Conduit & Cable)
233 @ 45* (Conduit & Cable)
1250 (3-112" Pipe)
318' 8295922
SXP 35
Swivel
1675 (16 ga Vert)
250 Vertical (Luminaire)
80 @ 90* (Lurninaire) 059'
029' .125' 25 125
Pudin
X-Press 35
1558 (89' Off Vert)
5DO Vertical (Conduit & Cable)
635 (2'Pipe)
333 @ 89* (Conduit & Cable)
1/2' 8272957
SXP 2.0
S%vivel
1061 (22 ga Vert)
25 125
Metal Deck
X-Press 2.0
829 (45' Off Vert)
.027*
.125'
1/2" 8271957
SXP 3.5
S%vivel
1675 (16 ga Vert)
A25' 25 125
Pudin
X-Press 3.5
1558 (89* Off Vert)
.060'
SAMMY X-PRESS
IT")
Installation
Too/
Application
Product Features
The SammyX-Press expands to provide
direct vertical attachment in:
metal deck (22-16 gauge)
z-purlin (18-16 gauge)
Manufactured in the U.S.A.
lniA VW.Ch a vdw d�stmbon a
1=1'Witwbui1dex.com1)
VQ6z
Part Number
Model
Description
Qty
8194910
UXPlT*
Universal X-Press ItTool I
8152910
XPDB
25/64" Drill Bit
1
Includes: Sleeve, Bit Receiver, Hex Wrench, and 25/64' 0611 Bit,
Ito
APPROVALS
L 80-079U
GST 1 ' 0 -
3/8 .
- Vertical --- -
- CPVC 1-11f2'-
300
!ILO�17
SWG 10
318"
Horizontal
CPVC 11-110
300
1-1/2'
1-8008957
GST 20
5 7/�
\FeWicil
-271/i:
- - -'
-8k
-T
1- IF
-
4T5
80689 5
GST 20-SS
3/8
Vertical
2-112"
&50
1-11T
1-Yoi-on7
32
30
Vertical
4�
1500
11-W"
4'
1475
15R;--
__9SL
8009925
GST 25-380
3/8'
Vertical
4'
1500
11-1/2"
E85ZF9T5
iW6 25480
3/�
Horizontal
3-11E-4-
T500
i-A/2-
L021957
SWG 20
3/8"
Horizontal
2-1/2% 3"**
1050
11-11/7
r 8073925
SWG 20-SS
3/8'
Horizo tal
2-112"
850
1-1/2'
8�26957
20
3/F
45* Angle off Vertical
2-1/2'
850
1-1/2"
__,�-GST/ULT�,
179�699�7
H-RSTI�ST 10
3/8"
j5* Angle off Vertical
4"
1500
1-1/2"
8139957
SH-GST 20
3/8'
17* Angle off Vertical
3"
11050
1-112"
4"
1475
1-1/2'
SAMMYS FOR
STEEL- PIPE HkNGER---
An SteelThick
Max Steel Thick
_L0389�7
OSTR 1
3/8"
Vertical
4'
1500
.035'
4"
1475
8037957
DSTR 1-1/2
3/8'
Vertical
4
1500
.0 5"
4'
1475
.105'
85395-
7
B-STR616
- - .
/E
L
rtl(��l
-YL
4'---
f5-06
.037
4"
1475
.105'
8045957
DST 516
3/8"
Vertical
4'
1500
AW
1475
.188"
577
TE-K 5-0
718-
--
T-
-i5-OO
-T507
- -
4"_
1475
.188"
8055957
SWDR 1
318"
Horizontal
4'
1500
.037'
4�
1475
:060"
SWDR516
W
-4;on . ^ o na F
-4'
-037'
7
14-75
.060"
8054957
SWDR 11-1Q
318*
Horizont al--
1500
.037'
4'
1475
'060,
SH--DS-T-R-1 -1@E_
.
fjLngle off Vertical
-.-..-4' -
4'
15M
.035"
4'
1475
.105'
8268957
SH-TEK 50
318'
Vertical
2-1/2"
850
Angle.off Vertical
4'
1500
8150922
20
Wr
_-TO*
Vertical
2-1/2"
850
.027'
--il
1475
-.105.
2'
940
.029"
8153922
XP 35
318'
Vertical
4"
1500
.060'
4"
1475
A 25"
E829-442YI
-SXP10---T18'-
-W�icafory
t.�
T
-50-
---0-2T
�-35 -
702-T
8295922
SXP 35
318"
Vertical or up to 89*
--- --
3-1/2"
-
1250
-
.060'
-
2'
635
.029"
[-0-9359�-7-
TWXP-35 -3W
- -Hodzonta1 -
-3--1/2'
1250 -
�6-T
--
--
-
L 8059957 CST 20
3/8'
8061957 SWC 20
3/8"
F8150922 _7P -20
TfF
8150922 XP 20
3/8"
8150922
XP 20
8153922
XP 35
8181922
XP 200
8294922
8295922
8293957
SXP 20
SXP 35
SWXP35
Vertical
Horizontal
T/7 71 -�,
318"
3/8"
1/4"
3/8"
3/8"
318"
2-TiF
2-1/2'
850
850
4' 1475 3000
4' 1475 3000
Piree-pour-si�ctural @ LO-09pil-
185
.027"
Vertiral
250
.035
185
.02r
Vertical
250
.035"
185
Vertical
250
.035"
Vertical
170
.027'
45*
0
.0Y
Vertical
250
.060"
-90*
- 80 -
.0W
HorizoTtal
80
.0W
L 8150922 XP 20 3/8' Vertical _
283
.027'
Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC, and IMC & 5 trade size �gld PVC conduit J
8153922 3WIr Vertical
500
.060"
Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit
_XP35
829-4922 §X-P A"' VerticT
r83
7-O2F--
-
j�a-x4 G da�izie -EMT, KM-C7a'nd IMC & 5 trade size d id PVC conduit
--9 J
8295922 SXP 35 3/8' Vertical
iio
.060.
Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RIMC, IMC, and rigid PVC conduit
-7
8293957 SWXP35 87 oTzontTl
500
.06D'
Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, IMC, and rigid conduit
PVC
8149957 CZ2000 1/4" or 3/8' Onto Vertical Rod
LIL Listed 4S16 - Cable Hanger, Cat. No. C12000 Plenum Rated,
Gauges
Complies w/ NEC Standards
Sheet Steel
Gauge No. ---L2 ga, 20gt.
18-g!-----L6g�
14 ga, m _�2 p. 1/8" 3116" ___l/
Nominal Decimal Equivalent .030" .036"
.048" .060"
.075" .105" .125" .188" -250"
'SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 3-1/2"
UL compliance with NEC Standards.
'SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in wood Umber or joist allowed by UL is V
UL and FM tests were performed in compliance with NFPA 13 Standards.
'*SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 2-1/2'
Fastening requirement: 5 times weight of water -filled schedule 40 pipe plus 250 pounds.
"SWG 20 Maximum Noe size in wood Umber or ioist allowed by UL is 3"
SPECIAL NOTES
Engineering Note
In 1996, theanchors listed byULweretested in plate steel that measured .188"and .118". Subsequent testing was done for z-purlin applications in May 1997 using (.037") or20
gauge steel. Most recently in 2008, testing with the new Sammy X-Press" was completed using (.030") or 22 gauge steel metal deck.
Sammys" Nut Drivers
Special nut drivers were designed to be used with Sammys. When the appropriate nut drivers are used for installation, the driver spins freely on the screw after installation is
complete and eliminates the expected wrist snap, reduces over -torque, and prevents screw failure.
Steel Screws
Due to variations in hardness of certain metals, it should be noted that our self -drilling screws for steel will experience different drill speeds. 500-1500 RPM drill speed should be
used.
Metric Products
Metric versions of the Sammy anchors are available at www.itwbuildex.com
Sammys for Seismic
Please visit www.itwbuildex.com for our current Seismic product offerring.
Vibratory EnvironmentsvV
For attaching or anchoring in high vibratory environments, special care should be taken not just for building attachments but also for the hangers or assemblies being supported.
Consult local code authorities for accepted anchoring devices.
Composite Joist/Truss
Truss manufacturers vary installation recommendations for composite joist. UL testing was completed to validate that Sammys and Sidewinders SWG 20 and SWG 25-380 can
be installed into the top cord of a truss. Sammy GST 20 can be installed into the center of the lower cord of a composite joist. Penetration of the upright center web is permitted by
some joist manufacturers. Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point.
Pre -drilling may be required by joist manufacturers. If so, pre -drill pilot hole 1/8" smaller than root diameter of fastener.
Consu It the table below:
Model
Root Diameter
Hole Size
GST 20
.182"
1/8"
GST 25-380
.280"
7/32"
SWG 20
.182"
1/8"
SWG 25-380
.280'
7/32"
To increase efficiency of the installation process, sleeve tools, bit receivers, and wood bits are available for pre -drilling.
NFPAINEC Standards
All UL and FM testing complies with NFPA 13 and NEC standards. Check with your local (AHJ) Authority Having Jurisdiction to confirm application and usage.
UL Listings I FM Approvals
UL and FM reports are available at www.itwbuildex.com
AUX) LOMD AS ONDW AND CAM RMWft.
ALM) LUVkARf
Technical Drawings
Technical drawings are available and ran be downloaded at www.itwbuildex.com in the following formats: dwg, dxf, and igs.
Manufactured in the U.S.A. Products
Contact Information MANUFACTURED U.SA
Technical Assistance: (800) BUILDEX Option #6 (x 3259)
Customer Service: (800) BUILDEX Option #1
BUILDING IDEAS THAT WORK FOR OVER 40 YEARS!
t ci-
QUALITY.
At ITW Buildex we pride ourselves on serving the construction industry for
over 40 years with innovative, quality products that help our customers save
time and money. We are commited to our customers by providing world
JL class customer service and technical support. We are here to help!
4
Dlklft , Smd He.d" 5—r., T,%k .,�d Teh� f,.
Nkfit. Is —9st—J ffl,�, t', P!,
Valves and Accessories
Firel-ockO Buterfly Valve
Style 705 with Weatherproof Actuator
Approvals/Listings:
L us FL-P-C-N Q,
C&
USTED # G410001 104j/04
see Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details.
Product Description:
The Series 705 Butterfly Valve features a weatherproof
actuator housing Approved for indoor or outdoor use, a
ductile iron body and disc with EPDM seats. Designed
for fire protection services only. Victaulic Firel-ock
Series 705 Butterfly Valve is cULus Listed, LPCB Listed,
FIVI and VdS Approved for 300 psi/2068 kPa service.
Contact Victaulic for details of agency approvals.
Job/Owner
System No.
Location
Contractor
Submitted By
Date
x0A_C_ta_UIwr
10.81
Material Specifications:
Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade
65-45-12
End Face, 2 — 6750 — 150 mm: Ductile iron
conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12
Seal Retainer, 8 — 12'7200 — 300 mm: Ductile iron
conforming to ASTIVI A-536, grade 65-45-12
Coating: Black alkyd enamel
Disc: Ductile iron conforming to ASTIVI A-536, grade
65-45-12, with electroless nickel coating conforming to
ASTIVI B-733
Seat:
F-I Grade "E" EPDM
Stems: 416 stainless steel conforming to ASTIVI A-582
Stem Seal Cartridge: C36000 brass
Bearings: Stainless Steel with TFE lining
Stem Seals: EPDM
Stem Retaining Ring: Carbon steel
Actuator:
1:1 2 — 8750 — 200mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut
on a steel lead screw, in a ductile iron housing
1:1 10 — 127250 — 300mm: Steel worm and cast iron
quadrant gear, in a cast iron housing
Engineer
Spec Section
Paragraph
Approved
Date
victaulic.corn I Butterfly Valve I Series 705 1 Publication 10.81
10.81 5662 Rev F Updated 11/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1 x Ac—t-C-1uh1cr
victaulic.com I Butterfly Valve I Series 705 1 Publication 10.81
Approvals and Listings:
Size
Approval/Listing Service Pressures
Series 705 Butterfly Valve
cULus
FM
Vds
LPCB
2750mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
n/a
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
21/2"/65 mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
n/a
up to 300psi/2068kPa
76.1 mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
3780mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
4"1100mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
5'7125 mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
n/a
up to 300psi/2068kPa
139.7mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
6"/150mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
165.1 nnnn
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
n/a
up to 300psi/2068kPa
8"/200mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
10"/250mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
n/a
up to 300psi/2068kPa
12"/300mm
up to 300psi/2068kPa
up to 300psi/2068kPa
n/a
up to 300psi/2068kPa
10.81 5662 Rev F Updated 11/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 2 XA-�_C_ta_ulic�
victaullic.com I Butterfly Valve I Series 705 1 Publication 10.81
Dimensions:
NOTE: OPTIONAL '/2"/15M M TAP AVAILABLE.
CONTACT VICTALILIC FOR DETAILS.
Actual
Dimensions
Nominal
Outside
E to E
Size
Diameter
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
DIA H
i
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
mm
mm
MM
MM
MM
mm
mm
mm
mm
MM
MM
2
2.375
4.25
2.28
6.41
4.00
4.22
4.50
2.12
60.3
60.3
108.0
57.9
162.8
101.6
107.2
114.3
53.8
21/2
2.875
3.77
2.28
7.54
4.00
4.22
4.50
1.77
73
73.0
95.8
57.9
191.5
101.6
107.2
114.3
45.0
76.1 mm
3,000
3.77
2.28
7.54
4.00
4.22
4.50
1.77
76.1
95.8
57.9
191.5
101.6
107.2
114.3
45.0
3
3.500
3.77
2 * 53
7.79
4.50
4.22
4.50
1.77
88.9
88.9
95.8
64.3
197.9
114.3
107.2
114.3
45.0
108mm
4.250
4.63
2.88
8.81
5.50
4.22
4.50
2.20
108.0
117.6
73.2
223.8
139.7
107.2
114.3
55.9
4
4,500
4.63
2.88
8.81
5.50
4.22
4.50
2.20
114.3
114.3
117.6
73.2
223.8
139.7
107.2
114.3
55.9
133 mm
5.250
5.88
3.35
10.88
6.56
6.19
6.30
2.58
133.0
149.4
85.1
276.4
166.6
157.2
160.0
65.5
1139.7 mm
5.500
5.88
3.35
10.88
6.56
6.19
6.30
2.58
139.7
149.4
85.1
276.4
166.6
157.2
160.0
65.6
5
5.563
5.88
3.35
10.88
6.56
6.19
6.30
2.58
141.3
141.3
149.4
85.1
276.4
166.6
157.2
160.0
65.5
159mm
6.250
5.88
3.84
11.38
0.41
7.52
6.19
6.30
2.58
159.0
149.4
97.5
289.1
10.4
191.0
157.2
160.0
65.5
165.1 mm
6.500
5.88
3.84
11.38
0A1
7.52
6.19
6.30
2.58
165.1
149.4
97.5
289.1
10.4
191.0
157.2
160.0
65.5
6
6.625
5.88
3.84
11.38
0.41
7.52
6.19
6.30
1.90
168.3
168.3
149.4
97.5
289.1
10.4
191.0
157.2
160.0
48.3
8
8.625
5.33
5.07
13.53
0.80
1.47
10.00
6.19
8.10
2.33
219.1
219.1
135.4
128.8
343.6
20.3
37.3
254.0
157.2
205.7
59.2
10
0.750
6.40
6.37
15.64
1. 1
1.81
12.25
8.10
9.00
273
273.0
162.6
161.8
397.3
35.8
46.0
311.2
205.7
228.6
12
12.750
6.50
7.36
16.64
2.30
2.80
14.25
8.10
9.00
323.9
323.9
165.1
186.9
422.7
58.4
71.1
362.0
205.7
228.6
10.81 5662 Rev F Updated 11/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. A -C- t -au I -1c
victaulic.com 3
victaulic.com I Butterfly Valve I Series 705 1 Publication 10.81
Performance:
The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic
Series 705 Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/
meters of straight pipe.
Nominal
Outside
Equivalent
Size
Diameter
MM
MM
Feet/m
inches
inches
of pipe
2
2.375
6
50
60.3
1.8
21/2
2.875
6
65
73.0
1.8
76.1 mm
3.000
6
76.1
1.8
3
3.500
7
80
88,9
2.1
4
4,500
8
100
114.3
2.4
108 mm
108 mm
8
2.4
5
5.563
12
125
141.3
3.7
133 mm
133 mm
12
3.7
139.7 mm
5.500
12
139.7
3.7
6
6.625
14
150
168.3
4.2
159 MM
159 mm
14
4.3
165.1 mm
6.500
14
165.1
4.2
8
8.625
16
200
219.1
4.9
10
10.750
18
250
273.0
5.5
12
12,750
19
300
323.9
5.8
10.81 5662 Rev F Updated 11/2014 Q 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ictaullice
victaulic.com 4 X/C
victaulic.com I Butterfly Valve I Series 705 1 Publication 10.81
Performance:
Cv values for flow of water at +60'F/+16'C through a fully
open valve are shown in the table below. For additional
details, contact Victaulic.
Formulas for Cv values
AP = Q'/CV'
Q = Cv x vl�p
Where;
Flow Coefficient
C,
Q (Flow)
GPM
U (Pressure Drop)
psi
Valve Size
Full Open
Actual
Nominal
Outside
Size
Diameter
Flow Coefficient
inches
inches
C�
MM
mm
2
2.375
170
50
60.3
21/2
2.875
260
65
73.0
76.1 mm
3.000
260
76.1
3
3.500
440
80
88.9
4
4.500
820
100
114.3
108 MM
108 mm
820
5
5.563
1200
125
141.3
133 nnnn
133 nnnn
1200
139.7mm
5,500
1200
139.7
6
6.625
1800
150
168.3
159 mm
159 mm
1800
165.1 mm
6.500
1800
165.1
8
8.625
3400
200
219.1
10
10.750
5800
250
273.0
12
12.750
9000
300
323.9
Formulas for K. values
AP = Q'/Kv'
Q = Kv x VAP
Where:
Flow Factor
K�'
Q (Flow)
ml/hr
LP (Pressure)
bar
Valve Size
Full Open
Actual
Nominal
Outside
Size
Diameter
Flow Coefficient
inches
inches
K,
IMM
MM
2
2.375
so
60.3
147
21/2
2.875
225
65
73.0
76.1 mm
3.000
225
76.1
3
3.500
380
80
88.9
4
4.500
710
100
114.3
108 mm
108mm
710
5
5,563
1040
125
141.3
133 nnnn
133 mm
1040
139.7mm
5.500
1040
139.7
6
6.625
1560
150
168.3
159 mm
159 mm
1560
165.1 mm
6500
1560
165.1
8
&625
2940
200
219.1
10
10.750
250
273.0
5020
12
12.750
300
323.1
7790
10.81 5662 Rev F Updated 11/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 5 x, Ai-c—ta—uiic�
victaulic.com I Butterfly Valve I Series 705 1 Publication 10.81
Switch and Wiring:
1. The supervisory switch contains two single pole,
double throw, pre -wired switches.
2. Switches are rated:
10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz
0.50 amps @ 125 VDC
0.25 amps @ 250 VDC
3. Switches supervise the valve in the "OPEN" position.
5. One switch has two #18 insulated wires per terminal,
which permit complete supervision of leads (refer
to diagrams and notes below). The second switch
has one #18 insulated wire per terminal. This double
circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical
devices at separate locations, such as an indicating
light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve
is installed.
6. A #14 insulated ground lead (green) is provided.
Switch #1 = S1
For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL
Listed alarm control panel
Switch #2 = S2
Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary
devices, per the authority having jurisdiction
sl Normally Closed: (2) Blue
Common: (2) Yellow
Normally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe
S2 Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe
Common: Yellow with Orange Stripe
Installation
Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format
on our website at www-victaulic.com.
ul LISTED
JUNCTION BOX
C�Dig
%-Npr
CONDUIT CONNECTORS
MENUFS
FIRE ALARIA
E LARNI
TO END'OF LINE R"'ITOR,
TO END -OF -LINE RESISTOR
"DREL PAN
CONTROL PAN
OR NEXT tNDICAIOR
OR NET 1NDRCA1O,
SUPE
ORCUff
N C
�0 Co.
SWITCH
C-NIACr RAln-
I I 0AATIZ5 D
0 S1
250wr—
:0.5AAT125VDC.
I
_ V
01SAT290 DC
0 S2
BELL
sou.
VOLTAGE SOURCE
ORN
..RN
SwIlch 1 :21..&p.1I
S.IKh 2: 1 lead per -, mal
NOTE: The above diagram shows a connection between
the common terminal (yellow — S1 and yellow -with -
orange stripe — S2) and the normally closed terminal
(blue — S1 and blue -with -orange stripe — S2). In this
example, the indicator light and alarm will stay on until
the valve is fully open. When the valve is fully open, the
indicator light and alarm will go out. Cap off any unused
wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe).
Only S1 (two leads per terminal) may be connected to
the fire alarm control panel.
The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in
accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per
NFPA 70 (NEC).
Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installationlassembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Warranty Trademarks
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. VictaulicO is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company.
10.81 5662 Rev F Updated 11/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 6
X,0A_Ct:a_U1iC�
UUULC listed and FM approved*
Description
Check valves feature cast brass" bodies with a spring loaded clapper assembly
making this valve suitable for vertical or horizontal installations. Features metal faced
clapper with 0-ring seat. Rated to 300 psi. Valve bodies are tapped and plugged 1/2"
IPS for additional equipment such as a ball drip valve when used in conjunction with a
Fire Department Connection or a pressure gauge when used in a supply line.
Installation
Install in accordance with approved installation practices. Use an approved
thread sealant such as PipeFit Thread Sealing Paste with PTFE on all threaded
connections. Make sure that proper lubrication has been applied to groove
coupling gaskets for groove end valves.
DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN THREADED CONNECTIONS. OVERTIGHTENING
MAY CAUSE DISTORTION OF THE BODY AND THREADS OF THE VALVE
LEADING TO IMPROPER PERFORMANCE AND PRODUCT FAILURE.
3198 LIONSHEAD AVE
CARLSBAD, CA 92010
TEL + 1760 599-1168
+ 1800 344-1822
FAX + 1800 344-3775
0 2015 Fire Protection Products, Inc.
Specifications
Material:
Cast Brass —
Pressure Rated:
300psi
Size:
11/2 " IPS*
2" IPS
21/2 " IPS
3" IPS
4" IPS
Configurations:
MNPT x GRV
MNPT x FNPT
GRV x GRV
FNPT x FNPT 1 1/2" only
—Contains lead. Not for use in
water systems intended for human
consumption.
*1 1/2" size is L)LJLILc listed
but not FM approved
C&US <@>
LISTED APPROVED
• The AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 251 1A
TESTANDRAINO matches all the features and
benefits of our Model 2500 by providing both
the test function and the express drain function
in a multistory installation for a wet fire sprinkler
system, with the added feature of an integral
Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve with drain-
age piping.
• The 2" Model 2511A features a groove x groove
connection.
• The Model 2511A complies with the require-
ments of NFPA-13 that stipulate a pressure relief
valve be installed on all gridded systems and
downstream of all pressure reducing valves (see
reverse).
• The Model 2511 A TESTANDFUIN" is a multi -
direction, compact single handle ball valve
which includes a tamper resistant test orifice
and integral tamper resistant sight glasses, and
is 300 PSI rated.
• The Model 2511A TESTAmDRAINO provides an
alternate handle location from the Model 1011 A
for difficult install situations
• Available in 1 " and 11/4" NPT and 2" Groove,
with all specifiable orifice sizes 3/8" (2.8K), '/16"
(4.2K), 1/2" (5.6K), 17/32" (8.0K), W (1 1.2K, ELO),
3/4" (14.0K, ESFR) and K25 as required by NFPA
13, 2007 Edition (see reverse).
• The included UUFM Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve features a flushing handle and is factory rated at 175
PSI. Other pressure settings are available and may be substituted.
• Designed to relieve excess system pressure caused by surges or temperature changes as well as solve the dif-
ficult problem of providing the relief valve with a convenient drainage -piping outlet.
• Shipped with relief valve and bypass drain ports plugged to expedite pressure testing the system.
• A locking kit is available and can be ordered with the valve to provide vandal resistance or prevent uninten-
tional alarm activation.
• Repair kits including (1) adapter gasket, (1) ball, (2) valve seats, (1) stem packing, and (1) stem washer are avail-
able for all TESTANDRAINO valves. Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering.
NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and
closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. The valves
are required to CLOSE at a pressure above 80% of that rating. The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for main-
tenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNOT be isolated from the system when the system is operational. A relief valve
should NEVER have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet,
TESTANDRAIN is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. CS2511A 10/09
MODEL 2511 A - PLAN VIEW MODEL 2511 A - DRAIN To RIGHT
RELIEF VALVE
\X 'I--
DIMENSIONS
Orifice Size Available: 3/8", 7/16", 1/2", 17/32", ELO (5/8"), ESFR (3/4")-, K25--
SIZE
A
B
C
D
E
IF
G
H
1.1
8 3/4
21/4"
11/4
31/2
3 3/8
113/16"
2 5/8'1
41/4
(222 MM)
(57 mm)
(32 mm)
(89 MM)
(86 MM)
(44 MM)
(67 MM)
(108 MM)
1/4
101/16"
21/2 "
13/8 "
3 7/8 "
3 3/8 "
21/8 "
31/1611
4 3/4 "
(256 mm)
(64 mm)
(35 mm)
(98 mm)
(86 mm)
(54 mm)
(78 mm)
(121 mm)
2"t
123/4"
1 1
3"
1 113/16"
1 413/16
5 5/8
25/8
3 3/4
15 7Y8
I
(324 mm)
(76 mm)
(46 mm)
(1
(143 mm)
(67 Mimi)
(95 mm)
(149 mm)
Available on 11/4" to 2" size units only
** Available on 2" size units only
2" M2500 is Groove x Groove only
THE MODEL 2511 A PROVIDES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING...
From the 2007 Edition of NFPA 13
Chapter 8.16.2.4.1
Chapter 8.16.2.4.2
& B. 16.2.4.3
Chapter 8.16.2.4.4
Chapter A.8.17.4.2
Chapter 8.17.4.2.2
Chapter 8.17.4.2.4
Chapter 8.17.4.3.1
Chapter 8.17.4.3.2
Chapter 7.1.2
Chapter 8.16.1.2.3*
Chapter A.8.16.1.2.3
INLET
EI DRAIN
G
A
MATERIALS
Handle: Steel
Stem: Rod Brass
Ball: C.P. Brass
Body: Bronze
Valve Seat: Impregnated TeflonO
Indicator Plate: Steel
Relief Valve: Bronze
Bypass Fittings: Brass
Bypass Tubing: Nylobraid
APPROVALS
UL and LILC; Listed: (EX4019
& EX4533)
FIVI Approved
NYC -BSA No. 720-87-SM
Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system.
Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) - shall be provided with a drain connection
having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2.
Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain.
(Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow...
using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion -resistant orifice giving a flow
equivalent to one sprinkler...
The test connection valve shall be readily accessible.
shall be permitted to be installed in any location... downstream of the waterflow alarm.
(Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1 " in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion -
resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler...
The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1 ", at least one of which shall be brass.
- a gridded wet pipe system shall be provided with a relief valve set to operate at 175 PSI
or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater.
A relief valve of not less than 1/2" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the
pressure -reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding 175 PSI. _90.11 M@o
- consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (pressure relief) valve MADE IN U.S.A.
AGF Manufacturing Inc.
100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355
Phone: 610-240-4900
Fax:610-240-4906
Job Name:
Architect:
Engineer:
www.testandrain.com
Contractor:
Alarms & Supervisory Devices
(E)POTTER
s The Symbol of Protection
These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire, burglar or general
signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel
ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4" (10 1 mm) square electrical box
for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX- I
deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof
backbox model BBK- 1, Stock No. 1500001.
BELLS
PBA-AC & MBA -DC
UL, ULC, and FM Approved
SizesAvailable: 6" (150mm), 8" (200mm) and 10" (250mm)
Voltages Available: 24VAC
120VAC
12VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized
24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized
Service Use: Fire Alarm
General Signaling
BurglarAlarm
Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1)
-400 to 150OF (400 to 660C)
(Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.)
Termination: AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires
DC Bells - Terminal strip
Finish: Red powder coating
Optional: Model BBK-I weatherproof backbox
Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox
Notes:
I . Minimum dI3 ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure
measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL
Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30' to 150'F (-34' to 66'C).
2. Typical dI3 ratings are calculated from measurements made with a
conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in
an actual installation.
3. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells.
Size inches
(mm)
Voltage
Model
Number
Stock
Number
Current
(Max.)
Typical d13 at
10 ft. (3m) (2)
Minimum dB at
10 ft. (3m) (1)
6(150)
12VDC
MBA-6-12
1750070
.12A
85
76
8(200)
12VDC
MBA-8-12
1750080
.12A
90
77
10(250)
12VDC
MBA-10-12
1750060
.12A
92
78
6(150)
24VDC
MBA-6-24
1750100
.06A
87
77
8(200)
24VDC
MBA-8-24
1750110
.06A
91
79
10(250)
24VDC
MBA-10-24
1750090
.06A
94
80
6(150)
24VAC
PBA246
1806024*
.1 7A
91
78
8(200)
24VAC
PBA248
1808024*
.1 7A
94
77
10(250)
24VAC
PBA2410
1810024*
.1 7A
94
78
6(150)
120VAC
PBA1206
1806120*
.05A
92
83
8(200)
120VAC
PBA1208
1808120*
.05A
99
84
10(250)
120VAC
PBA12010
1810120*
.05A
99
All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection.
* Does not have ULC listing.
In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with
weatherproof backbox, BBK- I or BBX- 1. Standard electrical boxes
will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly
is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard.
Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC - St. Louis, MO, - Phone: 866-572-3005/Canada 888-882-1833 - www.pottersignal.com
PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400776 - REV Y- I PAGE I OF 2
01/13
(E)POTTER
The Symbol of Protection
Bells Dimensions Inches (mm)
Fig. I
101,
(250)
2 11/16"
(68)
DWGN 776-1
Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm)
Fig. 2
Box has one threaded 1/2" conduit entrance
r
5 314"'
(146) 0
15/8-
(41)
DWGN 776-2
4 ' 1/4"
(108)
Wiring (rear view)
Fig. 3
A.C. BELLS
BELLS
PBA-AC & MBA -DC
WHITE (IN) WHITE- (OUT)
0
FROM CONTROL
PANELOR
ECEDING
PR . LL
'LL
BE LAC C.ICK (.:11T)
BLACK (IN)
CAUTION:
WHEN ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWN.
NOTES:
1. WHEN USING AC BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELY AFTER LAST BELL.
2. END-OF-LTNE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ON AC BELLS.
�Q# 776-3
Installation
1. The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or
local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90" AFF and
not less than 6" below the ceiling.
2. Remove the gong.
3. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3).
4. Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be
mounted with the striker pointing down).
5. Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the
mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong).
6. Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can
be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as
designated by the authority having jurisdiction).
k1.
A W A:'R'*'N IN-6
Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating.
PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400776 - REV Y- I PAGE 2 OF 2
01/13
VSR
(E)POTTER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW
The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Ordering Information
Nominal Pipe Size
Model
Part Number
2"
DN50
VSR-2
1144402
2 1/2"
DN65
VSR-2 1/2
1144425
3"
DN80
VSR-3
1144403
3 1/2"
VSR-3 1/2
1144435
4"
DN100
VSR-4
1144404
5"
VSR-5
1144405
6"
DN150
VSR-6
1144406
81,
DN200
VSR-8
1144408
Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, stock no. 0090148
Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030
General Information
The Model VSR is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler
systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe;
schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" tbru 8" (50 nun thru 200 mm). LPC
approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 nun thru 200 mm). See Ordering
Information chart.
The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large
systems. The VSR contains two single pole, double throw, snap action
switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The
switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM (3 8 LPM) or more occurs
downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period
of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period.
UL, CUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, LPCBApproved, For
CE Marked (EN12259-5) /VdSApproved modeluseVSR-EU
Service Pressure: 450 PSI (31 BAR) - UL
Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal:
4-IOGPM(15-38LPM)-UL
Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5.5 m/s)
Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form Q
10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC
2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive
10 mAmps min. at 24VDC
Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit.
Individual switch compartments suitable
for dissimilar voltages.
Environmental Specifications:
• NEMA4/IP54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or
outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing
when used with appropriate conduit fitting.
• Temperature Range: 40'F - 120'F, (4.5'C - 49'C) - UL
• Non -corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle.
Service Use:
Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13
One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D
Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R
National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72
AWARN-IN-G ------- - - ------
• Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in
accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances.
• Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious
injury or death could result.
• Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious
injury or death could result.
I CAUTION I
Waterflowswitcbestbat are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems sball
not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge,
or chemical suppression systems. Waterflow switches used for this
application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges,
trapped air, or short retard times.
Enclosure
The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose,
die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant
screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable
cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used
to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number
5401103 for installation instructions of this switch.
Potter Electric Sianal Company, LLC - St. Louis, MO - Phone: 866-956-1211/Canada 888-882-1833 - www.pottersignal.com
PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV L PAGE I OF 4
3/09
(E)POTTER
The Symbol of Protection
VSR
VANE TYPE WATERFLOW
ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD
Installation (see Fig. I)
These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they
will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm) of a fitting which changes (lie direction of the waterflow or within 24"
(60 cm) of a valve or drain.
NOTE: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time.
Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other
material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend
or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow. Take care not to damage the non -corrosive
bushing in the saddle. The bushing should fit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque
(see the chart in Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way.
A CAUTION
Do not trini the paddle. Failure to follow these instructions may p
device from operating and will void the warranty.
Fig. 1
DIRECTION OF
WATERFLOW
DO NOTLEA VE COYER OFF FOR
AN EA7ENDED PERIOD OF TIME
TIGHTEN NUTS
ALTERNATELY
MOUNT ON PIPE So
ARROW ON SADDLE
POINTS IN DIRECTION
OF AVATERFLOW
Retard Adjustment
The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from
0 to the max setting (60-90 seconds). The time delay should be set at
the minimum required to prevent false alarms
CAUTION
Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered.
Refer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size.
Correct
Incorrect
V E�!�
ROLL PADDLE IN
OPPOSITE DIRECTION
OF WATERFLOW
(Flovving vvaler activates
device in one direction onty.)
(fa
50..
ADAPTER IDAPTER
20mm:h2mm MAX.
DN50 ONLY
USE (2) 5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE
nwC."'I&IF
Compatible Pipe/ Installation Requirements
Model
Nominal Pipe
Size
Nominal Pipe
O.D.
Pipe Wall Thickness
Hole Size
U-Bolt Nuts
Torque
SchedulcIO(UL)
Schedule40(UL)
BS-1 387 (LPC)
DN (VDS)
inch
min
inch
min
inch
min
inch
min
inch
min
inch
min
inch
min
fl-lb
n-1,11
VSR-2
2
DN'50
2.375
60.3
0.109
2.77
0.154
3.91
0.142
3.6
0.091
2.3
+.125/-.062
33.0 2.0
20
27
VSR-2 1/2
2.5
2.875
73.0
0.120
3.05
0.203
5.16
-
-
-
-
VSR-2 1/2
-
DN65
3.000
76.1
-
-
-
-
0.142
3.6
0.102
2.6
VSR-3
3
1 DN80
3.500
88.9
0.120
3.05
0.216
5.49
0.157
4.0
0.114
2.9
2.00:E.125
50.8 2.0
VSR-3 1/2
3.5
-
4.000
101.6
0.120
3.05
0.226
5.74
-
-
-
-
VSR-4
4
DNl00
4.500
114.3
0.120
3.05
0.237
6.02
0.177
4�5
0.126
3.2
VSR-5
5
-
5.563
141.3
0.134
3.40
0.258
6.55
-
-
-
-
VSR-6
6
DN 150
6.625
168.3
0.134
340
0280
7 * I 1
1 0.197
1 5.0
0.157
4.0
VSR-8
8
1 DN200
1 8.625
1 219.1
48
0 -1
1 376
0 322
8.18
1
1 0.248
1 6.3
1 0.177
1 4.
NOTE: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF.
PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV L PAGE 2 OF 4
3/09
(E)POTTER
The Symbol of Protection
Fig. 2
To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at
inside edge of knockouts, not in the center.
NOTICE
Do not drill into the base as this creates
metal shavings which can create
electrical hazards and damage the
device. Drilling voids the warranty.
Fig. 3
Break out thin section of cover when
wiring both switches from one conduit
entrance.
M R
VSR
VANE TYPE WATERFLOW
ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD
Fig. 4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping
nal
Plate Termi
0106 MG. #1146-16
An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped
around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The
wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the
connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under
the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device
inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life.
Do not strip wire beyond 3/8" of length or expose an uninsulated
conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using
stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate.
Fig. 5 Typical Electrical Connections BELL
Notes: 4� POWER SOURCE
1. The Model VSR has two switches, one can be used to operate a central SUITABLE FOR BELL
ER
KPSOUITABLSEOFUl
00
is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator.
station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact
2. A condition of LPC Approval of this product is that the electrical U U U-
J
entry must be sealed to exclude moisture. WATERF I OW ZONE
It, EOLR ON FIRE PANEL
3. For supervised circuits, see "Switch Terminal Connections"
drawing and warning note (Fig. 4), R
DWG. 11 W 2 1
Testing
The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable
NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently).
If provided, the inspector's test valve shall always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection
device on the system, application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable.
A minimum flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device.
Advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance
with the testing instructions.
Fig. 7 Mounting Dimensions
3.50 in 2.00
(89.0 M.)-H
(50.8
2.34 1
(59.4 mm)
PE DIA.
U-BOLTNUT
+ 5.25 in
(+ 133.4 nim)
U-BOLTWASHER::�?�
PIPE SADDLE--/
PIPE
—
PLASTIC PADDLE—*'
DWO 1146-14
NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +1.75 in (+44.5 MM) FOR DN 50 - DN 65 2-2.5 in
NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +2.125 in (+54.0 MMI FOR DN 90 - DN 200 3-8 in
Fig. 8
GR FFN GROI IN D
PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV L PAGE 3 OF 4
3/09
(E)POTTER
The Symbol of Protection
VSR
VANE TYPE WATERFLOW
ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD
Maintenance
Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterflow switch should provide years of trouble -free service.
The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable. In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order
replacement retard switch assembly stock #1029030 (see Fig. 6). There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection.
Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement (See Fig. 6)
The Retard/Switch Assembly is field -replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterflow switch from the
pipe
I . Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterflow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken OLIt of service.
2. Disconnect the power source for local bell (if applicable).
3. Identify and remove all wires from the watcrflow switch.
4. Remove the (2) mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base. Do not remove the (2) retard housing screws.
5. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem.
6. Install the new retard assembly. Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base.
7. Re -install the (2) original mounting screws.
8. Reconnect all wires. Perform a flow test and place the system back in service.
Fig. 6
DO NOT REMON
(2) RETARD HOU
SCREWS
Removal of Waterflow Switch
REMOVE (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING
SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH
ASSEMBLY TO BASE
BREAKOUTTHINSECTIONOFCOVER
WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES
FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING
CREWS
RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY
(2) LOCATING PINS n
(2) LOCATI?
BOSSESIN
DWG# 1146-10
• To prevent accidental water damage, all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterflow detectors are
removed or replaced.
• Turn off electrical power to the detector, then disconnect wiring.
• Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts.
• Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers, roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing
to lift the waterflow detector saddle.
• Lift detector clear of pipe.
PRINTED IN USA MFG. 85401146 - REV L PAGE 4 OF 4
3/09
Fire Sprinklers
QUICK RESPONSE
AuTowvc SpRiNKLERs
GL SERiEs
UPRIGHT,- PENDENT
VERTICAL SIDEWALL
HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL
CONVENTIONAL (OLD STYLE)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
The Globe Quick Response Series GL-QR Sprinklers are
a low profile yet durable design which utilizes a 3mm frangible
glass ampule as the thermosensitive element. This provides
sprinkler operation approximately six times faster than ordinary
sprinklers. While the Quick Response Sprinkler provides an
aesthetically pleasing appearance, it can be installed wherever
standard spray sprinklers are specified when allowed by the ap-
plicable standards. It offers the additional feature of greatly in-
creased safety to life and is available in various styles, orifices,
temperature ratings and finishes to meet many varying design
requirements. Quick Response Sprinklers should be used ad-
visedly and under the direction of approving authorities having
jurisdiction.
The heart of Globe's Series GL-QR sprinkler proven ac-
tuating assembly is a hermetically sealed frangible glass ampule
that contains a precisely measured amount of fluid. When heat is
absorbed, the liquid within the bulb expands increasing the inter-
nal pressure. At the prescribed temperature the internal pressure
within the ampule exceeds the strength of the glass causing the
glass to shatter. This results in water discharge which is distrib-
uted in an approved pattern depending upon the deflector style
used.
QUICK RESPONSE
SERIES GL-QR SERIES GL-QR/CNV
UPRIGHT CONVENTIONAL
QUICK RESPONSE
SERIES GL-QR SERIES GL-QR/SW
PENDENT VERTICAL
SIDEWALL
TECHNICAL DATA
See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications.
• Temperature Ratings - 135'F (57'C), 155'F (68'C), lip
175-F (79-C), 200-F (93-C), 286-F (141-C)
• Water Working Pressure Rating - 175 psi (12 Bars) QUICK RESPONSE
• Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) OC) HORIZONTAL LPCB/CE
• Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is -670F (-55 SIDEWALL HORIZONTAL
• Frame - bronze - Deflector - brass - Screw - brass SERIES GL-QR/SW SIDEWALL
• Lodgement Wire - stainless steel - Bulb seat - copper SERIES GL-QR/SW
• Spring - nickel alloy - Seal - teflon
• Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size
SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGICLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING
AVAILABLE SPRINKLER
N.F.P.A. MAXIMUM
CLASSIFICATION
BULB COLOR
TEMPERATURES
CEILING TEMPERATURE
ORDINARY
135'F/I 55'F 57'C/68'C
ORANGE/RED 1 00'F 38'C
INTERMEDIATE
175'F/200'F 79'C/93'C
YELLOW/GREEN 150'F 66'C
HIGH
286'F 141'C
BLUE 225'F 107'C
MAR 2018 GFS-1 00a (Formerly A-20)
QUICK RESPONSE
A umwnc SPRINKLERS
UPRIGHT PENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL
HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL CONVENTIONAL (OLD STYLE)
SPECIFICATIONS
NOMINAL "K" FACTOR
THREAD SIZE
LENGTH'
FINISHES
2.8
(40 metric)
1/2"NPT
(1 5mm)
2 1/4"
(5.7cm)
4.2
(60 metric)
1/2"NPT
(15mm)
2 1/4"
(5.7cm)
Factory Bronze
5.6
(80 metric)
1/2"NPT
(15mm)
2 1/4"
(5.7cm)
Chrome
White Polyester3
8.0
(115 metric)
1/2"NPT
(15mm)
2 1/4"
(5.7cm)
Black Polyester2 .3
8.0
(115 metric)
I 3/4"NPT
(20mm)
2 7/16"
(6.2cm)
NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE.
'HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL IS 2 9/16".
2 FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER.
'AVAILABLE AS cULus LISTED CORROSION RESISTANT WHEN SPECIFIED ON ORDER.
LisTINGsIAPPRoVALS
K
TEMPERATURE
NYC -DOB
*1
135 F
155*F
175*F
200*F
286-F
STYLE
SIN
FACTOR
HAZARD'
CULUS
FM
LPCB 2
CE
MEA
(57-C)
(68-C)
(79-C)
(93-C)
(141-C)
101-92-E
GL2815
2.8
LH
x
x
x
x
x
x
---
---
---
x
GL4215
4.2
LH
X
X
X
X
X
X
---
---
---
X
UPRIGHT
GL5615
5.6
LH/OH
X
X
X
X
x
X
x
x
x
X
GL8115-
8.0- (W' NPT)
LH/OH
X
X
X
X
X
x
---
---
---
x
GL8118
8.0
LH/OH
x
x
x
X
X
x
x
x
x
X
GL2801
2.8
LH
x
x
x
X
X
X
---
---
---
x
GL4201
4.2
LH
x
x
x
X
x
x
---
---
---
x
PENDENT
GL5601
5.6
LH/OH
x
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
x
x
GL8101-
8.0- (1/2" NPT)
LH/OH
x
x
X
X
X
X
---
---
---
x
GL8106
8.0
LH/OH
x
x
x
x
X
X
X
X
x
x
VERTICAL
GL5632
5.6
LH
x
X
x
x
X
x
x
---
---
---
SIDEWALLt
GL8133
8.0
LH
x
X
x
x
x
x
---
---
---
GL2826§
2.8
LH
x
x
x
x
x
x
---
---
---
x
HORIZONTAL
GL4226§
4.2
LH
x
x
X
x
x
x
---
---
---
x
SIDEWALL
GL5626§
5.6
LH/OH
x
x
x
x
X
X
x
---
---
x
GL5627a
5.6
LH/OH
x
X
X
X
x
---
---
X
x
---
GL8127§
8.0
LH/OH
x
X
X
X
X
X
---
---
---
---
CONVENTIONAL
GL5624
5.6
LH/OH
x
x
X
X
X
---
---
X
X
---
(OLD STYLE)
GL8125
8.0
LH/OH
x
x
I X
x
I X
---
---
___
x
---
'SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA13AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS.
§HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL cULus LISTED FOR DEFLECTOR 4" TO 12" BELOW THE CEILING, FM APPROVED 4"TO 6" BELOW THE CEILING.
uINSTALL IN ACCORDANCE TO BS5306 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS.
tPENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL cULus LISTED FOR 6'MIN. SPACING.
tUPRIGHT VERTICAL SIDEWALL cULus LISTED FOR 9'MIN. SPACING.
OH: ORDINARY HAZARD
LH: LIGHT HAZARD
*1/2" NPT, FOR RETROFIT ONLY
'LPCB REF. NO. 147C/05
ORDERING INFORMATION GLOBE@ PRODUCT WARRANTY
SPECIFY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured
• Quantity -SIN -Style -Orifice products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a
• Thread Size - Temperature * Finishes desired period of one year from date of shipment.
• Quantity - Wrenches - P/N 325390 (1/2"); For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List
P/N 312366 (L.O.) Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List).
4077AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658
989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231
GL613E 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com
FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION
MAR 2018 PRINTED U.S.A. GFS-1 00a (Formerly A-20)
Miscellaneous
L 1, an gamar, I B E
FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION
-- ril
1/2" NPT STANDARD WRENCH
P/N 325390
3/4" NPT STANDARD WRENCH
P/N 312366
kao�"�' =
3/4" N PT EXTRA LARGE ORIFICE WRENCH
P/N 333010
Now
1/2 " NPT 1 " ADJUSTABLE CONCEALED WRENCH
P/N 332765
WRENCHES
FOR
GLOBE AuTomATic SpRiNKLERs
DRY SPRIN KLER RECESSED WRENCH
PIN 337014
3/4" NPT RECESSED WRENCH
P/N 325401
1/2" NPTRECESSED/CONCEALED WRENCH
P/N 325391
RESIDENTIAL SIDEWALL RECESSEDWRENCH
P/N 327102
1/2" NPT MILLENNIUM WRENCH
P/N 332334
989-846-4583 4077AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658
1-800-248-0278
J U LY 2009 B-4
FAX989-846-9231
www.globespdnkler.com
BULLETIN SPRWR, REV. #3
,& 0
I WIC
GUARANTEED
FIRE SPRINKLER SPARE HEADBOXES
Heavy duty 20 gauge steel
construction
Red powder coated finish
Knockouts and shelf to
accommodate any 1/2" or
3/4" sprinkler head
All -welded construction and full
length hinge
Slotted for easy mounting with
screws, rivets or
strapping
3 Read Box
(6510152)
6 Head Box
L6510151)
12 Head Box
(6510150)
6 Large Head Box
P5-
(6510151A)
The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot
assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is
the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and
use of any of our products.
FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015
OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM
(CsP�F"RNvIL: Welded Outlet Fittings
AWIL
For Fire Protection & Other Low Pressure Piping Systems
SPF Welded Outlet Fittings offer the user a high strength,
low cost forged threaded and grooved line of fittings
specifically designed and manufactured to be installed
on proprietary thin wall flow pipe, Schedule 5, 10, and
,40 standard wall pipes.
SPF Welded Outlets are forged steel welding outlet
fittings. The material used in manufacture meets the
chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A 53. SPF
Welded Outlet Fittings employ a low weld volume design
to provide either a partial or full penetration weld
employing a single pass with minimum burn -through and
pipe distortion. Threads comply with ANSI B 1.20. 1. The
SPF Welded Outlets are UL Listed and FM Approved for
use conforming to the requirements of NFPA 13. SPF
Welded Outlet Fittings are rated for 300 psi when used
in fire sprinkler system applications.
C@uS <i�>
USTED APPROVED
For Listings/Approval Detaft and Untitations,
visit our website at �.anvllintl.00rn or
contact an Anvirl Sales Representative.
Outlet Model
SPF WELDED OUTLET FITTINGS
Outlet Pipe Size Header Pipe Size
Rated Pressure
in.
In.
psig
MTM-40
'/2, 1/4, 1
11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4
—
112 - 8 (Sch. 10, 40)
300
1/2 - 4 (S(h. 5, DynaFlow)
2
4, 6 (EZ-Flow)
GR-40
1-8
11/4 - 8 (Sch. 10, 40)
300
21/2-8
21/2 - 8 (Sch. 5, DynoFlow)
1) Size -on size (i.e. 2 x 2) SPF Welded Outlet Fittings are not FM Approved.
2) FM rated working pressure when welded on Sch. 5 or lightwall pipe is 175 psi.
3) Refer to the UL and FM websites for the most current pressure ratings.
PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP
Project: Approved
Address: F]Approved as noted
Contractor: E] Not approved
Engineer: Remarks:
Submittal Date:
Notes 1:
Notes 2:
SPF-8.14
09E�� Welded Outlet Fittings
AWIL
SPF Welded Outlets are designed and Manufac-
tured to reduce the amount of weld required to
install the Tee -Lets on thin wall or proprietary flow
pipe. Typically only one weld -pass completes the
installation. SPF Welded Outlets install with less
weld volume than any other brand of welding
outlet fittings for fire sprinkler applications. To
accomplish this:
The contoured end of the fittings employs a
reduced outside diameter. Two major
advantages are immediately apparent:
• The thinner wall on the contoured end permits welding
temperatures to be matched to the thickness of the
branch line or main thereby insuring complete
penetration without cold welds, weld roll -off, burn -
through or excessive distortion.
• On smaller sizes a heavier section is maintained on
the threaded end of the fitting. This protects the threads
from damage during shipping and handling prior to
installation as well as from weld distortion.
• Each outlet size 11/2" and larger, whether female
threaded, cut grooved or beveled requires the some
hole size in the header pipe. This simplifies the
installation process.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Welded outlet fittings are manufactured from
highly weldable steel which conforms to the chemical
and physical requirements of ASTM A-53, Grades A
or B, Type E. Ease of installation is assured when
automatic welding equipment is used to install SPF
Welded Outlets.
Threads are cut in accordance with the requirements
of ANSI B 1.20. 1, national standard for tapered pipe
threads.
SPF Welded Outlets threaded and grooved
alding outlet fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM
)proved for use in the fire sprinkler systems
stalled in accordance with the requirements of
NFPA 13. They are rated for 300 PSI operation
in fire sprinkler systems, and higher pressures
in other non -critical piping systems.
a SPF Welded Outlets are offered in a wide
variety of header sizes. The consolidated
eader sizes shown in the following charts allow
the fittings to be installed on more than one header
size, permitting the first size listed to fit the header
perfectly, while a small gap along the longitudinal center
line of the header will appear for the second size listed.
SPF Welded Outlets are identified by a lot number that
provides full traceability.
FOR YOUR P1P11V6 SYSTEMS SPECIFY
SPF WELDED OUTLETS
Branch Outlet Fittings shall be SPF Welded Outlets,
Lightweight forged steel, employing low weld volume
profile to provide for full penetration welds with minimum
burn through and pipe distortion on Schedule 5 thru 10,
proprietary thin wall, and standard wall pipe. Threads
are to be ANSI BI .20.1 and the bore of the fittings
calculated to improve flow. Welding outlets to be UL
Listed, FM Approved for use conforming to NFPA 13,
and pressure rated for 300 PSI maximum,
SPF-8.14
(� �111�11111�1 Welded Outlet Fittings
11WIL
MTM-40
Female Threa
SPF
WELDED
OUTLETS - MTM-40
Part
Nominal
Outlet
Nominal
Header
Outlet
Len�th
Inside
Diameter
Make Up
Weilt
Number
M
[a(
A
8
D
NPT
In/mm
In Imm
In Imm
h/mm
In Imm
bsllg
0870001005
1%-l%
1.063
0.700
0.500
0,171
32-40
27.0
17.8
12.7
1 0.08
0870001013
11h- 2
1.063
0.700
0.500
0.171
'/2 X
13x
40-50
27.0
17.8
12.7
0.08
0870001021
2-21/2
1.063
0.700
0.500
0.171
50-65
27.0
17.8
12.7
0.08
0870001039
21/2-8
1.063
0.700
0.500
0.169
65-200
27.0
17.8
1 12.7
0.08
0870001054
11/4 - 11/2
1.125
0.900
0.500
0.260
32-40
28.6
22.9
12.7
0.12
0870001062
11/2-2
1.125
0.900
0.500
0.260
1/4 x
19X
40-50
1 28.6
22.9
12.7
0.12 1
0870001070
2-21/2
1.125
0.900
0.500
0.260
50-65
28.6
2Z9
12.7
0.12
0870001088
21/2-8
1.125
0.900
0.500
0.256
65-200
28.6
22.9
1 12.7
0.12
0870001096
11/4 - 1%
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.331
32-40
31.8
29.1
12.7
0.15
0870001104
11/2-2
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.331
40-50
31.8
29.1
12.7
1 0.15
0870001112
2-21/2
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.320
1 x
25x
50-65
31.8
1 29.1
12.7
0.15
0870001120
21/2-3
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.314
65-80
31.8
29.1
12.7
0.14
3-4
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.309
80-100
31.8
29.1
1 12.7
0.14 1
5-8
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.291
125-200
1 31.8
29.1
12.7
0.13
0870001153
1%-]%
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.432
32-40
34.9
37.8
12.7
.019
0870001161
11/2-2
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.421
40-50
34.9
37.8
12.7
.019
0870001179
2-21/2
1.375
1,490
0.500
0.421
1 '/4 X
32x
50-65
34.9
1 37.8
12.7
1 .019
0870001187
21/2-3
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.411
65-80
34.9
37.8
12.7
.019
0870001195
3-4
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.389
80-100
34.9
37.8
12.7
.018
0870001203
5-8
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.389
125-200
1 34.9
37.8
1 IV
.016
0870001211
1 '/2
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
40
41.3
40.9
22.2
.022
0870001229
2
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
11/7 x
so
41.3
40.9
22.2
.022
0870001237
21/2
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
40x
65
41.3
40.9
22.2
.022
-
0870001245
3-4
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
80 - '00
1 41.3
1 40.9
1 22.2
.022
0
0:
:0:87 01:2]52
4
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
1
100
41.3
40.9
22.2
.022
700 26
08 Ol 0
5 -8
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
125-200
41.3
40.9
22.2
1 .022 1
SPF
WELDED
OUTLETS - MTM-40
Part
Nominal
Nominal
Outlet
Inside
Make Up
Weight
Number
Outlet
Header
Length
Diameter
M
Each
A
B
C
D
NPTIBSPT
In Imm
In./mm
In Imm
In Imm
In Imm
Lb5 11kg
0870001278
2
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.857
50
44.5
52.5
22.2
0.36
0870001286
21/2
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.829
65
44.5
52.5
22.2
0.38
0870001294
3
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.829
2 x
50x
80
44.5
52.5
22.2
0.39
0870001302
4
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.80F
100
44.5
52.5
22.2
0.36
0870001310
6
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.743
150
44.5
52.5
22.2
0.34
0870001328
8
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.743
200
44.5
1 52.5
22.2
0.34
For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our we6site at v~v.onvilintl.corn or
contact an Anvil' Sales Representative.
SPF-8.14
(CsP�FIRNv'L: Welded Outlet Fittings
AWIL
GR-40
Cut Groove
Standard Weight
13�
SPF WELDED OUTLETS -
GR-40 (Maminall Sizesl 1/4" thru 2")
GR-40
Nominal Outlet Nominal Header
Outlet Length Inside Diameter Outside Diameter
Wall Thi(kness
(ut Groove
Std. Wt.
A 8
D E
F
NPT
In.1mm
IMMM
1n.1MM
ftlmm
In.1mat
1n.1MM
0870004009
1 'A
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
32
80
34.7
42.2
3.6
0870004025
1 '12
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
1114 X
40
80
34.7
42.2
3.6
0870004041
2-21/2
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
32x
50-65
80
A7
42.2
3.6
0870004066
3-4
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
80-100
80
A7
42,2
3.6
0870004082
5-8
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
125-200
80
A7
42.2
3.6
0870004108
1 V2
3
1.610
1.900
0.145
40
80
40.9
48.3
3.7
0870004124
2
3
1.610
1.900
0.145
1 '12 X
50
80
40.9
48.3
3.7
0870004140
21/2
3
1.610
1.900
0.145
40x
65
80
40.9
48.3
3.7
0870004165
3-4
3
1.610
1.900
0.145
80-100
80
40.9
48.3
3.7
0870004181
5-8
3
1.610
1.900
0.145
125-200
80
40.9
48.3
3.7
0870004207
2
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
50
80
52.5
60.3
3.9
0870004223
21/2
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
65
80
5Z5
60.3
3.9
0870004249
3
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
2 x
50x
60
80
52.5
60.3
3.9
0870004264
4
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
100
80
5Z5
60.3
3.9
0870004280
6
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
150
80
5Z5
60.3
3.9
0870004306
8
3
2,067
2.375
0.154
1 200
80
52.5
60.3
3.9
Note: Welded Outlets are manufactured to fit size -on -size, that is the contoured shape on a given Welded Outlet is made to fit perfectly on the firs� listed header size. If installed on the
second header size marked on the fitting, a slight gap of approximately V32' will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header. For example, a I " x 2 - 2/2" Welded Outlet, is a I
outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2" header size listed, while leaving a 1/32" gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 21/2' size. if a perfect fit is required for a T/2" header
pipe, then a I " x 21/2 - 3" Welded Outlet would be ordered. Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility.
(Addifional larger sizes on next page.)
SPF-8.14
*SPF/RNVIL
�� Welded Outlet Fittings
AWIL
GR-40
Cut Groove
Standard Weight
SPF WELOEO OUTLETS -GR-40 (Nominal Sizes 21/2" thru
8")
GR-40
Inside Diameter - D
Wall Thickness - F
Nominal Outlet Nominal Header Outlet Length Outside Diameter
Schedule
(ut Groove
A B Schedule E
Std. Wt.
Standard Weight
Standard Weight
10
1 0
NPT
In./=
In-Imm
1n.1MM
1n,1MM
1n.1MM
1n.1mm
In.1mm
1n.1mm
0870004322
21/2
3
2.469
2.635
2.875
0.203
0.120
65
80
62.7
67.0
76.2
5.0
3.0
0870004348
4
3
2.469
2.635
2.875
0.203
0.120
21/2 x
65X
100
80
62.7
67.0
76.2
5.0
3.0
0870004363
6
3
2.469
2.635
2.875
0.203
0.120
175
80
6V
67.0
76.2
5.0
3.0
0870004389
8
3
2.469
2.635
2.875
0.203
0.120
200
80
62.1
67.0
76.2
5-0
3.0
0870004405
3
3
3.068
3.260
3.500
0.216
0.120
80
80
78.0
83.0
88,0
5.0
3.0
0870004421
4
3
3.068
3.260
3.500
0.216
0.120
3x
80X
100
80
78.0
83.0
8&0
5.0
3.0
0870004447
6
3
3.068
3.260
3.500
0.216
0.120
150
80
78.0
83.0
88,0
5.0
3.0
0870004462
8
3
3.068
3.260
3.500
0.216
0.120
200
80
78.0
63.0
88.0
5.0
3.0
0870004504
4
4
4.026
4.260
4.500
0.237
0.120
4 x
700
100
102.0
108.0
114.0
6.0
3.0
0870004520
6
4
4.026
4.260
4.500
0.237
0.120
100 X
150
100
102.0
108.0
114.0
6.0
3.0
0870004546
8
4
4.026
4.260
4.500
0.237
0.120
200
100
102.0
108.0
IRO
&0
3.0
0870004603
6
4
6.065
6.357
6.625
0.280
0.134
6x
150 X
150
100
15S.0
161.5
168.3
7.1
3.0
0870004629
8
4
6.065
6.357
6.625
0.280
0.134
200
100
155.0
161.5
168.3
7.1
3.0
0870004702
8X
8
4
7.981
8.329
8.625
0.322
0.148
200Y
200
100
203.0
212.0
213.0
8.0
3.0
Note: Welded Outlets are manufactured to fit size -on -size, that is the contoured shape on a given Welded Outlet is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. If installed on the
second header size marked on the fitting, a slight gap of approximate�/32" will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header. For example, a 1" x2 - 21/2" welded outlet, is a 1,,
outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2" header size listed, while leaving a V32" gap along the longitudinal centedine of the 2/2" size. If a perfect fit is required for a 21/2" header
pipe, then a 1 " x 21/2 - 3' Welded Outlet would be ordered. Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility.
SPF-8.14
OE� Welded Outlet Fittings
I&WIL
Threading Practice
SPF Welded Outlets thread form is consistent with Aeronautical
National Form (ANPT) AS7105 1. The thread is fully formed
over both the L-1 hand tight and L-3 wrench tight threads. NPT
tapered threads are typically gauged only over the L-1 threads.
This makes SPF Welded Outlets more forgiving of field cut
threaded pipe that may only marginally conform to the specifi-
cation. Fewer leaks translate into lower costs.
Ease of Installation
SPF Welded Outlets are designed to sit higher on the pipe,
thereby requiring less weld and eliminating burn through. SPF
Welded Outlets sit higher on the header or branch line pipe
than competitive fittings, This allows the welding torch to remain
in an optimum position for welding. In addition, 1'/2" and
larger female threaded and grooved welded outlets require the
same hole size for installation. This results in fewer change overs
when installed using automatic welders.
Welding Practice
When measured with respect to linear inches of weld required
for installation, SPF Welded Outlets require up to 15% less weld
than competitive fittings. This reduces time and savings over time
are substantial. The diameter of the contoured end of Welded
Outlet has been reduced so that the wall thickness more nearly
matches the header or branch line pipe wall thickness. There-
fore, current and voltage settings required for welding are set to
provide for adequate penetration without burn through and cold
shutting. Also, weld volume required for installation is lower
for SPF Welded Outlets than most other fittings. Typically, SPF
Welded Outlets require one -weld pass for attachment.
Effad.Thread EffeefivoThread
L2
Wrena Y.Ifth We'd Vanish
C
TShl Threads
Welded 110 Tr V F-ale V
h Pipe PRO Male Pipe
Tape, Standard 011
". hole to,
oh ne .1 lh. leavea o.aa
1w v I ),af u.1% fo ad tr.nm'!,'
ton n
thmad. L3 thmads,
SPF NPT THREAD FORM STANDARD NPTTHREAD FORM j
PJPT TAPERED PIPE
THREADS
Drop Nipple
Total
L2
or Tee -Let
L
Hand Tight
B
Wren( Tight
LI - L3
Eff e
Effective
Outlet Size
Lencith
n
7hh
T
Threads
In. ram
Threads
In Imm
Threads
n�
Threads
rea s
In, ram
in, rom
Threads
'/2
0.320
4.48
0 214
3.00
0.534
7.48
7.48
0 ' 534
0 .534
7.47
15
8.1
5.4
13.6
13.6
3 /4
0.339
4.75
0 ' 214
3.00
0.553
7.75
0.546
7.64
20
8.6
5.4
14.0
U 9
1
0.400
4.60
0.261
3.00
0.661
7.60
0.683
7.85
25
10.2
6.6
16.8
17.3
11/4
0.420
4.83
0.261
3.00
0.681
7.83
0.707
8.13
32
10.7
6.6
17.3
18.0
11/2
0.420
4.83
0.261
3.00
0.697
7.83
0.724
8.32
40
10.7
6.6
17.7
18.4
2
0.1136
5.01
0 ' 261
3.00
0,706
8.01
0.757
8.70
50
11.1
6.6
17.9
191
2112
0.682
5.46
0.250
2.00
0.937
7.46
1.138
9.10
65
17.3
6.4
23.7
28.9
3
0.766
6.13
150
2.00
1 ' 016
8.13
1.200
9.60
80
19.5
6.4
25.8
30.5
4
0.844
6.75
0 ' 250
2.00
1 ' 094
8.75
1.300
10.401
100
1 21.4
6 . 4
27.8
33.0
�-- 2.650' -- 1 2.820"
0 80
.205"---11= 325"-17
2" SPF Welded F2"-C'ompetitive
Outlet Fitting
WELDIPJG PRACTICE
Outlet
SPF WELDED OUTLETS COMPFTITIVE FITTING
Size
WELD VOLUME*
LINEAR WELDING
WELD VOLUME*
LINEAR WELDING
in. (MM)
Cross Sec. Arou
yoless
In. NO
%less
Cross Sec. Area
qC'More
In. NO
Yess
Y,
0.051 sq. in.
12%
2.48
0%
0.058 sq. in.
12%
2.48
0%
25
32.9 sq ram
62.9
37.4 sq min
62.9
11/4
0,032"
48%
2.88
4%
0.063
48%
3.01
4%
32
20.6
73.1
40.6
76.4
11/2
0.036"
40%
3.12
10%
0,060
40%
3.46
10%
40
23.2
79.2
36.7
87,8
1
2"
0.040"
62%
3.77
15%
0.106
62%
4.41
15%
1
50
25.8
95.7
68.3
112.0
1
SPF-8.14
q*�� Welded Outlet Fittings
AWIL
Recommended Installation Procedures
SPF Welded Outlet Fittings are designed and manufactured
to reduce the cost of installation from both the standpoint of
labor required and energy consumed. In addition, by I
following the recommended installation procedures, many
of the problems associated with installing welding outlet
fittings on standard weight or light weight pipe are
eliminated, including burn through and excessive shrinkage
resulting in pipe distortion.
Recommended Hole Sizes
The hole cut in the branch or header pipe can be cut prior or
subsequent to attachment of the Welded Outlets. One advantage
of cutting the hole after welding is that the pipe is left intact during
welding, thereby, reducing shrinkage and possible distortion. If
holes are cut prior to welding, as some codes require, then the
following hole sizes are recommended.
1/2, 1/4& 1 Outlet
Recommended Welding Procedures I Y4- 2- 0uLleL
SPF Welded Outlet Fittings are designed to be installed on standard weight or light
weight pipe with one weld pass on sizes through 4". Moreover, the wall thickness at the
weld end of the fitting approximately matches standard weight pipe. Accordingly, heat
settings can be made to optimize penetration on both the fitting and the pipe which it is
being welded. Aside from reducing the likelihood of burn through and distortion resulting
from excessive heat, the amount of weld required for adequate penetration is significantly
reduced.
As a general rule, the weld should be only as hot as required to allow the weld to
penetrate the materials being welded while concomitantly allowing gases developed in
the welding process to escape. Every effort must be made to avoid welding too hot or
overheating both the pipe and the Welded Outlets. Excessive heat may cause the wrench
tight threads (those in the bottom of the Welded Outlets near the weld zone) to distort
while also causing the branch pipe to bend. It should be noted that SPF Welded Outlet
Fittings have been subjected to exhaustive testing and evaluation, and only negligibly
distort when subjected to excessive beat. The threads, on the other hand, may not return
to their gouged form after cooling if excessive heat causes them to expand. The following
is intended only as a guide, and assumes that the welding equipment is properly
calibrated and functioning normally and the operator is qualified.
INote: Please refer to www.anvilintl.com or latest catalog for recommended hole size and welding practice. I
RECOMMENDED
AMOUNT
OF WELD
Outlet
A
B
Size
h1mm
ftlmm
In.Am
1
'/4
Y16
25
7
5
1 V4
'/4
'/16
31
7
5
1 '/2
YI 6
1/4
38
8
7
2
'/16
'/4
50
1 8
7
Th
1/16
1/4
63
8
7
3
1/8
'116
75
10
8
4
1/8
'/16
100
10
8
RECOMMENDED
OUTLET HOLE SIZES
Welded Outlet
Type
Recommended
Size
Hole Size
1n.1mm
In.linm
'/2
MTM-40
1/8
13
16
'/4
1/8
MTM-40
19
22
1
11/8
MTM-40
25
28
1 '/4
MTM-40
1 '/2
31
38
1 '/4
GR-40
1 %
31
35
1 '/2
MTM-40 or GR-40
11/8
38
41
2
MTM-40 or GR-40
2
so
50
21/2
GR-40
27/16
63
61
3
GR-40
3
75
75
4
GR-40
4
100
10D
Holes may 6e cut employing mechanical means — including
hole sawing, mechanical flame cutting (oxy-acetylene or
propane), and air plasma cutting (constricted tungsten arc)
machines. Anvil offers a simple approach to cutting the hole.
Hand—held templates are sized to match your plasma cutter.
SPF-8.14
Q�FFI�F'Nv'L�: Welded Outlet Fittings
ANVIL
RECOMMENDED
SErrIMGS FOR
MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS
Header Size
Pipe Wall Thickness
Welded Outlet
MTM40 & GR-40
getirode
Size
Welding
(urrent
Arc. Volts
Vire Feed
Travel Speed
In-*
la.1min
AMPS -PC
POS.
IPM
IN
1h - 2
0.035
1*130
1 &20
210
25-30
0.065
13-50
2 1h - 4
0.035
115-150
17-21
270
2&25
2
11/4- 2
63-100
31-50
�-2
0.035
14140
18-22
220
25-30
0.109
13-50
2 1h - 4
0.035
12&160
19-22
290
2(125
3
63-100
1h - 2
0.035
11 N 4 0
17-20
210
2&25
0.083
13-50
2 1h - 4
0.035
12E 50
17-20
270
2&25
2.5
21/2-4
63-100
63-100
1h - 2
0.035
12N60
19-22
290
2&25
0.120
13-50
21h- 4
0.035
13N 60
19-22
240
2&25
3
63-100
1h - 2
0.035
12N 50
17-20
210
20-25
0.109
13-50
21h - 4
0.035
13&150
1 NO
270
15-20
3
63-100
5-6
1h - 2
0.035
13M60
19-22
290
&25
125-150
13-50
0.134
21h - 4
0.035
16160
20-22
270
15-20
3.5
63-100
21h - 4
0.045
1*205
20-24
245
27-32
63-100
1h - 2
0.035
I&ISO
17-20
240
2&25
13-50
0.109
21h - 4
0.035
0150
1 NO
260
15-20
3
63-100
21h - 4
0.045
IM220
422
290
12-18
8
63-100
1h - 2
0.035
M160
19-22
240
—
&25
200
13-50
0.148
21h - 4
0.035
1*160
2&22
260
1 �20
3.5
63-100
21h - 4
0.045
M225
20-24
290
12-18
V-100
Shielding Gas Flow (FOR ALL sizEs) 20-25 CFH
1) Co2 - Deeper penetration, faster welding, low cost.
2) 25% - Argon, 75% - Co2, Recommended for. 134 wall and lighter, high welding
speeds without melt through, minimum distortion and spotter, good penetration.
Anvil assumes no liability for any consequential damages resulting
from the improper use of its Welded Outlet Fittings, nor for any
recommendations made with respect to installation procedures.
SPF-8.14
<F�� Welded Outlet Fittings
'AWIL
For Fire Protection & Other Low Pressure Piping Systems
SPF Welded Outlet Fittings offer the user a high strength,
low cost forged threaded and grooved line of fittings
specifically designed and manufactured to be installed
on proprietary thin wall flow pipe, Schedule 5, 10, and
40 standard wall pipes.
SPF Welded Outlets are forged steel welding outlet
fittings. The material used in manufacture meets the
chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A 53. SPF
Welded Outlet Fittings employ a low weld volume design
to provide either a partial or full penetration weld
employing a single pass with minimum burn -through and
pipe distortion. Threads comply with ANSI B 1.20. 1. The
SPF Welded Outlets are UL Listed and FM Approved for
use conforming to the requirements of NFPA 13. SPF
Welded Outlet Fittings are rated for 300 psi when used
in fire sprinkler system applications.
r@'S <3>
LISTED APPROVED
For Listings/Approval Details and Urrillations,
visit our %veb'ite at wwanvilintl.00rn or
contact an AnvlI9 Sales Representative.
Outlet Model
SPF WELDED OUTLET FITTINGS
Outlet Pipe Size Header Pipe Size
Rated Pressure
In.
In.
MTM-40
1/2, 3/4, 1
11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4
1/2 - 8 (Sch. 10, 40)
300
1/2 - 4 (Sch. 5, DynaFlow)
2
4, 6 (EN low)
GR-40
1-8
ll/4 - 8 (Sch.] 0, 40)
300
21/2-8
21/2 - 8 (Sch. 5, DynoFlow)
1) Size -on size (i.e. 2 x 2) SPF Welded Outlet Fittings are not FM Approved.
2) FM rated working pressure when welded on Sch. 5 or lightwoll pipe is 175 psi.
3) Refer to the UL and FM we6sites for the most current pressure ratings.
PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP
Project: []Approved
Address: E]Approved as noted
Contractor: E] Not approved
Engineer: Remarks:
Submittal Date:
Notes 1:
Notes 2:
SPF-8.14
SPF/RNVIL Welded Outlet Fittings
SPF Welded Outlets are designed and Manufac-
tured to reduce the amount of weld required to
install the Tee -Lets on thin wall or proprietary flow
pipe. Typically only one weld -pass completes the
installation. SPF Welded Outlets install with less
weld volume than any other brand of welding
outlet fittings for fire sprinkler applications. To
accomplish this:
The contoured end of the fittings employs a
reduced outside diameter. Two major
advantages are immediately apparent:
• The thinner wall on the contoured end permits welding
temperatures to be matched to the thickness of the
branch line or main thereby insuring complete
penetration without cold welds, weld roll -off, burn -
through or excessive distortion.
• On smaller sizes a heavier section is maintained on
the threaded end of the fitting. This protects the threads
from damage during shipping and handling prior to
installation as well as from weld distortion.
• Each outlet size 11/2" and larger, whether female
threaded, cut grooved or beveled requires the same
hole size in the header pipe. This simplifies the
installation process.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Welded outlet fittings are manufactured from
highly weldable steel which conforms to the chemical
and physical requirements of ASTM A-53, Grades A
or B, Type E. Ease of installation is assured when
automatic welding equipment is used to install SPF
Welded Outlets.
Threads are cut in accordance with the requirements
of ANSI B 1.20. 1, national standard for tapered pipe
threads.
(�) &WIL
SPF Welded Outlets threaded and grooved
Ming outlet fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM
)proved for use in the fire sprinkler systems
stalled in accordance with the requirements of
NFPA 13. They are rated for 300 PSI operation
in fire sprinkler systems, and higher pressures
in other non -critical piping systems.
* SPF Welded Outlets are offered in a wide
variety of header sizes. The consolidated
header sizes shown in the following charts allow
the fittings to be installed on more than one header
size, permitting the first size listed to fit the header
perfectly, while a small gap along the longitudinal center
line of the header will appear for the second size listed.
SPF Welded Outlets are identified by a lot number that
provides full traceability.
FOR YOUR PIPIPJG SYSTEMS SPECIFY
SPIF WELDED OUTLETS
Branch Outlet Fittings shall be SPF Welded Outlets,
Lightweight forged steel, employing low weld volume
profile to provide for full penetration welds with minimum
burn through and pipe distortion on Schedule 5 thru 10,
proprietary thin wall, and standard wall pipe. Threads
are to be ANSI B1 .20.1 and the bore of the fittings
calculated to improve flow. Welding outlets to be UL
Listed, FM Approved for use conforming to NFPA 13,
and pressure rated for 300 PSI maximum.
SPF-8.14
ANVIL
*SPF/RNVIL
�� Welded Outlet Fittings
MTM-40
Female Threa
SPF
WELDED
OUTLETS - MTM-40
Poo
Nominal
Nominal
Outlet
inside
Make Up
Wei t
Number
Outlet
Header
Length
Diameter
M
Eact
A
8
D
NPI
In-Imm
1n.1mm
1n.1mm
In Imm
In Imm
Lbs 11kg
0870001005
1 'A - I %
1.063
0.700
0.500
0.171
32-40
27.0
17.8
12.7
0.08
0870001013
11/2-2
1.063
0.700
0.500
0.171
'/2 X
13x
40-50
27.0
17.8
12.7
0.08
0870001021
2-21/2
1.063
0.700
0.500
0.171
50-65
27.0
77.8
12.7
0.08
0870001039
21/2-8
1.063
0.700
0.500
0.169
65-200
27.0
77.8
12.7
0.08
0870001054
11/4 - 1112
1.125
0.900
0.500
0.260
32-40
28.6
22.9
12.7
0.72 1
0870001062
11/2-2
1.125
0.900
0.500
0.260
x
19X
40-50
1 28.6
22.9
1 72.7
0.12
0870001070
2-21/2
1.125
0.900
0.500
0.260
50-65
28.6
22.9
12.7
0.12
0870001088
21/2-8
1.125
0.900
0.500
0.256
1
65-200
28.6
22.9
72.7
0.12 1
0870001096
11/4 - 11/2
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.331
32-40
311
29.7
72.7
0.75
0870001104
1%-2
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.331
40-50
31.8
29.7
72.7
0.15
0870001112
2-21/2
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.320
1 x
25x
50-65
31.8
1 29.1
72.7
1 0.15
0870001120
2%-3
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.314
65-80
31.8
29.1
72.7
0.14
0870001138
3-4
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.309
80-100
31.8
29.1
12.7
0.14
0870001146
5-8
1.250
1.145
0.500
0.291
125-200
1 31.8
29.1
1 12.7
0.73
0870001153
11/4 - 1%
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.432
32-40
34-9
37.8
12.7
.019
0870001161
11/2-2
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.421
40-50
34.9
37.8
72.7
.019
0870001179
2-21/2
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.421
1 'A X
32X
50-65
34.9
37.6
1 12.7
.079
0870001187
2%-3
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.411
65-80
34.9
37.8
12.7
.019
0870001195
3-4
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.389
80-100
34.9
37.8
12.7
.018
0870001203
5-8
1.375
1.490
0.500
0.389
125-200
A9
37.8
1 127
.018
0870001211
1 '/2
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
40
41.3
40.9
22.2
.022
0870001229
2
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
1 % x
50
41.3
40.9
2Z2
.022
0870001237
2'/2
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
40X
65
41.3
40.9
1 22.2
.022
0870001245
3-4
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
80-70
41.3
40.9
22.2
.022
0870001252
4
1.6 5
1.610
0.875
0.477
100
413
40,9
22.2
.022
0870001260
5-8
1.625
1.610
0.875
0.477
1
125-200
41.3
40.9
1 22.2
.022
SPF
WELDED
OUTLETS - MTM-40
Pori
Nominal
Nofftinal
Outlet
Inside
Make Up
Weight
Number
Outlet
Header
Length
Diameter
M
Ea(h
A
B
D
NPTIBSPT
In.1mm
In-Imm
In.1mm
1n.1mm
1n.1mrn
Lbs.11kg
0870001278
2
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.857
50
44.5
52.5
22.2
0.38
0870001286
2'/2
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.829
65
44.5
52.5
22.2
0.38
0870001294
3
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.829
2 x
50x
80
44.5
52�5
22.2
0.39
0870001302
4
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.800
100
44.5
52.5
22.2
1 0.36
0870001310
6
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.743
150
44.5
52.5
22.2
0.34
0870001328
8
1.750
2.067
0.875
0.743
200
44.5
52.5
22.2
0.34
For Listings/Approval Details and Linnifolions, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or
contact an Anvil" Sales Representative.
SPF-8.14
*SPF/RNVIL
�� Welded Outlet Fittings
ANVIL
GR-40
Cut Groove
Standard Weight
13�
SPF WELDED OUTLETS -GR-40
(Mominall Sizes V/4"
thru 2")
GR-40
Nominal Outlet Nominal Header
Outlet Length Inside Diameter
Outside Diameter
Wall Thickness
(ut Groove
std. wt.
A B
D
E
F
NPT
In.1mm
In.1mm
1n.1MM
1n.1MM
1n.1mm
In./Mm
0870004009
11/4
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
32
80
34.7
42.2
3.6
0870004025
11/2
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
1 'A X
40
80
34.7
42.2
3.6
0870004041
2-21/2
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
32x
50-65
80
R7
42.2
3.6
0870004066
3-4
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
80-100
80
34.7
42.2
3.6
0870004082
5-8
3
1.368
1.660
0.140
125-200
80
A7
42.2
3.6
0870004108
1 '/2
3
1.610
1.900
0.145
40
80
40. P
48.3
3.7
0870004124
2
3
1.610
1.900
0.145
1 '12 X
50
80
40.9
48.3
3.7
08700D4140
21/2
3
1,610
1.900
0.145
40x
65
80
40.9
48.3
3.7
0870004165
3-4
3
1.610
1.900
0.145
80-100
80
40.9
48.3
3.7
0870004181
5-8
3
1.610
1.900
0.145
125-200
80
40.9
48.3
3.7
0870004207
2
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
50
80
52.5
60.3
3.9
0870004223
21h
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
65
80
52�5
60.3
3.9
0870004249
3
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
2 x
50X
80
80
52.5
60.3
3.9
0870004264
4
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
100
80
52.5
60.3
3.9
0870004280
6
3
2.067
2.375
0.154
150
80
52.5
60.3
3.9
0870004306
8
3
2.067
2.375
t
0.154
200
80
52.5
60.3
3.9
Note: Welded Outlets are manufactured to fit size -on -size, that is the contoured shape on a given Welded Outlet is mode to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. if installed on the
second header size marked on the fitting, a slight gap of approximately'/32" Will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header. For example, a I " x 2 - 21/2" Welded Outlet, is a I
outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2" header size listed, while leaving a 1/32" gap along the longitudinal centedine of the 21/2" size, if a perfect fit is required for a 21/2" header
pipe, then a I " x 21/2 - 3" Welded Outlet would 6e ordered. Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexilbility.
(Additional larger sizes on next page.)
SPF-8.14
SPF/RNVIL Welded Outlet Fittings
GR-40
Cut Groove
Standard Weight
SPF WELDED OUTLETS -GR-40 (Nominal Sizes 21/2" thru
8")
GR-40
Inside Diameter - D
Wall ThAness - F
Nominal Outlet Nominal Header Outlet Length Outside Diameter
Schedule
Cut Groove
A B C Schedule E
Std. Wt.
Standard Weight
Standard Weight
1 0
10
NPT
In-Imin
1n.1mm
1n.1mm
1n.1MM
1n.1mm
1n.1MM
1n.1mm
ln.lmm
0870004322
21h
3
2.469
2.635
2.875
0.203
0.120
65
80
62.7
67.0
76.2
5.0
3.0
0870004348
4
3
2.469
2.635
2.875
0.203
0.120
21/2 x
65X
100
80
62.7
67.0
76.2
5.0
H
0870004363
6
3
2.469
2.635
2.875
0.203
0.120
175
80
62.7
67.0
76.2
5.0
3.0
0870004389
8
3
2.469
2.635
2.875
0.203
0.120
200
80
62.7
67.0
76.2
5.0
3.0
0870004405
3
3
3.068
3.260
3.500
0.216
0.120
so
80
78.0
83.0
88.0
5.0
3.0
0870004421
4
3
3.068
3.260
3.500
0.216
0.120
3x
60X
700
80
78.0
83.0
88.0
5.0
3.0
0870004447
6
3
3.068
3,260
3.500
0.216
0.120
150
80
78.0
83.0
88.0
5.0
3.0
0870004462
8
3
3.068
3.260
3.500
0.216
0.120
200
80
78.0
83.0
8&0
5.0
3..
0870004504
4
4
4.026
4.260
4.500
0.237
0.120
4x
100
100
102.0
108.0
114.0
6.0
3.0
0870004520
6
4
4.026
4.260
4.500
0.237
0.120
10OX
150
100
102.0
108.0
114.0
6.0
3.0
0870004S46
8
4
4.026
4,260
4.500
0.237
0.120
200
100
102.0
108-0
114.0
6.0
3.0
0870004603
6
4
6.065
6.357
6.625
0.280
0.134
6 x
150 X
150
100
155.0
161.5
168.3
7.1
3.0
0870004629
8
4
6.065
6.357
6.625
0.280
0.134
200
100
155.0
1 161.5
168.3
7.1
1 3.0
0870004702
'x
8
4
7.981
8.329
1
8.625
0.322
0.148
200x
200
100
203.0
212.0
213.0
R-0
3.0
Note: Welded Outlets are manufactured to fit size -on -size, that is the contoured shape on a given Welded Wet is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. If installed on the
second header size marked on the fitting, a slight gap of approximately V32" Will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header. For example, a I " x 2 - 21/2" Welded Outlet, is a I
outlet Pitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2" header size listed, while leaving a 1/32" gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 21/2" size. lfa perfect fit is required for a 21/2" header
pipe, then a 1 " x 21/2 - 3" Welded Oudet would be ordered. Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility.
SPF-8.14
�SPF/RNVIL:
E� Welded Outlet Fittings
ANVIL
Threading Practice
SPF Welded Outlets thread form is consistent with Aeronautical
National Form (ANPT) AS71051. The thread is fully formed
over both the L-1 hand tight and L-3 wrench tight threads. NPT
tapered threads are typically gauged only over the L-1 threads.
This makes SPF Welded Outlets more forgiving of field cut
threaded pipe that may only marginally conform to the specifi-
cation. Fewer leaks translate into lower costs.
Ease of Installation
SPF Welded Outlets are designed to sit higher on the pipe,
thereby requiring less weld and eliminating burn through. SPF
Welded Outlets sit higher on the header or branch line pipe
than competitive fittings. This allows the welding torch to remain
in an optimum position for welding. In addition, 11/2" and
larger female threaded and grooved welded outlets require the
same hole size for installation. This results in fewer change avers
when installed using automatic welders.
Welding Practice
When measured with respect to linear inches of weld required
for installation, SPF Welded Outlets require up to 15% less weld
than competitive fittings. This reduces time and savings over time
are substantial. The diameter of the contoured end of Welded
Outlet has been reduced so that the wall thickness more nearly
matches the header or branch line pipe wall thickness. There-
fore, current and voltage settings required for welding are set to
provide for adequate penetration without burn through and cold
shutting. Also, weld volume required for installation is lower
for SPF Welded Outlets than most other fittings. Typically, SPF
Welded Outlets require one -weld pass for attachment.
Etkld�Th-d Efto� Th-d
L2 L2
Wrffl& Hand varkW) Wrencr Vrfth
If lteft
Wellied Outlet TLI, T91 T11r Fer.10 TL3 V
Pall L. pt. wle Pipe
Tepemd holo w1d. tep d,3
p4ch W. d h1w
l2v . Wy W..d tiumetion w
le"twe L3 ft-ft
SPF NPT THREAD FORM _j STANDARD NPT THREAD FORM
MPT TAPERED PIPE THREADS
Drop Nipple
Total
L2
or Tee -Let
LI
Hand Tight
B
Wrench fight
Ll - L3
Effective
Outlet Size
Lenoth
Threads
InAm
_Lz��
Threads
in Imm
Threads
klmm
I Threads
'12
0.320
4.48
_�AL
0 ' 214
_��
3.00
0.534
7.48
0.534
7.47
15
8.1
5.4
13.6
13.6
3 /4
0.339
4.75
0 ' 214
3.00
0.553
7.75
0.546
7.64
20
6.6
5.4
14.0
13.9
1
0.400
4.60
0.261
3.00
0.661
7.60
0.683
7.85
25
10.2
6.6
16.8
17.3
11/4
0.420
4,83
0.261
3.00
0.681
7.83
0.707
8.13
32
10.7
6.6
17.3
18.0
1112
0.420
4.83
0.261
3.00
0.697
7.83
0 * 724
8.32
40
10.7
6.6
17.7
18.4
2
0.436
5.01
0.261
3.00
0.706
8.01
0.757
8.70
so
11.1
6.6
17.9
19.2
21/2
0.682
5.46
0.250
2.00
0.932
7.46
1 ' 138
9.10
65
17.3
6.4
23.7
26.9
3
0.766
0.250
2.00
1.016
�B.13
1 ' 200
960
60
19.5
-13
64
25.8
30.5
4
0.844
6.75
0.250
2.00
1.094
8.75
1.300
10.40
100
21.4
6.4
1
27.8
33.0
2.650- 2.820'
180.
5
205"--] 325--1
T
2" SPF Welded F2"'C'ompetitive
Outlet Fitting
WELDING PRACTICE
Outlet
SPF WELDED OUTLETS (OMPETITIVE FITFING
Size
WELD VOLUME*
LINEAR WELDING
WELD VOLUME*
LINEAR WELDING
In. (MM)
Cross Sec. Area
%less
in, (mm)
1101/ess
Cross Sec. Area
',emore
/n. (MM)
qess
ill
0.051 sq. in.
12%
2�48
0%
0.058 sq. in.
12%
2.48
0%
25
32. 9 sq mm
62.9
37.4 sq mm
62.9
1 '/4
0,032"
48%
2.88
4%
0.06�
48%
3.01
4 1,'o
32
20.6
73.1
40.6
76.4
11/71,
0.036"
40%
3.12
10%
0,060
40%
3.46
10%
40
23.2
791
38.7
87.8
2"
0.040"
62%
3.77
15%
0.10
62%
4.41
15%
1 50
25.8
1
1 95.7
68.3
1
112.0
1
SPF-8.14
SPF/RNVIL Welded Outlet Fittings
Recommended Installation Procedures
SPF Welded Outlet Fittings are designed and manufactured
to reduce the cost of installation from both the standpoint of
labor required and energy consumed. In addition, by
following the recommended installation procedures, many
of the problems associated with installing welding outlet
fittings on standard weight or light weight pipe are
eliminated, including burn through and excessive shrinkage
resulting in pipe distortion.
Recommended Hole Sizes
The hole cut in the branch or header pipe can be cut prior or
subsequent to attachment of the Welded Outlets. One advantage
of cutting the hole after welding is that the pipe is left intact during
welding, thereby, reducing shrinkage and possible distortion. If
holes are cut prior to welding, as some codes require, then the
following hole sizes are recommended.
1/2, 3/4& 1 Outlet
I
I
Recommended Welding Procedures 14- 2 Outlet
SPF Welded Outlet Fittings are designed to be installed on standard weight or light
weight pipe with one weld pass on sizes through 4". Moreover, the wall thickness at the
weld end of the fitting approximately matches standard weight pipe. Accordingly, heat
settings can be made to optimize penetration on both the fitting and the pipe which it is
being welded. Aside from reducing the likelihood of burn through and distortion resulting
from excessive heat, the amount of weld required for adequate penetration is significantly
reduced.
As a general rule, the weld should be only as hot as required to allow the weld to
penetrate the materials being welded while concomitantly allowing gases developed in
the welding process to escape. Every effort must be made to avoid welding too hot or
overheating both the pipe and the Welded Outlets. Excessive heat may cause the wrench
tight threads (those in the bottom of the Welded Outlets near the weld zone) to distort
while also causing the branch pipe to bend. It should be noted that SPF Welded Outlet
Fittings have been subjected to exhaustive testing and evaluation, and only negligibly
distort when subjected to excessive heat. The threads, on the other hand, may not return
to their gauged form after cooling if excessive heat causes them to expand. The following
is intended only as a guide, and assumes that the welding equipment is properly
calibrated and functioning normally and the operator is qualified.
INote: Please refer to www.onvilind,com or latest catalog for recommended hole size and welding practice. I
RECOMMENDED
AMOUNT
OF WELD
Outlet
Size
A
B
111.11nm
/fl./MM
in./Mm
1
V4
'/16
25
7
5
11/4
'/4
'/16
31
7
5
1 '/2
'/16
1/4
38
8
7
2
'/16
1/4
50
8
7
21/2
'/16
'/4
63
8
7
3
1/8
'/16
75
10
8
4
%
YI 6
100
10
8
RECOMMENDED
OUTLET HOLE SIZES
Welded Outlet
Type
Recommended
Size
Hole Size
In.1mm
In.1mm
1/2
MTM-40
1/8
13
16
114
MTM-40
1/8
19
22
1
MTM-40
11/8
25
28
1 '/4
MTM-40
1 '/2
31
38
1 '/4
GR-40
1 %
31
35
11/2
MTM-40 or GR-40
11/8
38
41
2
MTM-40 or GR-40
2
50
50
21/2
2'/16
63
GR-40
61
3
GR-40
3
75
75
4
GR-40
4
100
100
Holes may be cut employing mechanical means - including
hole sawing, mechanical flame cutting (oxy-aceyene or
propane), and air plasma cuffing (constricted tungsten arc)
machines. Anvil offers a simple approach to cutting the hole.
Hand-held templates are sized to match your plasma cutter.
SPF-8.1 4
0��� Welded Outlet Fittings
AWIL
RECOMMENDED
SETrINGS FOR
MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS
Header Size
Pipe Wall Thickness
Welded Outlet
MTM-40 & GR-40
Electrode
Size
Welding
Current
Arc. Volts
Wire Feed
Travel Speed
In./MM
In-IMM
InAmm
AMPS-K
POS.
IN
IN
1/2-2
0.035
1*130
16-20
210
25-30
0.065
13-50
21/7-4
0.035
115-150
17-21
270
2&25
2
11/4-2
63-100
31-50
1/2-2
0.035
11&140
18-22
220
25-30
0.109
13-50
21h - 4
0.035
12M 60
19-22
290
2&25
3
63-100
1/2-2
0.035
11 M 40
17-20
210
2&25
0.083
13-50
21h - 4
0.035
12&150
17-20
270
2&25
2.5
21/2-4
63-100
63-100
1/2-2
0.035
12&160
19-22
290
2&25
0.120
13-50
21h - 4
0.035
13&160
19-22
240
2&25
3
63-100
1h - 2
0.035
12&150
17-20
210
2&25
D. 109
13-50
21h - 4
0.035
13M 50
18-20
270
15-20
3
63400
5-6
%-2
0.035
13M 60
19-22
290
2&25
125-150
13-50
0.134
21h - 4
0.035
1*160
20-22
270
15-20
3.5
63-100
21/2-4
0.045
18&205
2&24
245
27-32
63-100
1/2-2
0.035
12N 50
17-20
240
2&25
13-50
0.109
21/2-4
0.035
13M 50
18-20
260
15-20
3
63-100
21/2-4
0.045
17&220
18-22
290
12-18
8
63-100
200
1/2- 2
0.035
13&160
19-22
240
&25
13-50
0.148
21/2-4
0.035
1*160
20-22
260
15-20
3.5
63-100
21/2-4
0.045
18&225
20-24
290
12-18
Shielding Gas Flow (FOR ALL SIZEs) 20-25 CFH
1) CO2 - Deeper penetration, faster welding, low cost.
2) 25% - Argon, 75% - Co2, Recommended for. I 3A wall and lighter, high welding
speeds without melt through, minimum distortion and spatter, good penetration.
Anvil assumes no liability for any consequential damages resulting
from the improper use of its welded Outlet Fittings, nor for any
recommendations made with respect to installation procedures.
SPF-8.14
Fire Sprinkler Pressure Gauges
0
10 200
WA
250
300
0-300 psi water
0-300 psi air
0-300 psi air/water
NPT
Application: Fluid medium which does not clog connection port or corrode copper alloy.
Specifically designed for the fire sprinkler industry.
Size: 4" (100 mm)
Accuracy ± 3/2/3% of span (ASME B40.1 Grade B)
Working Range
Steady: 3/4 of full scale value
Fluctuating: 2/3 of full scale value
Short time: full scale value
Operating Temperature
Ambient: -40OF to 140OF (-40*C to 601C)
Media: max. 140OF (+60'C)
Approvals
UL listed (UL-393)
FM approved
Meets NFPA 25 Standards
Temperature Error Standard Scale
Additional error when temperature changes from reference temperature of 68OF
(20'C) +0.4% for every 18' F (1 0"C) rising or failing. Percentage of span. PSI
Standard Features Window
Connection Material: copper alloy Acrylic, ultrasonically welded to case
Lower mount (LM) - not available for 11/2" size Standard Series - Type 110. 1 Osp
1/4" NPT limited to wrench flat area
Bourdon Tube: Material: copper alloy C-type
Movement: Copper alloy, silicone dampened Order Options
Dia: White plastic with stop pin - black & red lettering water
Pointer: Black aluminum air/water
Case: Black polycarbonate air
The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot
assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is
the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and
use of any of our products,
FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015
OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
Nika Instrument, LP Certifies that the products specified hereir
iave been manufactured in accordance with established
�echnical standards, and comply with the requirements of
�NSIIASME B40.100
CUSTOMER Allied Rubber & Gasket Co
5400 S 66 St
FORT SMITH, AR 72903
CUSTOMER P.O. NO. 34042
ORDER NO. 1830225
ORDER DATE 08/8/2012
IWIKA11
WIKA Instrument, LIP
1000 Wiegand Boulevard
LAWRENCEVILLE, GA 30043
Tel: (+1) 770-513 82 00
Fax: (+1) 770-338 5118
hftp-//www.wika.com
info@wika.com
CUSTOMER PIN 6510161
W1KA PIN 4276192
DESCRIPTION 111. 1 OSP 4 30OPSI 1/4 L WATER ARGCO
QUANTITY 2,400.00
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
DATE 02/7/2013
RU
C COMP Of
L C
OMPLIANCE I'
A �Sj So
NSVASO
OW 00
VictaulicO Vic-Fleilm Sprinkler Fittings
Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Flexible Hoses
Series AH2 Series AH2-CC
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
l,'. Ac- _ta U —1i I C f
10.85
Available Sizes by Component
• Series AH2 Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 727790, 914, 1219, 1525, 1830mm. Note: length includes adapter
nipple and 5.75"/140mm straight reducer.
• Series AH2-CC Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 72"/790, 914, 1219, 1525, 1830 mm. Note: length includes
captured coupling and 5.757140 mm straight reducer.
• Sprinkler Reducers: 112" and 3/4715 and 20mm sprinkler connections and 5.75, 9, 137140, 230, 330 mm straight
lengths and short, long 90" elbows. Note: The short 90' elbow is typically used with concealed sprinklers while
the long 90" elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. Low Profile long, and short
90' elbows for use with Style AB11 Bracket.
* Inlet Connections-,
* 1725 mm Grooved IGS
* 1725 mm NPT or BSPT adapter nipples for attaching to pipe and fittings outlined in NFPA standards.
* 3/4720 mm NPT or BSPT adapter nipples available for VdS.
* 11/4"/ 32mm BSPT adapter nipples available for LPCB.
a Brackets:
* Style ABI for suspended and hard -lid ceilings, allows installation before most ceiling tiles in place
• Style AB2 for suspended and hard -lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and installation before
most ceiling tiles in place
• Style AB3 for surface mount applications, wood, metal and block walls
• Style AB4 for hard -lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment
• Style AB5 for hard -lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment
• Style AB7 for suspended and hard -lid ceilings
• Style AB7 Adjustable for suspended and hard -lid ceilings
• Style AB8 for hard -lid ceilings with CD 60/27 profile metal studs (regionally available)
• Style AB9 for hard -lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems
• Style ABIO for ArmstrongO TechZone TI ceilings
• Style AB11 for lay -in panel suspended t-grid ceilings or drywall suspended t-grid ceilings, allows for low
profile installations (use only with 900 low profile elbows)
IALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT.
System No.
Location
Spec Section
Paragraph
Submitted By
Date
Approved
Date
victaulic.com
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights 1 reserved. ictaulliiO'
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued)
Maximum Working Temperature
- 225'F/107'C
Maximum Working Pressure
200 psi/1375 kPa (FM Approval)
175 psi/1206 kPa (cULus Listed)
1600 kPa/232 psi (VdS/LPCB Approved)
Connections
• To adapter nipple (inlet) via
* 1725.4 mm Grooved IGS
* 1725.4 mm NPT or BSPT male thread
* 3/4720 mm BSPT male thread (VdS only)
* 1 V4732 mm BSPT male thread (LPCB, only)
• To sprinkler head (outlet) via 112" or 3/4715 mm or 20 mm
Minimum Bend Radius
77178 mm (FM Approval)
2751 mm (cULus Listed)
3776.2 mm (VdS/LPCB Approved)
Maximum Allowable Sprinkler K-Factors
FM (1/2"/15mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (3/4"/20mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.)
cULus (1/2715mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.), (3/4"/20mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.)
VdS/LPCB (V2715mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (3/4720mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.)
2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS
Vdjs FL-PC-B]
21STED F
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
2
ictaullicy
victaulic.com
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL
Series AH2
Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel
Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel
Gasket Seal: Victaul�c EPDM
Isolation Ring: Nylon
Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated
Reducer (1/2"/15 rnm or 3/4720 mm): Carbon Steel, Zinc -Plated
Low Profile Elbows: Stainless Steel
Brackets: Carbon Steel, Zinc -Plated
Series AH2-CC
Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel
Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel
Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM
Isolation Ring: Nylon
Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated
Reducer (1/2'715 mm or 3/4'720mm): Carbon Steel, Zinc -Plated
Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395,
Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request.
Coupling Housing Coating:
• Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific).
• Red enamel (Europe).
• Hot dipped galvanized.
GaskeV
Grade "E" EPDM (Type A)
FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of
Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services
within the rated working pressure.
Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference
should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not
compatible.
• Bolts/Nut: Zinc electroplated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of
ASTM A 449 and physical requirements of ASTM A 183.
• Linkage: CrMo Alloy Steel zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Zn/Fe 5, Type I I I Finish
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
3
iictaulliiic�
victaulic.corn
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Product Details - Series AH2 Braided Hose
8 7 4
A B
Hose Length Dimensions
Hose Length
inches
mm
A
inches
mm
B
inches
Mm
31/790
25.3/641
31/790
36/915
31.3/794
36/915
48/1219
—60/1525
42.3/107
48/1220
54.3/13
60/1525
72/1830
66.3/1683
72/1830
Series AH2-CC Braided Hose
low
Hose Length
inches
mm
A
inches
Mm
0
inches
mm
31/790
24.5/622
29.8/757
36/915
29.5/749
34.8/884
48/1219
41.5/1054
46.8/1189
60/1525
53.5/1359
58.8/1494
72/1830
65.5/1664
70.8/1798
Item
Description
1
Flexible Hose
2
Isolation Ring
3
Gasket
4
Nut
5
Adapter Nipp e
L
6
Braid
7
ollar/Weld Fitting
8
Sleeve
Item
Description
1
Flexible Hose
2
Isolation Ring
3
Gasket
4
Nut
5
Ca- -t-ured Couplin
6
Braid
7
Collar/Weld Fitting
8
Sleeve
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 (D 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
ictaullilce
victaulic.com
4.0 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
Standard Reducer
5.75"/140 mm straight reducer
Optional Reducers
9.0"/229 mm straight reducer
13.07330 mm straight reducer
2.627
2.62"/
66.5 mm
6
lu
4,8 3
122.7 ,irn
Short 90' elbow reducer Long 90' elbow reducer
NOTE
• The Short 90' elbow reducer is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the longer 90 elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent
sprinklers.
• FM/VdS Approved only.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
5
X/ictaulliic�
victaulic.com
4.1 DIMENSIONS
VicFlex Brackets
Style AB1
Suspended Ceilings
Hard -Lid Ceilings (FM Only)
Item
Description
I
24"/610mmor48"/1219mm Square B r*
2
Patented Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
'Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB approved, cULus listed
Style AB2
Suspended Ceilings
Hard -Lid Ceilings
Item
Description
1
247610mm or48"/1219mm Square B r.
2
Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
*Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB approved, cULus listed
Style AB3
Surface Mount Applications
FM Approved
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
li,-.4-c—t—alulice
trid-+n I I I ; f- 1-1%m
4.2 DIMENSIONS
VicFlex Brackets
Style AB4
Hard -Lid Ceilings with Hat furring
channel grid system
Item
Description
1
24"/610mm or 48"/1219mm Square Bar*
2
Patented Verticall Ad ustable Center Bracket
3
End Bracket for Hat Furring Channel
*Both sizes FM/VdS approved, cULus listed
Style AB5
* Hard -Lid Ceilings
Item
Description
1
2476110mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar*
2
Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
*Both sizes FM/VdS approved, cULus listed
Style AB7
Suspended Ceilings
Hard -Lid Ceilings
Iteln
Description
1
24"/610 mm or 48'71219 mm Square Bar*
2
Patented 1 -Bee2* Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
'Both sizes FM/VdS approved.
Style AB7 Adjustable
Suspended Ceilings
Hard -Lid Ceilings
Item
Description-
1
700 mm or 1400 mm Square Bar*
2
Patented 1 -Bee2* Center Bracket
3
End Bracket (adjustable)
*Both sizes FM/VdS approved.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 @ 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
7
-luA—ct—aulic�
virtaidir rnm
4.3 DIMENSIONS
ViclFlex Brackets
Style AB8
* Hard-Ud Ceilings
Item
Description
1
700mm or 1400mm Square Bar*
2
Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
'Both sizes FM/VdS approved.
Style A139
Hard -Lid ceilings with Hat furring channel
grid system
Item
Description
1
24"/610mm or48"/1219mm Square B r*
2
Patented 1 -Bee20 Center Bracket
3
End Bracket for Hat Furring Channel
*Both sizes FM/VdS approved.
Style AB10
Suspended ceilings
ArmstrongO TechZone'm
Item
Description
1
67152 mm Square Bar*
2
Patented I -Bee26 Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
'FM/VdS approved, cULus listed.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
virtaidir rnm
XOA_C_taulic�
Virtaidir rnm
4.3 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
ViclFlex Brackets
Style AB11
• Suspended ceilings
• Hard -Lid Ceilings
Item
Description
1
24"/610 mm or 48'711219 mm Square Bar.
2
Patented I -Bee26 Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
*FM/VdS approved, cULus listed.
Low Profile
2.847
7 m
2 rn
1.47
[.��Mlm
4.597
16 rn
rn
36 mm
Short 90' elbow reducer Long 90' elbow reducer
NOTE
The Short 90* elbow reducer is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the longer 90 elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent
sprinklers.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
9
actaullib,
4.4 DIMENSIONS
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB1 Bracket
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler
S.
V,
Tyr�a
- C-e,
V2707 3/4"/19mm Max. Recess
MLI NMgg
!FWW 111 Ez�
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
BendRadius,
501
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
10.8
11.8
12.8
.
13.8
1J4.8
:375
15.8
273
299
324
349
400
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with
90" Elbow (Long)
V2707 3/4'/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
8.0
200
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Concealed Sprinkler
V3802 Ih"/12.7mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinches
inches
mm
mm
mm
Mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
10.1
11.1
13.1
:333
14.1
115.1
.1
269
281
307
358
8
3B3
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Concealed Sprinkler with
90' Elbow (Short)
V3802 Ih"112.7mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
5.8
1
147
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 C 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.com 10 -1uA_C_t_aU1iC�
victaulic.com
4.4 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket
Hard -lid Ceiling with Concealed Sprinkler
11
V3802 Ih"/12.7mm Max. Recess
pro
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
7 * 6
8.6
9.6
10.6
11.6
12.6
193
218
244
269
295
320
Hard -lid Ceiling with Recessed Sprinkler
P.M.
V2707 3/4"/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
Mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
BendRadius,
50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
6.1
1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
155
180
206
231
256
282
NOTE
. Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above.
Hard -lid Ceiling Grid with Concealed Sprinkler with
900 Elbow (Short)
Hard -lid Ceiling with Recessed Sprinkler with
90' Elbow (Long)
S_
WA. M2
45�
a L
We_ Sq4.
2'15=
3Z/
W11 711
V3802 Ih"112.7mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
5.0
r
127
V2707 314'119mm Max. Recess
ZN Ij i I Y/4
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
3.6
91
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
11
x/ic—taulice
victaulic.com
4.5 DIMENSIONS
CLEARANCES WITHIN SIDEWALL
Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket
Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler
211.760-
11 =-
h*
f/-
V2707 3/4"/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
1 3
1
1 6
7
Bend Radius
50
80
140
0
15
25
150
175
A
Min.
6.
7.1
8.1
1 9.1-1
10.1
11
151
5
IN
206
231
256
2
Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with 90' Elbow (Long)
-7
M I
10
, nf
V2707 3/4"/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
3.6
91
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.corn
12
X, A� -C-t a —U, ii C r
victaullic.com
4.6 DIMENSIONS
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB4 Bracket
Hat Furring Channel Grid with Recessed Sprinkler
2
"'Welm"ZI
V2707 3/4'/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinches.inches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
1
6
1
7
Bend Radius
50
80
0
140
15
25
150
175
A
Min.
10.3
1 .3
12.3
13.3
14.3
1363.5
15.3
262
2187
313
338
389
Hat Furring Channel Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with
90' Elbow (Long)
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
n1m
A
1`0 i n.
1
8
1 200
Hat Furring Channel Grid with Concealed Sprinkler with
90' Elbow (Short)
:T miff
V2707 3/4719mm Max. Recess
— mi!N5.1
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
5.9
149
NOTE
. Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets,and hoses are permitted butmayresult in clearance differences from the figures above.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.corn 13 '�-'OA-C_taulicr
victaullic.com
4.6 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB5 Bracket
Hard -lid Ceiling with Recessed Sprinkler
103,
F/Mal 1!
V2707 3/4"/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
155
180
206
231
256
282
Recessed Pendent with 90' Elbow (Long)
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
1
Min.
3.6
1 91
V38021/2'/13mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
Bend Radius
1 50
80
100
125
A
Min.
7.6
8.6
9.6
10.6
193
218
244
269
Hard -lid Ceiling with Concealed Pendent with 900
Elbow (Short)
I
Sir.
A I MOOR.
V3802 1h'113mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
3.3
84
NOTE
. Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may resu It in cle a ran ce differences from the figures above.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.com 14 X.04—c—ta _U1 ii Cr
victaulic.com
0
4.6 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB11 Bracket (LOW PROFILE SOLUTION)
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with LIP 90' Elbow (Long)
Bracket assembly
/—Style AB I I
A 21/97/60 mm
See chart I max. hole
L 76 mm 275 1 mm�
min. hole
%716 mm
Typical
1.7743 mm f-reiling tile i i
Typical ceiling grici
. . . . . . . . . . I
Finished
See Note ceiling face
247610 mm
or 48./1219 mm
on Center
V27071/4"/19 mm MAX. RECESS V2707 MAX. EXTENSION
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
4.0
100
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Concealed Pendent with LIP 900 Elbow (Short)
Bracket assembly
Style AB 11 2"/%7/68 m m
See'chart 3 max hole
76 mm 2W760 mm
min. hole
5/s'Yl 6 mm
0
Typical
1.7743 mm eiling tile 1 1
Typical ceil.. Ili 'j, I LC
hed
See Note 247610 m m �ei'ling Face
or 4871210 mm
on Center
V38021/2"/l 3 rnm MAX. RECESS V3802 MAX. EXTENSION
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
1
Min.
3.9
1
1
99
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 @ 2016 Victaulic: Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 15 ictGNUIlicr
victaullic.com
4.6 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB3 Bracket
Surface Mount Application with Recessed Sprinkler
2751 mm
min. hole
Hose Clearances
Wal[Thickness
"A"
2
4
6
8
10
2
4
6
8
10
50
100
150
200
250
50
100
150
200
250
Outlet Length
5.75
9
13
5.75
9
13
9
13
13
13
5.7
13
5.75
9
13
9
13
13
13
"B"
146.1
228.6
330.2
1146.1
228.6
330.2
228.
.
1 .2
1330.2
146.1
5
12 9.613
28
30. 2
146.1
228.6
330.21228.6
330.21330.21330.2
Hose
11.6
14.8
18.8
9.6
12.8
16.8
10.8
14,8
12.8
10.8
12.6
15S
19.8
10.6
13.8
17.8
11.8
15.8
13.8
11.8
Clearance "C"
294
376
478
243
325
427
275
376
1 325
1 275
319
1 402
1 503
1 268
351
452
300
402
351
300
Bend Radius
7
8
"R"
175
200
NOTE
Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above.
See installation instructions for mounting screw type and size.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.com
16
X.04-c-t-aulicr
victaullic.com
4.7 DIMENSIONS
BRANCHLINE CLEARANCES
Series AH2 Braided Hose w�th fernale threaded outlet
3 rt
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinches
MM
Mm
mm
n1m
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
7
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
1 5
A
Min.
8.4
9.4
10.4
11.4
214
239
264
290
Series AH2-CC Bra�ded Hose with grooved outlet
r R
See chart
A
See chart
xA 8 re
1 .7
No. 142
Grooved Weld Outlet
"1— 2"/50 m m
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
MM
mm
mm
n1m
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
12.1
180
205
231
256
281
307
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
17
-1, Aat_auiic�
victaullic.com
4.7 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
BRANCHLINE CLEARANCES
Series AH2 Braided Hose with Style 922 threaded outlet
art
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radius
1 50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
8.4
1
9A
10.4
11.4
12.4
13.4
212
238
263
289
314
339
Series AH2-CC Braided Hose with Style 922 grooved
outlet
�art
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
6.7
7.7
8.7
9.7
10.7
11.7
171
197
222
247
273
298
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 @ 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.com
MIA
X,Aic—taulicr
Victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE — FRICTION LOSS DATA
c(Dus Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses with Straight 5.75"/140 mm Reducers
USTED Style AB1, AB2, AB4, AB5 and AB10 Brackets
Maximum
Equivalent Length
Number of
of 1'733.7mm
90* Bends at 2751 mm
Sch. 40 Pipe (C=120)
Bend Radius
inches/mm
inches/mm/type
feet/meters
31/775
1/2"/15/Straight
16/4.9
4
3/4"/20/Straight
17/5.2
4
36/900
1/2'71 5/Straight
21/6.4
5
3/4"/20/Straight
23/7.0
5
48/1200
1/2'71 5/Straight
32/9.8
8
3/4"/20/Straight
37/11.3
8
60/1500
1/2'71 5/Straight
46/14.0
10
3/4"/20/Straight
46/14.0
10
72/1800
1/2'71 5/Straight
55/16.8
12
3/4"/20/Straight
53/16.2
12
C&S Series AH2 Braided Hose with 90' Low Profile Elbows
USTED Style AB11 VicFlex Bracket
Maximum
Equivalent Length
Number of
of 1733.7mm
90* Bends at 2751 mm
Sch. 40 Pipe
Bend Radius
inches/mm
inches/mm
feet/meters
31/775
1/2'715
24/7.3
4
3/4'720
24/7.3
4
36/900
1/2'715
26/7.9
5
3/4"/20
28/8.5
5
48/1200
1/2'715
43/13.1
8
3/4"/20
42/12.8
8
60/1500
Y2'71 5
49/14.9
10
3/4'720
50/15.2
10
72/1800
1/2"M 5
65/ 19.8
12
3/4'720_
63/19.2
12
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.corn
19
X,A_st_aulic�
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE — FRICTION LOSS DATA (Continued)
Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Equivalent Length Design Guide
Equivalent length values at various numbers of 90 degree bends at 2751 mm center line bend radius
Length of
Stainless
Steel
Flexible
Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Hose
Size
Bend
Bends
Bends
Bends
Bends
Bends
Bends
Bends
Bends
Bends
Bends
Bends
inches/
inches/
feet/
feet/
feet/
feet/
feet/
feet/
feet/
feet/
feet/
feet/
feet/
feet/
mm
mm
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
1h*11 5
8.5/2.6
1 1.013A
13.0/4.0
16.0/4.9
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
KA
N.A
31/775
3/4720
10.0/3.0
12.5/3.8
14.0/4.3
17.0/5.2
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A.
N.A
N.A
'h'11 5
13.5/4.1
16.0/4.9
18.0/5.5
19.0/5.8
21.0/6.4
N.A
N.A
NAI
N.A
N.A.
N.A
N.A
3�6/900
3/4720
14.0/4.3
17.0/5.2
19.5/5.9
20.0/6.1
23.0/7.0
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
N.A
KA
N.A
413/1200
'h'11 5
15.5/4.7
17.0/5.2
19.5/5.9
20.0/6.1
21.0/6.4
22.0/6.7
28.0/8.5
32.0/9.8
N.A
KA-
KA
N.A
3/4720
17.0/5.2
19.0/5.8
21.5/6.6
24.5/7.5
26.0/7.9
27.0/8.2
30.0/9.1
37.0/11.3
N A
N.A
N.A
N.A
6011500
W11 5
21.5/6.6
24.0/7.3
27.0/8.2
28.5/8.7
30.0/9.1
31.0/9.4
37.0/11 33
42.0/12.8
44.0/13A
46.0/14.0
N.A
N.A
3/4720
23.0/7.0
24.0/7.3
28.0/8.5
29.5/9.0
30.5/9.3
31.0/9.4
38.0/11.6
42.0/12.8
44.0/13A
46.0/14.0
N.A
N.A
72/1800
1h,11 5
609-
212.0/9.8
36.5/11.1
37.5/11.4
40. 115
41.0/12.8
42.0/12.8
146.0/14.0
49.0/14.9
52.0/15.8
54.0/16.5
55.0/16.8
I— — -
1 3/4720
32.0/9.8
32.5/9.9
35.0/10.7
35.5/10.8
40.0/12.3
40.5/123
41.0/12.5
146.0/114.0,
50.0/15.2
51.0/15.5
52.0/15.8
153.0/16.2
NOTES:
* Values for use with 5.757140 mm straight reducers.
How to use this Design Guide:
• For some systems, it may be advantageous for the designer to calculate the system hydraulics using shorter equivalent lengths associated with fewer than the
maximum allowable number of bends. In this case, the designer may select a design number of bends for the job and use the associated equivalent length
from the design guide to determine the system hydraulics.
• It is possible that the actual installed condition of some of the flexible drops may have more bends than the designer selected. When this happens, the design
guide may be used to find equivalent lengths based on the actual installed number of bends for particular sprinkler installations. The system hydraulics can be
recalculated using actual equivalent lengths to verify the performance of the system.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
W
I I -�. A -C-t a —U1 ii C r
Victaulic.corn
5.1 PERFORMANCE — FRICTION LOSS DATA
Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses
Style ABI, AB2, AB3, A134, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, A139 and AB10 VicFlex Brackets
Length of
Stainless Steel
Flexible Hose
inches/mm
K-Factor
Imperial/S.I.
Outlet
Size
inches/mm/type
Equivalent
Length of
I'733.7mm
Sch. 40 Pipe
feet/meters
Maximum
Number
of 90* Bends
at 7'7178mm
Bend Radius
31/775
5.6/8.1
i
1/271 S/Straight
23.5/7.1
2
1/2715/90* Elbow
23.55.1
36/900
5.6/8.1
1/271 5/Straight
27.8/8.5
2
1/27115/90' Elbow
25V7.8
48/1200
5.6/8.1
1/2"M 5/Straight
38.2/11.6
3
1/2"/15/90' Elbow
30.7/9.3
60/1500
5.6/8.1
1/2"M 5/Straight
42.4/12.9
4
1/2'715/90' Elbow
35.9/10.9
72/1800
5.6/8.1
1/2"/l S/Straight
46.6/14.2
4
1/2"M 5/90* Elbow
41.1/12.5
31/775
8.0/11.5
3/4"/20/Straight
16.8/5.1
2
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
16.8/5.1
36/900
8.0/11.5
3/4"/20/Straight
20/6.0
2
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
19.7/6.0
48/1200
8.0/11.5
3/4'/20/Straight
27.8/8.4
3
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
26.6/8.1
60/1500
8.0/11.5
3/4"/20/Straight
35.7/10.9
4
3/4'/20/90* Elbow
33.6/10.2
72/1800
8.0/11.5
3/4'/20/Straight
43.5/13.2
4
3/4"/20/90' Elbow
40.6/12.2
31/775
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20/Strai.ght
16.5/5.0
2
3/4'/20/90* Elbow
17.8/5.4
36/900
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20/Straight
19.5/5.9
2
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
20.7/6.3
48/1200
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20/Straight
26.7/8.1
3
3/4'/20/90* Elbow
27.9/8.5
60/1500
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20/Straight
33.9/10.3
4
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
35/10.7
72/1800
11.2/16.1
3/4"/205iiaight
41.3/12.5
4
3/4*/20/90' Elbow
42.2/12.8
31/775
14.0/20.2
3/4'/20/Straight
14.9/4.5
2
3/4"/20/90' Elbow
15.5/4.72
36/900
14.0/20.2
3/4'/20/Straight
19.4/5.9
2
3/4'/20/90' Elbow
19.6/5.9
48/1200
14.0/20.2
W/20/Straight
30.3/9.2
3
3/4"/20/90' Elbow
29.5/8.9
60/1500
14.0/20.2
3/4"/20/Straight
33.9/10.3
4
3/4"/20/90' Elbow
34.1/10.4
72/1800
14.0/20.2
3/4'/20/S raight
37.5/11.4
4
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
38.6/11.7
FIVI NOTES:
• Series AH2 has been tested and Approved by FIVI Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5,
and 2-8. FM 1637 and Vds standards for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance,
leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength.
• Differences in equivalent lengths are due to varying test methods, per FM 1637 and VdS standards. Refer to these standards for additional information
regarding friction loss test methods.
• EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30' bends and two 90' bends at a 7-inch bend radius is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the
table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240*, which is less than the allowable 270'.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.corn
21
victaulic.com
5.2 PERFORMANCE — FRICTION LOSS DATA
Series AH2 Braided Hose with 900 Low Profile Elbows
Style AB11 VicFlex Bracket
Length of
Stainless Steel
Flexible Hose
inches/mm
K-Factor
Imperial/S.I.
Outlet
Size
inches/mm
Equivalent
Length of
1733.7mm
Sch. 40 Pipe
feettmeters
Maximum
Number
of 90* Bends
at 7'7178mm
Bend Radius
31/775
5.6/8.1
'/2"/ 15
13.7/4.2
2
36/900
5.6/8.1
1/2"/ 15
17.0/5.2
2
48/1200
5.6/8.1
1/2"/ 15
25.0/7.6
3
60/1500
5.6/8.1
1/2"/ 15
33.0/10.1
4
72/1800
5.6/8.1
1/2715
41.1/12.5
4
31/7-75
8.0/11.S
3/4"/20
13.6/4.14
2
36/900
8.0/11.5
3/4"/20
16.9/5.2
2
48/1200
8.0/11.5
3/4"/20
27.8/8.5
3
60/1500
8.0/11.5
3/4'/20
32.6/9.9
4
72/1800
8.0/11.5
3/4'/20
40.6/12.4
4
31/775
11.2/16.1
3/4*/20
13.7/4.2
2
36/900
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20
17.0/5.2
2
48/1200
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20
24�9/7�6
3
60/1500
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20
32.9/10.0
4
72/1800
11.2/16.1
3/4'720
40.9/12.5
4
31/775
14.0/20.2
3/4"/20
13.5/4.1
2
36/900
14.0/20.2
3/4'/20
16.8/5.1
2
48/1200
14.0/20.2
3/4"/20
24.7/7.5
3
60/1500
14.0/20.2
3/4"/20
32.7/9.9
4
72/1800
14.0/20.2
3/4"/20
40.7/12.4
4
FM NOTES:
• Series AH2 has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5,
and 2-8. FM 1637 and Vds standards for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance,
leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength.
• Differences in equivalent lengths are due to varying test methods, per FM 1637 and VdS standards. Refer to these standards for additional information
regarding friction loss test methods.
• EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30* bends and two 90* bends at a 7-inch bend radius is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the
table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240*, which is less than the allowable 270*.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com 22 /i cta U I ii lc�-
victaulic.corn
5.3 PERFORMANCE - FRICTION LOSS DATA
Series AH2 Braided Hose
Style AB1, AB2, AB4, A135, AB7, AB7 Adj., A138, A139, AB10 and AB11 Brackets
Series AH2
Hose
Equivalent Length of
Maximum Number
Length of
steel pipe according to
of 90" Bends at
Stainless Steel
Outlet
EN 10255 DN 25
3'776.2mm Bend
Flexible Hose
Size
(33,7 x 3,25)
Radius
mm/inches
mm/inches
meters/feet
meters/feet
775/31
15mm/l/2'
5.5/18.0
3
-
20 mm/1/4'
900/36
15mm/l/2'
6.4/21.0
3
-
20 mm/3/4'
1200/48
15mm/l/2'
8.5/27.9
3
-
20 mm/3/4"
1500/60
15mm/1/2"
10.7/35.1
4
-
20 mm/3/4'
1800/72
1 5MM/l/2"
12.8/42.0
4
-
20 mm/3/4'
VDS CEILING MANUFACTURERS LIST
ABI, AB2, AB7, AB10,AB11 AB4/9
1. AMF
2. Armstrong
3. Chicago Metallic
4. Dipling
5. Durlum
6. Geipel
7. Gema-Armstrong
8. Hilti
9. Knauf
10. Lafarge
11. Linder
12. Odenwald
13. Richter
14. Rigips
15. Rockfon Pagos
16. Suckow & Fischer
17. USG Donn
No specific approval
FL-p—C-B] Series AH2 Braided Hose
Style AB1 Bracket
AB5, AB8
1. Hilti
2. Knauf
3. Lafarge
4. Lindner
5. Rigips
Series AH2 Hose
Length of
Equivalent Length
Maximum
Stainless
of steel pipe
Number of
Steel
according to
90" Bends at
Flexible
Outlet
EN 10255 DN 25
3'776.2mm
Hose
Size
(33,7 x 3,25)
Bend Radius
mm/inches
I mm/inches/type
meters/feet
775/31
15mm/l/2"/Straight
1.8/6.0
2
20 mmP/4"/Straight
900/36
15mm/l/2"/Straight
3.6/11.9
3
20 mmP/4"/Straight
1200/48
15mm/lh"/Straight
4.3/14.0
3
20 mmPA"/Strai ht
.1500/60
15mm/l/2"/Straight
4.1/13.6
3
20 mm/3/4'/Straight
1800/72
15mmP/2"/Straight
5.5/18.1
3
20 mm/-1/4"/Straight
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 @ 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
23
victaulic.com
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
AWARNING
• It is the responsibility of the system designer to verify suitability of 300-series stainless steel flexible hose for use
with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environments.
• The effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on
300-series stainless steel flexible hose must be evaluated by the material specifier to confirm system life will be
acceptable for the intended service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause product failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property
damage.
7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS — CHARACTERISTICS
Flexible Hose In -Plane Bend Characteristics
One Bend
Two Bends
Three Bends
'
( 7 �
—,)
'
2X
2X
Jbend
2
2X I
Xm
fibndradw,
Minimum Minimum
Minim
Mini
M m
ini
mraumiu,
n
bend radius bend radius
raumus
bend
6bMe
OR
Minimum
OR
bend radius
��901
Mini
m7d mi,
be n d Minimum
L — — — — — — — —
Minimum
bend radius
bend radius
Minimum
bend radius
Minimum
bend radius
NOTE
For out -of -plane (three-dimensional) bends, care must be taken to avoid imparting torque on the hose.
I -Vic Flex-ABI-A 32-AB10
I-VicFlex-AB3
I-ViClFlex-AB7
I-Vic[Flex-AB8
-VicFlex-AB4-Al39
User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability
Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of
Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry
standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related
regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning
instructions- Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation,
advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede,
or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation
guide, or this disclaimer.
Intellectual Property Rights
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual
property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.
Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to I-VICI'LEX-AE11-AE12-AB10, -VlCFLEX-AB4-AB9,
I-VICFLEX-AB7, or I VICFLEX-AB8 for the product you are installing. Handbooks are
included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly
data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
Trademarks
Victaufic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
10.85 5839 Rev AA Updated 12/2016 Q 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
MI
ictaullilor
VictaulicO Vic-Fle)Jm Sprinkler Fittings
Series AH1 Braided Flexible Hose
Fle)(m
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
X /__�_C_ta_U1iI1:e
10.95
Available Sizes by Component
• Series AH1 Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 727790, 914, 1220, 1525, 1830mm. Note: length includes adapter
nipple and 5.75"/140mm straight reducer.
• Sprinkler Reducers: 112" and 3/4715 and 20 mm sprinkler connections and 5.757140 mm, 9'7230 mm, 137330 mm
straight lengths and short, long 90" elbows. Note: The short 900 elbow is typically used with concealed sprinklers
while the long 90" elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers.
• Adapter Nipples: 1725 mm NPT or BSPT adapter nipples for attaching to pipe and fittings outlined in NFPA
standards. 3/4'720mm NPT or BSPT available for VdS. 11/47 32mm BSPT available for LPCB.
* Brackets:
• Style ABI for suspended and hard -lid ceilings, allows installation before ceiling tiles in place
• Style A132 for suspended and hard -lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and installation before
ceiling tiles in place
• Style A133 for surface mount applications, wood, metal and block walls
• Style A134 for hard -lid ceilings with hat furr ing channel grid systems, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment
• Style A135 for hard -lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment
• Style A136 for cold storage applications, refer to submittal 10.90
• Style A137 for suspended and hard -lid ceilings
• Style A137 Adjustable for suspended and hard -lid ceilings
• Style A138 for hard -lid ceilings with CD 60/27 profile metal studs (regionally available)
• Style A139 for hard -lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems
• Style AB10 for ArmstrongO TechZone TI ceilings
Maximum Working Temperature
- 225'F/107'C
Maximum Working Pressure
* 200 psi/1375 kPa (FM Approval)
* 175 psi/1206 kPa (cULus Listed)
* 1600 kPa/232 psi (VdS/LPCB Approved)
IALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT.
System No.
Location
Spec Section
Paragraph
Submitted By
Date
Approved
Date
virf;iiflir rnm
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
I x. Ac— t _Z, U I _ic:e
%fid4nillif. 1-t%m
1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued)
Connections
a To adapter nipple (inlet) via 1725.4 mm NPT or BSPT male thread
OR
• To adapter nipple (inlet) via 3/4720 mm BSPT male thread(VdS only)
• To sprinkler head (outlet) via 112 " o r 3/4715 mm or 20 mm
Minimum Bend Radius
* 77178 mm (FM Approval)
* 3776.2 mm (cULus Listed)
* 3776.2 mm (VdS/LPCB Approved)
Maximum Allowable Sprinkler K-Factors
FM (1/2715mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (3/4"/20mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.)
cULus (1/2'715mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.), (3/4"/20mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.)
VdS/LPCB (Y2'715mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (3/4720mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.)
2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS
<�> C"Ous S FLPCB]
3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL
Series AH1
Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel
Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel
Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM
Isolation Ring: Nylon
Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated
Reducer (112 or 3/4"): Carbon Steel, Zinc -Plated
Brackets: Carbon Steel, Zinc -Plated
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
1414millig- t-nm
0
ictaullliiic�
VirtAllfir rAM
4.0 DIMENSIONS
Product Details - Series AH1 Braided Hose
Q
4
A
B
Hose Length Dimensions
Hose Length
inches
n1m
A
inches
MM
B
inches
mm
31/790
25.25/641
31/790
36/915
31.25/794
36/915
48/1220
42.25/1073
48/1220
60/1525
54.25/1378
60/1525
72/1830
66.25/1683
72/1830
Standard Reducer
5.757140 mm straight reducer
Optional Reducers
9.07229 mm straight reducer
13.07330 mm straight reducer
2.627
66.5 mm
-7-
4.837
mm
122.7
Short 90' elbow reducer
2.627
66.5 mm
6.57"/
166.9 m m
Long 90* elbow reducer
Description
I
Flexible Hose
p1tem
2
Isolation Ring
3
Gasket
4
Nut
5
Branch Line Nipple
6
Braid
7
Collar/Weld Fitting_
NOTE
• The Short 90* elbow reducer is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the longer 90 elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent
sprinklers,
• FM/VdS Approved Only.
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 C 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
3
iictaulliil:�
victaulic.com
4.1 DIMENSIONS
VicFlex Brackets
Style AB1
• Suspended Ceilings
• Hard -Lid Ceilings (FM Only)
Item
Description
1
24"/610mm or 48"/1220mm Square Bar*
2
Patented Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
*Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB approved, cULus listed
Style AB2
• Suspended Ceilings
• Hard -Lid Ceilings
Item
Description
1
24"/610mm or48"/1220mm Square Bar*
2
Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket
End Bracket
*13oth sizes FM/VdS/LPCB approved, cULus listed
Style AB3
• Surface Mount Applications
• FM Approved
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
virt;aidir rnm
E
X. A� -C _ta U —1i 1::
trit4nillif- 1-1%m
4.2 DIMENSIONS
VicFlex Brackets
Style AB4
Hard -Lid Ceilings with Hat furring
channel grid system
Item
Description
1
24"/610mmor48"/1220t�m-SquareB�r*
2
Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket
i 3
End Bracket for Hat Furring Channel
Both sizes FM/VdS approved, cULus listed
Style A135
* Hard -Lid Ceilings
Item
Description
1
24'76110 mm or 48'71220 mm Square Bar*
2
Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
Both sizes FM/VdS approved, cULus listed
Style AB7
• Suspended Ceilings
• Hard -Lid Ceilings
Item
Description
I
24"/610mm or48"/1220mm Square Bar*
2
Patented I -Bee29 Center Bracket
3 End Bracket
'Both sizes FM/VdS approved.
Style AB7 Adjustable
• Suspended Ceilings
• Hard -Lid Ceilings
Item
Description
I
700mm or 1400mm Square Bar*
2
Patented I -Bee26 Center Bracket
3
- End Bracket (adjustable)
'Both sizes FM/VdS approved.
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
5
X.Ai_c_taulic�
victaulic.com
4.3 DIMENSIONS
VicFlex Brackets
Style AB8
* Hard -Lid Ceilings
Item
Description
I
700mm or 140-Omm Square Bar*
2
Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket
3
*Both sizes FMNdS
'Both sizes FM/VdS approved.
Style AB9
Hard -Lid ceilings with Hat furring channel
grid system
Item
Description
1
24"/610mm or 48'71220 rnm Square Bar*
2
Patented 1-Bee20 Center Bracket
3
End Bracket for Hat Furring Channel
*Both sizes FM/VdS approved.
Style AB10
• Suspended ceilings
• Armstrong19 TechZone"
Item
Description
1
-6"/152mm Square Bar*
2
Patented 1 -Bee26 Center Bracket
3
End Bracket
'FM/VdS approved, WlLus listed.
ILI
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
A
,4j Licctaullil::7
victaulic.corn
4.4 DIMENSIONS
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH1 Braided Hose and Style AB1 Bracket
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler
LUAU
I WE I I U
-Cm�,
V2707 3/4"/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
6
7
1
BendRadius
50
80
140
0
15
25
150
A
Min.
10.8
11.8
12.8
13.81
14.8
15.8
273
298.5
324
349
375
400
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with
900 Elbow (Long)
5
1.7
T"ke
-c—,
V2707 3/4"/19mm Max. Recess
mTIP'! T"
.2p.1p,
yiii
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
8.0
1
1 200
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Concealed Sprinkler
V3802 V2712.7mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
n1m
mm
mm
n1m
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
10.1
11.1
12.1
13.1
14.1
115.1
269
281
307
333
358
383
Suspended Ceiling Grid with Concealed Sprinkler with
90' Elbow (Short)
V3802 1/2712.7mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
n1m
A
Min.
5.8
1
147
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 C 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.corn 7 Ai�c-t a -U, ii C�
11442111ir I -Am
4.5 DIMENSIONS
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH1 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket
Hard -lid Ceiling with Concealed Sprinkler
A
V3802 %*/12.7mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
R
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
, 150
175
Min.
7.6
8.6
9.6
10.6
11.6
12.6
193
218
244
269
295
320
Hard -lid Ceiling with Recessed Sprinkler
F111A I V/A
V2707 3/4'/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinches
inches
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
150
1 5
A
Min.
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
155
180
206
231
256
282_
NOTE
- Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above.
Hard -lid Ceiling Grid with Concealed Sprinkler with
90' Elbow (Short)
V3802 W/12.7rnrn Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
1
Min.
5.0
127
Hard -lid Ceiling with Recessed Sprinkler with
90' Elbow (Long)
riii P
V2707 3/4'/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
3.6
1
91
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
X.Ast_aulic:�
victaulic.com
4.6 DIMENSIONS
CLEARANCES WITHIN SIDEWALL
Series AH1 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket
Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler
V2707 3/4'/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
n1m
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radius
50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
6 , 1
7.1
8.1
9.1
�0 —1
11.1
155
180
206
231
256
282
Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with 900 Elbow (Long)
-.-KK
V2707 3/4719mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
3.6
91
10.95 8507RevD Updated10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.com
9
X. /--� -C- —ta —U, i C r
victaullic.com
4.7 DIMENSIONS
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH1 Braided Hose and Style AB4 Bracket
Hat Furring Channel Grid with Recessed Sprinkler
4
A WL rm�imil
V2707 3/4"/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum,
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bend Radiu
50
80
100
125
150
175
A
Min.
10.3
11.3
12.3
13.3
14.3
15.3
262
287
313
338
363.5
389
Hat Furring Channel Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with
90' Elbow (Long)
V2707 3/4719mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
8.0
1
200
Hat Furring Channel Grid with Concealed Sprinkler with
900 Elbow (Short)
V2707 3/4"/19mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
5.9
149
NOTE
- Variations of ceiiing grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above.
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 Q 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.com 10
4.8 DIMENSIONS
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH1 Braided Hose and Style ABS Bracket
Hard -lid Ceiling with Recessed Sprinkler Hard -lid Ceiling with Concealed Sprinkler
OR
V2707 3/4719mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
3
4
6
7
Ben Radius
50
80
100
11
25
150
175
A
Min.
6.1
7.1
8.1
9.1
10.1
11.1
155
180
206
231
_256
282
Hard -lid Ceiling with Recessed Pendent with
90' Elbow (Long)
0'
V3802 Ih"/13mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
1
3.6
_j
91
A
-blf
5237 21VIm-
7— __' w,—
le'�—s'wcK
V3802 Ih"113mm Max. Recess
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inchesinchesinchesinchesinchesinches
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
R
Minimum
2
1
5
6
7
Bend Radius,
50
80
14
00
125
150
175
A
Min.
7.6
1
8.6
9.6
10.6
11.6
12.61
193
218
244
269
295
0
320
Hard -lid Ceiling with Concealed Pendent with
90' Elbow (Short)
M
V2707 3/4719mm Max. Recess
M:
Hose Clearance Chart
Dimension
inches
mm
A
Min.
3.3
-J
84
NOTE
. Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above.
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaullic.com 11 -1 �' A —C _t_a _U1 i C r
victaulic.com
4.8 DIMENSIONS (Continued)
CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING
Series AH1 Braided Hose and Style AB3 Bracket
Surface Mount Application with Recessed Sprinkler
2751 mm
min. hole
Hose Clearances
Wall Thickness
2
4
6
8
10
2
4
6
11
10
50
100
150
200
250
50
100
150
200
250
Outlet Length
5.75
9
1
13
5.75
9
13
9
13
13
13
5.75
9
13
5.75
9
13
9
13
13
13
B"
146.1
228,61
330.2
146.1
228.6
330.2
228.6
330.2
330.2
330.2
146.1
228.6
330.2
1146.1
228 . 61330.2
1228.6
1330.2
330.2
330.2
Hose
11.6
14.8
18.8
9.6
12.8
16.8
10.8
14.8
12.8
10.8
12.6
15.8
19.8
10.6
13.8
17.8
1.8
'300
15.8
13.8
11.8
Clearance "C"
294
376
478
243
325
427
275
376
325
275
319
402
503
268
351
45
1
1 402
351
300
Bend Radius
7
8
"R"
175
200
NOTE
Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above.
See installation instructions for mounting screw type and size.
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
12
X.A-C--t_aulic�
victaulic.corn
5.0 PERFORMANCE - FRICTION LOSS DATA
Series AH1 Braided Hose with Stra ight 5.75" Reducers
us Style AB1, AB2, AB4, AB5 and AB10 Brackets
Series AH1 Hose
Maximum
Length of
Equivalent Length
Number of
Stainless Steel
of 1'733.7mm
90* Bends at 3751 mm
Flexible Hose
Outlet Size
Sch. 40 Pipe (C=120)
Bend Radius
inches/mm
inches/mm/type
feet/meters
1/271 S/Straight
52/15.8
3
31/775
3/4"/20/Straight
�5/16.8
3
1/271 5/Straight
63/19.2
4
36/900
3/4"/20/Straight
66/20.1
4
1/271 5/Straight
78/23.8
4
48/1200
3/4"/20/Straiqht
80/24.4
4
1/2"/1 5/Straight
88/26.8
4
60/1500
3/4"/20/Straight
90/27.4
4
1/2'/1 5/Straight
112/34.1
5
72/1800
3/4'/20/Straight
118/36.0
5
Series AH1 Braided Hose Equivalent Length Design Guide
Equivalent length values at various numbers of 90 degree bends at 3751 mrn center line bend radius
Length of
Stainless
Steel Flexible
Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
Hose
Size
Bend
Bends
Bends
Bends
Bends
inches/mm
inches/mm
feet/meters
feet/meters
feet/meters
feet/meters
feet/meters
1/2 V 15
32/9.8
42/12.8
52/15.9
N.A
N.A
31/775
3/4"/20
33/10.1
44/13.4
55/16.8
N.A
N.A
1/2 V 15
33/10.1
43/13.1
53/16.2
63/19.2
N.A
36/900
3/4"/20
36/11.0
46/14.0
56/17.1
66/20.1
N.A
1/2 V 15
46/14.0
57/17.4
68/20.7
78/23.8
N.A
48/1200
3/4"/20
51/15.5
60/18.3
71/21.6
88/26.8
N.A
1/2"/ 15
56/17.1
67/20.4
77/23.5
88/26.8
N.A
60/1500
3/4"/20
58/17.7
69/21.0
80/24.4
90/27.4
N.A
1/2 V 15
69/2 1.0
79/24.1
91/27.7
102/31.1
112/34.1
72/1800
3/4"/20
73/22.6
84/25.6
95/29.0
106/32.3
118/36.0
NOTES:
- Values for use with 5.75" straight reducers.
How to use this Design Guide:
• For some systems, it may be advantageous for the designer to calculate the system hydraulics using shorter equivalent lengths associated with fewer than the
maximum allowable number of bends. In this case, the designer may select a design number of bends for the job and use the associated equivalent length
from the design guide to determine the system hydraulics.
• It is possible that the actual installed condition of some of the flexible drops may have more bends than the designer selected. When this happens, the design
guide may be used to find equivalent lengths based on the actual installed number of bends for particular sprinkler installations. The system hydraulics can be
recalculated using actual equivalent lengths to verify the performance of the system.
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 C 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.corn
13
iictaulliic�
victaulic.com
5.0 PERFORMANCE — FRICTION LOSS DATA
Series AH1 Braided Hose
Style A131, AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB9 and AB10 VicFlex Brackets
inches/mm
Imperial/S.I.
inches/mm/type
Series AH1
Hose
Equivalent
Length of
V/33.7mm
Sch. 40 Pipe
feet/meters
Maximum
Number
of 90* Bends
at 7'7178mm
Send Radius
31/775
5.6/8.1
1/2715/Straight
53.8/16.4
2
1/27 15/90* Elbow
53.8/16.4
36/900
5.6/8.1
1/271 5/Straight
63.7/19.4
2
1/2"/15/90* Elbow
611/119.2
48/1200
5.6/8.1
1/2'/l 5/Straight
87�9/26.8
3
1/2"/ 15/90* Elbow
85.8/26.1
60/1500
5.6/8.1
1/2'/15/Straight
112.2/34.1
4
1/2'/15/90* Elbow
108.4/33.0
72/1800
5.6/8.1
1/2'71 5/Straight
136.5/41.6
4
1/2"/l 5/90* Elbow
131.1/39.9
31/775
8.0/11.5
3/4"/20/Straight
44.4/13.5
2
3/4'/20/90* Elbow
47.6/14.5
36/900
8.0/11.5
3/4"/20/STraight
55.6/16.9
2
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
57.5/17.5
48/1200
8.0/11.5
3/4"/20/Straight
82.8/25.2
3
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
81.7/24.9
60/1500
8.0/11.5
3/4'/20/Straight
110.1/24.9
4
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
105.9/32.2
72/1800
8.0/11.5
3/4'/20/Siraight
137.3/41.8
4
3/4"/20/90' Elbow
130.2/39.7
31/775
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20/Straight
45.5/13.8
2
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
47.1/14.3
36/900
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20/Straight
66.3/20.2
2
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
57.5/17.5
48/1200
11.2/16.1
3/4'/20/Strait-t
82.7/25.2
3
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
82.8/25.2
60/1500
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20/Straight
109.1/33.2
4
3/4"/20/90: Elbow
108.1/32.9
72/1800
11.2/16.1
3/4"/20/Straight
135.5/41.3
4
3/4'/20/90' Elbow
133.4/40.6
31/775
14.0/20.2
3/4"/20/Straight
44.3/13.5
2
3/4"/20/90* Elbow
46A/14.1
36/900
14.0/20.2
3/4"/20/Straight
55.5/16.9
2
3/4"/20/90' Elbow
S6.7/17.3
48/1200
14.0/20.2
1/4"/20/Straight
83.0/25.3
3
3/4"/20/90' Elbow
82.1/25.0
60/1500
14.0/20.2
3/4"/20/Straight
110.4/33.6
4
3/4'/20/90* Elbow
107.5/32.7
72/1800
14.0/20.2
3/4'/20/Straight
137.9/42.0
4
3/4"/20/90' Elbow
132.8/40,4
FM NOTES:
• Series AH1 has been tested and Approved by I'M Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and I'M data sheets 2-0, 2-5,
and 2-8. FM 1637 and Vds standards for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance,
leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength.
• Differences in equivalent lengths are due to varying test methods, per I'M 1637 and VdS standards. Refer to these standards for additional information
regarding friction loss test methods.
• EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30' bends and two 90* bends at a 7-inch bend radius is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the
table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240*, which is less than the allowable 270'.
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.corn
14
xo/--�_C_t_aulw�
VictauliC.Com
5.0 PERFORMANCE — FRICTION LOSS DATA
Series AW Braided Hose
Style ABI, AB2, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., A138, AB9, and AB10 Brackets
Series AH1
Hose
Equivalent Length of
Maximum Number
Length of
steel pipe according to
of 90 Bends at
Stainless Steel
Outlet
EN 10255 DN 20
3'776.2mm Bend
Flexible Hose
Size
(26,9 x 2,65)
Radius
mm/inches
mm/inches/type
meters/feet
meters/feet
790/31
15mm/l/2"/Strai_ght
4.0/12.9
3
20 mm/3/4"/Straight
15mm/l/2"/Straight
915/36
4.6/15.0
3
20 mmP/4"/Strai9.ht
1220/48
15mm/l/2"/Straight
6.1/20.0
3
20 mm/l/4'/Straight
1525/60
15mm/l/2'/Straight
7.6/25.0
4
20 mm/3/4"/Straight
15mmP/2"/Strai.9ht
1830/72
9.2/30.0
4
20 mm/3/4"/Straight
VIDS CEILING MANUFACTURERS LIST
A131, AB2, AB7, ABIO AB4/9
1. AMF No specific approval
2. Armstrong
3. Chicago Metallic
4. Dipling
5. Durlum
6. Geipel
7. Gema-Armstrong
8. Hilti
9. Knauf
10. Lafarge
11. Linder
12. Odenwald
13. Richter
14. Rigips
15. Rockfon Pagos
16. Suckow & Fischer
17. USG Donn
pp —CB] Series AM Braided Hose
Style ABI Bracket
A138
1. Hilti
2. Knauf
3. Lafarge
4. Lindner
5. Rigips
Series AH1 Hose
Length of
Equivalent Length
Maximum
Stainless
of steel pipe
Number of
Steel
according to
90 Bends at
Flexible
Outlet
EN 10255 DN
3'776.2mm
Hose
Size
(33,7 x 3,25)
Bend Radius
mm/inches
I mm/inches/type
meters/feet
790/31
15M Ph'/Straiqht
12.7/41.8
2
20 mm/-1/4"/5trai9,ht
915/36
15mmPh"/Straight
16.4/53.8
3
20 mm/3/4'/Straight
1220/48
15mm "/Straight
19.6/64.3
3
20 mm/3/4*/Straight
1525/60
15mmP/2"/Straight
24.0/78.8
3
20 mm/3K"/5trai9.ht
1830/72
15mmP/2"/5trai9.ht
28.5/93.4
3
20 mm/3/4*/Straight
Series AH1 Hose
Length of
Equivalent Length
Maximum
Stainless
of steel pipe
Number of
Steel
according to
90 Bendsat
Flexible
Outlet
EN 10255 DN 25
3'776.2mm
Hose
Size
(33,7 x 3,25)
Bend Radius
mm/inches
I mm/inches/type
meters/feet
15mm/l/2"/90" Elbow
790/31
13.6/44.6
2
20 mm/3/4*/90" Elbow
15mm/l/2"/90" Elbow
915/36
16.9/55.4
3
20 m m/3/4"/90" Elbow
15mmP/2790" Elbow
1220/48
19.9/65.1
3
.20 mm/3/4790" Elbow
15mmPW/90" Elbow
1525/60
24.5/80.2
3
20 mm/3/4'/90" Elbow
15mm/W/90" Elbow
1830/72
27.8/91.1
3
20 mm/3/4790" Elbow
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
15
'NJiL(Ctaullii
victaulic.corn
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS
AWARNING
• It is the responsibility of the system designer to verify suitability of 300-series stainless steel flexible hose for use
with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environments.
• The effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on
300-series stainless steel flexible hose must be evaluated by the material specifier to confirm system life will be
acceptable for the intended service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause product failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property
damage.
7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS - CHARACTERISTICS
Flexible Hose In -Plane Bend Characteristics
One Bend
Two Bends
Three Bends
2 1 X
2X
pbend
11X
'Xum
Minimum Minimum
Minim
Mini mum
in
M ' M
bend radius bend radius
radius bMe n'
,
bend radius
be d,,,dus
OR
Minimum
OR
I bend radius
US
Mini urn
bend radius Minimum
Minimum
bend radius
bend radius
Minimum
bend radius
Min mum
ben radiu
NOTE
. For out -of -plane (three-dimensional) bends, care must be taken to avoid imparting torque on the hose.
User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability
Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of
Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry
standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related
regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning
instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation,
advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede,
or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation
guide, or this disclaimer.
Intellectual Property Rights
No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual
property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.
Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic: installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to I-VICIFLEX-ABI-AE12-AB10, I-VICFLEX-AB4-AB9,
I-VICIFLEX AB7, or I-VICFLEX-AB8 for the product you are installing. Handbooks are
included with each shipment of Victaulic: products for complete installation and assembly
data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.
Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
Trademarks
Victaulicand all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
10.95 8507 Rev D Updated 10/2016 0 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.
victaulic.com
16
X.A_r__t_aU1io-
Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC
801 Valley Ave NW, Suite D
Puyallup, WA 98371
(253) 840-9900 RECEIVED
REDHAHF90 I OP
NOV 2 8 2018
BUILDING
isetc, V 11'aff e
SEISMIC BRACING CALCULATIONS
FOR
DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
EDMONDS, WA
RHFP JOB NO. 60119
rommommmommmmmmom mommommummm!
WASHINGTON STATE
CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
Ch HStopher LouiS DeVicq
1925-0518-C Level 3
Red Hawk Fire Protection, LLC
��DHAWHF9,01QP
11/08/18 Expinm i
V31118
SIgnaturi onto ZM2. ;
(�Lb a 01�- I S--� (to
NFPA 13 2013 Seismic Bracing Calculations
Project N�me: Doug's Mazda
Brace Design: Bar Joist Later Parallel
Address: 22214 WA-99
Contractor Name: RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION LLC
City, State, Zip: Edmonds, WA 98026 Address: 801 Valley Ave NW
Prepared By: Gouin, Emily
City, State, Zip: PUYALLUP, WA 98371
Date: 24-Sep-2018
Fax: Phone:2538409900
Brace Information Per Table 9.3.5.11.8(a)
Seismic Brace Attachments
Maximum Length of Brace: 3'-6"
Structure Attachment Fitting: n/a
Size of Brace (in): 1" -
Make: CADDY Model: n/a
Type of Brace: Sch 40 Pipe
UL Load Rating (lbs): n/a Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): n/a
Structure Attachment Adapter: Steel Flange Adapter Assembly, EG, 1/4"-3/4"
Brace Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees
Maximum Brace Spacing (ft): 30.00
Flange
Least Radius of Gyration* (in): 0.421
Make: CADDY Model: CSBS1A
kllr Value: * 100
UL Load Rating (lbs): 2765 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1955
Sway Brace Fitting: Universal Sway Brace, EG, 3" Pipe
Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs): 4455
Make: CADDY Model: CSB0300
UL Load Rating (lbs): 2765 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1955
Fastener Information
CSBSIA
NFPA Fastener Orientation: B
Structure: BarJoist
0
45-59 Degrees 0
Fastener Qty: n/a
Fastener Type: n/a
Fastener Size: n/a
Fastener Embedment: n/a
Fastener Max. Load (lbs): n/a
CSB0300
Brace Orientation: Lateral
Brace I.D. (on plan): SB-1
Sprinkler System Zone of Influence (ZOI)
Load Calculation(Fpw Cp x Wp)
Pipe
Pipe Description
Wt/ft
15% for
Total
Length
Total Wt
Cp 0.61 per
Size
(lbs)
Fittings
Wt/ft
(ft)
NFPA 13 2013
2012 1 BC
311
EDDY Flow
7.14
1.07
8.21
30.00
246.33
11/2"
EDDY Flow
2.86
0.43
3.29
100.00
328.90
Sway Brace Attached to
311
EDDY —Flow Pipe
Horizontal Earthquake Load
Fpw = Cp x Wp
Fpw = 0.61 x 575.23
Fpw = 351.00 lbs
Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves and Fittings
0.00
Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight (Wp)
575.23
Max Fpw per NFPA 13 2013, Section 9.3.5.5.2
531lbs
*Excludes tension -only bracing systems
nN,/dnt 2018 nVent All rights reserved
nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX, and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other
NFPA 13 2013 Seismic Bracing Calculations
Project N�me: Doug's Mazda
Brace Design: Bar Joist Later Perpendicular
Address: 22214 WA-99
Contractor Name: RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION LLC
City, State, Zip: Edmonds, WA 98026 Address: 801 Valley Ave NW
Prepared By: Gouin, Emily
City, State, Zip: PUYALLUP, WA 98371
Date: 24-Sep-2018
Fax: Phone:2538409900
Brace Information Per Table 9.3.5.11.8(a)
Seismic Brace Attachments
Maximum Length of Brace. T-6"
Structure Attachment Fitting: n/a
Size of Brace (in): 1" -
Make: CADDY Model: n/a
Type of Brace: Sch 40 Pipe
UL Load Rating (lbs): n/a Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): n/a
Structure Attachment Adapter: Steel Flange Adapter Assembly, EG, 1/4'1-3/411
Brace Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees
Maximum Brace Spacing (ft): 30.00
Flange
Least Radius of Gyration* (in): 0.421
Make: CADDY Model: CSBS1A
kllr Value:* 100
UL Load Rating (lbs): 3000 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 2121
Sway Brace Fitting: Universal Sway Brace, EG, 3" Pipe
Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs): 4455
Make: CADDY Model: CSB0300
UL Load Rating (lbs): 2765 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1955
Fastener Information
CSBS1A
NFPA Fastener Orientation: B
Structure: BarJoist
45-59 Degrees
0
Fastener Qty: n/a
Fastener Type: n/a
Fastener Size: n/a
Fastener Embedment: n/a
CSB0300
Fastener Max. Load (lbs): n/a
Brace Orientation: Lateral
Brace I.D. (on plan): SB-1
Sprinkler System Zone of influence (ZOI)
Load Calculation(Fpw Cp x Wp)
Pipe
Pipe Description
Wt/ft
15% for
Total
Length
Total Wt
Cp 0.61 per
Size
(Ibs)
Fittings
Wt/ft
(ft)
NFPA 13 2013
2012 IBC
311
EDDY Flow
7.14
1.07
8.21
30.00
246.33
11/2"
EDDY Flow
2.86
0.43
3.29
100.00
328.90
Sway Brace Attached to
311
EDDY —Flow Pipe
Horizontal Earthquake Load
Fpw = Cp x Wp
Fpw = 0.61 x 575.23
Fpw = 3S1.00 lbs
Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves and Fittings
0.00
Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight (Wp
575.23
Max Fpw per NFPA 13 2013, Section 9.3.5.5.2
531 lbs
*Excludes tension -only bracing systems
n\/6nt 2018 nVnt All rights reserved
nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX, and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other
NFPA 13 2013 Seismic Bracing Calculations
Project N�me: Doug's Mazda
Brace Design: I -Beam Lateral
Address: 22214 WA-99
Contractor Name: RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION LLC
City, State, Zip: Edmonds, WA 98026 Address: 801VaIleyAveNW
Prepared By: Gouin, Emily
City, State, Zip: PUYALLUP, WA 98371
Date: 24-Sep-2018
Fax: Phone:2538409900
Brace Information Per Table 9.3.5.11.8(a)
Seismic Brace Attachments
Maximum Length of Brace: 3'-6"
Structure Attachment Fitting: n/a
Size of Brace (in): 1" -
Make: CADDY Model: n/a
Type of Brace: Sch 40 Pipe
UL Load Rating (lbs): n/a Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): n/a
Structure Attachment Adapter: Steel Flange Adapter Assembly, EG, 1/4'1-3/411
Brace Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees
Maximum Brace Spacing (ft): 30.00
Flange
Least Radius of Gyration* (in): 0.421
Make: CADDY Model: CSBS1A
kllr Value:* 100
UL Load Rating (lbs): 3000 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 2121
Sway Brace Fitting: Universal Sway Brace, EG, 3" Pipe
Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs): 4455
Make: CADDY Model: CSB0300
UL Load Rating (lbs): 2765 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1955
Fastener Information
NFPA Fastener Orientation: B
Structure: Steel I -Beam
45-59 Degrees
Fastener Qty: n/a
0
CSBS1A
Fastener Type: n/a
Fastener Size: n/a
Fastener Embedment: n/a
.0
Fastener Max. Load (lbs): n/a
CSB0300
Brace Orientation: Lateral
Brace I.D. (on plan): SB-2
Sprinkler System Zone of Influence (ZOI)
Load Calculation(Fpw Cp x Wp)
Pipe
Pipe Description
Wt/ft
15% for
Total
Length
Total Wt
Cp 0.61 per
Size
(lbs)
Fittings
Wt/ft
(ft)
NFPA 13 2013
2012 IBC
311
EDDY Flow
7.14
1.07
8.21
30.00
246.33
11/2"
EDDY Flow
2.86
0.43
3.29
100.00
328.90
Sway Brace Attached to
3"
EDDY_Flow Pipe
Horizontal Earthquake Load
Fpw = Cp x Wp
Fpw = 0.61 x 575.23
Fpw = 351.00 lbs
Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves and Fittings
0.00
Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight ( Wp )
575.23
Max Fpw per NFPA 13 2013, Section 9.3.5.5.2
531 lbs
*Excludes tension -only bracing systems
nV6nt 2018 nV,nt Al I rights reserved
nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX, and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other
NFPA 13 2013 Seismic Bracing Calculations
Project Name: Doug's Mazda
Brace Design: Bar Joist Longitudinal
Address: 22214 WA-99
Contractor Name: RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION LLC
City, State, Zip: Edmonds, WA 98026 Address: 801 Valley Ave NW
Prepared By: Gouin, Emily
City, State, Zip: PUYALLUP, WA 98371
Date: 24-Sep-2018
Fax: Phone:2538409900
Brace Information Per Table 9.3.5.11.8(b)
Seismic Brace Attachments
Maximum Length of Brace: 7'-0"
Structure Attachment Fitting: n/a
Size of Brace (in): 1" -
Make: CADDY Model: n/a
Type of Brace: Sch 40 Pipe
UL Load Rating (lbs): n/a Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): n/a
Structure Attachment Adapter: Steel Flange Adapter Assembly, EG, 1/4"-3/4
Brace Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees
Maximum Brace Spacing (ft): 80.00
Flange
Least Radius of Gyration* (in): 0.421
kllr Value:* 200
Make: CADDY Model: CSBS1A
UL Load Rating (lbs): 3000 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 2121
Sway Brace Fitting: Universal Sway Brace, EG, 3" Pipe
Make: CADDY Model: CSB0300
Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs): 1310
UL Load Rating (lbs): 2100 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1485
Fastener Information
CSBS I A
NFPA Fastener Orientation: B
Structure: BarJoist
45-59 Degrees
Fastener Qty: n/a
Fastener Type: n/a
Fastener Size: n/a
Fastener Embedment: n/a
Fastener Max. Load (lbs): n/a
CSB0300
Brace Orientation: Longitudinal
Brace I.D. (on plan): SB-3
Sprinkler System Zone of Influence (ZOI)
Load Calculation(Fpw Cp x Wp)
Pipe
Size
Pipe Description
Wt/ft
(lbs)
15% for
Fittings
Total
Wt/ft
Length
(ft)
Tota I Wt
Cp 0.61 per
NFPA 13 2013
2012IBC
311
EDDY Flow
7.14
1.07
8.21
80.00
656.88
Sway Brace Attached to
311
EDDY —Flow Pipe
Horizontal Earthquake Load
Fpw = Cp x Wp
Fpw = 0.61 x 656.88
Fpw = 401.00 lbs
Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves and Fittings
0.00
Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight (Wp
656.88
*Excludes tension -only bracing systems
W6nt 2018 nVent All rights reserved
nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICC, nVent ERIFLEX, and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other
NFPA 13 2013 Seismic Bracing Calculations
P�oject Name: Doug's Mazda
Brace Design: I -Beam Longitudinal
Address: 22214 WA-99
Contractor Name: RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION LLC
City, State, Zip: Edmonds, WA 98026 Address: 801 Valley Ave NW
Prepared By: Gouin, Emily
City, State, Zip: PUYALLUP, WA 98371
Date: 24-Sep-2018
Fax: Phone:2538409900
Brace Information Per Table 9.3.5.11.8(a)
Seismic Brace Attachments
Maximum Length of Brace: 3'-6"
Structure Attachment Fitting: n/a
Size of Brace (in): I" -
Make: CADDY Model: n/a
Type of Brace: Sch 40 Pipe
UL Load Rating (lbs): n/a Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): n/a
Structure Attachment Adapter: Steel Flange Adapter Assembly, EG, 1/4"-3/411
Brace Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees
Maximum Brace Spacing (ft): 80.00
Flange
Least Radius of Gyration* (in): 0.421
Make: CADDY Model: CSBS1A
kllr Value:* 100
UL Load Rating (lbs): 3000 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 2121
Sway Brace Fitting: Universal Sway Brace, EG, 3" Pipe
Make: CADDY Model: CSB0300
Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs): 4455
UL Load Rating (lbs): 2100 Adjusted Per 9.3.5.2.3 (lbs): 1485
Fastener Information
NFPA Fastener Orientation: B
Structure: Steel [-Beam
Fastener Qty: n/a
45-59 Degrees
CS M A
Fastener Type: n/a
Fastener Size: n/a
Fastener Embedment: n/a
Fastener Max. Load (lbs): n/a
CSB0300
Brace Orientation: Longitudinal
Brace I.D. (on plan): SB-4
Sprinkler System Zone of Influence (ZOI)
Load Calculation(Fpw Cp x Wp)
Pipe
Size
Pipe Description
Wt/ft
(lbs)
15% for
Fittings
Total
Wt/ft
Length
(ft)
Tota I Wt
cp 0.61 per
NFPA 13 2013
2012 IBC
311
EDDY Flow
7.14
1.07
8.21
80.00
656.88
Sway Brace Attached to
31f
EDDY —Flow Pipe
Horizontal Earthquake Load
Fpw = Cp x Wp
Fpw = 0.61 x 656.88
Fpw = 401.00 lbs
Weight of Misc. ZOI Valves and Fittings
0.00
Total Zone of Influence (ZOI) Weight (Wp
656.88
*Excludes tension -only bracing systems
nV6nt 2018 rV.nt All eights reserved
nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX, and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other
Branch Line Restraint Calculations
Project Name: Doug's Mazda Restraint Design: Branch Line Restraint
Address: 22214 WA-99 Contractor Name: RED HAWK FIRE PROTECTION LLC
City, State, Zip: Edmonds, WA 98026 Address: 801 Valley Ave NW
Prepared By: Gouin, Emily City, State, Zip: PUYALLUP, WA 98371
Date: 24-Sep-2018 Phone: 2538409900 Fax:
Code Information
Branch Information
Branch ID: BLR
Sprinkler Code: NFPA 13 2013
Branch Size(in): 11/2"
Building Code: 2012 IBC
Branch Material: Steel
Cp: 0.61
Branch Length (ft): 80
Angle Range: 45-59 Degrees
Restraint Information
Structure: BarJoist
Restraint Length (in): 3.88
Max. Restraint Spacing (ft): 41
Number of Restraints Required: 2
45-59 Degrees CSBBRSlEG
Restraint Type: Restraint
Restraint Member: 3/8" Threaded Rod
Restraint Attachment Parts
PartNumber
Description
CSBBRP0150EG
Branch Line Restraint Pipe Attachment, 11/2" Pipe
CSBBRS1EG
Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Steel,
3/8", 1/2" Rod
Hardware: n/a
CSBBRP01501EG
opt. Engineer stamp
nV6nt 2018 Vent All rights reserved
nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX, and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other
trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
IMPORTANT: READ CAREFULLY
Your use of the nVent CADDY0 Bracing Systems Calculator (the "Calculator") is subject to the Terms of Use (the "Agreement") you
accepted prior to your use of the Calculator software. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, nVent grants to you a
nonexclusive, nontransferable license to use this software on only one computer at any one time. You may not copy, alter, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer, sublicense, rent, lease, sell, loan, assign or otherwise distribute the software. nVent may terminate this
Agreement and your license grant if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in which event you must
destroy all copies of the software and your rights to use this software will immediately end.
This Calculator and other materials are provided as a design aid for use by qualified persons who take full responsibility for the design
of seismic and other bracing systems. The Calculator is based on the parameters and the criteria specified in the applicable fire
sprinkler codes, effective as of the date of software release, you select. You assume sole responsibility to review and confirm the
accuracy and correctness of the formula, the accuracy, completeness and currentness of the applicable fire sprinkler codes, the
information used in the calculations and all results from the calculations. nVent is not responsible to perform these actions for you. To
assist you in checking your work, hard copies of the calculations can be printed for your review and acceptance. Failure by you to
review the calculations to your satisfaction may result in improper design specifications that could adversely affect the integrity of the
bracing system being designed and built. nVent shall not be responsible for, among other things and all things whatsoever, (a) errors
in, and your failure to review and assure the correctness of, the Calculator's formula, information, calculations or results; (b)
modifications in the Calculator made by any person other than nVent; (c) the effect on the user's computer hardware, software or
systems; (d) providing future updates to the Calculator regardless of possible changes to existing codes; or (e) otherwise.
THE CALCULATOR AND OTHER MATERIALS, INFORMATION, SOFTWARE, PRODUCTS, SERVICES AND OTHER
CONTENT CONTAINED IN THIS SOFTWARE OR PROGRAM ARE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS IS" AND WITHOUT
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, NONINFRINGEMENT, SECURITY, CURRENTNESS OR ACCURACY. NVENT HAS
MADE REASONABLE EFFORTS TO PROVIDE INFORMATION THAT IS CURRENT AND ACCURATE AS OF THE
SOFTWARE RELEASE DATE ON THIS SOFTWARE OR PROGRAM, HOWEVER, NVENT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY
FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR INACCURACIES WHATSOEVER. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL NVENT, ITS
SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES, AND ITS OR THEIR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND REPRESENTATIVES,
BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR PROGRAM OR YOUR
RELIANCE ON INFORMATION OBTAINED THROUGH THIS SOFTWARE, PROGRAM, MATERIALS, INFORMATION,
SERVICES AND OTHER CONTENT. IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO EVALUATE THE ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS,
CURRENTNESS AND USEFULNESS OF ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED, AND USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE OR PROGRAM IS SOLELY AT YOUR OWN RISK.
IN NO EVENT SHALL NVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT,
STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE RESULTING FROM (1) RELIANCE
ON THE SOFTWARE, PROGRAM OR MATERIALS PROVIDED, (II) COSTS OF REPLACEMENT GOODS, (III) LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, (IV) DELAYS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONS, AND (V) ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY), ARISING OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF, OR INABILITY TO USE THE CALCULATOR, WHETHER OR NOT NVENT
HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Upon reasonable request by nVent, you agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless nVent and its employees, contractors, officers
and directors from any and all liabilities, losses, claims and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, that arise from your use or
misuse of this Calculator, information, products, software, materials or program and/or any nVent services, your non-compliance or
compliance with these Terms of Use, or your violation of any third -party rights. nVent reserves the right, at its own expense, to
assume the exclusive defense and control of any matter otherwise subject to indemnification by you, in which event you will
cooperate with nVent in asserting any available defenses.
Neither you nor anyone acting on your behalf, including your employees, acquire any intellectual property or other proprietary rights,
including patents, designs, trademarks, copyright or trade secrets, relating to the Calculator, software, programs and materials, except
as otherwise expressly granted herein. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved.
You agree to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, orders and rules, including those related to export of this software,
programs or materials. Your use of other nVent products must be in accordance with the nVent documentation applicable to such
products including instruction sheets, data sheets, warnings, application drawings and user manuals.
nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX, and nVent LENTON are either registered trademarks or trademarks of nVcnt in the
U.S. and/or other countries.
All contents of the software, program and other materials are (D 2018 nVent. All rights reserved.
nx/6nt 2018 Went All rights reserved
nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICC, nVent ERIFLEX, and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other
trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
0 4 �10M
SITE PLAN .—El-
AS
SYMBOLS
SCOPE OF WORK
PIPE HANGER
FLEABUECOUPLING
-llDIUhNKFHUEPRCh0N.�(RNlP) 1—DE-E
M-131.I.E.HUSING.
-RHFPWH_LElDUH�6 LAN WRRSERRD)DMINSRA_L
UNDERGROUND— B�=�AERG
ROD—PI-ING
_AULARE" SYSTEMMUSTBEMINTNIE'll
O'HAESSATAMINIMUM _-PREVENT.—ING-
SGRIEWED CAF
EXCLUSIONS
SCRENED PLUG
HYDRAHUC RGS1
- PRI-ING IR I-ABELING OF PIK ARIGAGRt EQUIPMENT
iNAING.-A.-DINGULDINGULTH TLHshEDMEl
__' ELE_. L7 D TARPER SWITSHII
LINE PIPE DE111NANON LABEL
RED 410- INK DESIGN-1 -EL
IENTRA_ S—ON —ITORING EQUIPRIENE MINING AND GERVICES
-A UIDERG"'IND NCUUlINGBUTN0TUMSAGRURE
LL REPAIR, LANDERAPIRS,
FIL, _N. PA, 7N
T-1 REM- 1111 AND ChY
VALVE-N.R.S. RENN
1� EL. SELL �01
GUILDING EXTER111 MIRING BY FRI)
—Y VALVE (—Y)
DESIGN CRITERIA
E'317 ON
1-11 00
— 11�� YARD FIDD
HIG EY -Rs'
—_ IRS)
Tm_`T FLANIE '_FIlN
FNFPIRTPGNTlTFLANGER —IN
�L-347 LG
F,,-R FGG I
E— SELL
r—
,11 Ll -I- T FIRE EIRVIll
U.' lERS)
..E--
PERIF�11=11),I�OFE��AIIII�E�ll�F�N
1 -A�LSMTEM (.M�AIN STIJDI0)
RDSHR I
9=.DENE__'1__
FlTRME[=&)NTCGNl
IS
—EQUARE—E-1.11-
2 - WET SYSTEM (SERMCE RECEPTION)
)R—r
Rxi-N. y
AIR
(IF1 R E IDE PARTN E NT DD N N N
LU IN
oR
D E.G rE " r-. D. I'M P'.p; I
ADTHAIA.UANE
BUILDING
F,
,NEW
(AREA OF WORK)
-S`NNG FIRE
6- NONFIREHYDRART
GENERAL NOTES
THRUST.—
1. PRUSrMDENGNPERNFFkIN FRESPRIKIRUERE—EM
N—F—WHHH.—Ill.
EXIT
'__N_
_NINA D.—E.M.—
--RALG.N—NENSNANAND0R-AFPND
1. NAREAS.UFRIs-NQ--.h`RITNEGMHERs
75 ANGLEVALAE
FEE
As DIN E—UR. FOR DRY "REAND"ER
VALVES —U.N. R.UPPUEh-EPRR—%2PEG IF
FIRETRUCK
—N. SPRINRLER PHIING
THE FIRE RNHAU-NOTINERIESINGNSIBUSPORTHE
L OF THE STRUCTURE'VO AIDED— SUPPORTTRE IRE IFFINNI-Es
ACCESSTO
N- SPRIN—F PIPING BY CTNERI
" '==GUThN..—U
ADJACENT
E�IATING HYDRANT
HIM IPRIINLER PIPING SfAFRF
A7ELE:..7:.
0THERS
PROPERTY
&WRLINEIIGFPlFET0SG
R j T
CLE�RLHlPHPEAEEAllD
ELRPNGT0EEEDHEE,NhWHHHTHREADEDF
GMIEDI---IF--,
TPIFNGMSESCRED10PS`hHGRREDss
A���IIIW�BESWPEDAT11�P�l�Ml�LD�UNE
PNNN._EE.UGK'_E..
2 1 A lS
CROSSSECTION
B
0.
1. ALL.—E. PLINGRIMEE RIGIDUNUESS NO—ASFLEXISUE.
ABBREVIATIONS
Al — R "s"
0EXIEREINE
s cuT — sum RE
FIRE DE
_o��
WOF �E_� ET�DNNHHEHON
GGNCr
VAN
FLOW TEST INFORMATION
f
lElgl' _R_
o!. GIN
R'EM-C XG � P U N G
,��S=EDNIPPUE
USES L
Lul. —ERRARSE
URV
Rhus.
SIR DRGP
SIR 11 —N
up PRE UP
THR THREAD
—ER SLOAN INIF6 PROVIDED BY CNY OF EI-ONDS
QM PRESSURE: _REERDXL PRESSURE: 71.88
MERVED
BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS
DRAWING INDEX
DOUG'S MAZDA OF LYNNWOOD
1. =RAN C_ASSIPCAhDN&USF
2 HIS CONSTF IRE 11-13, FULLY SPRIN—ED
S APPLRDAELE-m.) -S'.
TYPICAL HANGING AND SEISMIC BIRACING DETAILS
"l' .
Fl. . L'%FlN..,..ENERA N-E.
FP21, U ER LEVELFIRESIFFINNI-Elt- PIPING PLAN
L FIRE .-HIRLER, PIPING PLAN
PROJECT -HEAD COUNTS
ESIODATEELFI-ANGE
ADA—RASSEN
-EL=-
FRIGS
ENEL
IT111PAR1111T
T.1 FFAA S-1
—ALL-AlA.h.D
Ap_ — ISS) S013NFRAIS
=NG HEIGHT
%IUDING AREA IN SOL FT. 21,
EAOFFINGUECTIN= ..-.F
9 —LEAREARERI. S%DVSF
IA
REPSE
NSR r A
H=� N�
I
1
ol
DISS,
ELSSE 1. 1
HG-
F
E P'P
1'11H FIlE
—FIC0 UNIVERSAL
—ELSTRUCTURE—
�3
11
ERHG0UNRhER"L
SMONECON—LS—SM R.
VICINITY MAP
U—IFFE
I L
RING-ER
—FIREH--
17 EI.:—
.1
Qj
Is, —U--G—
ENWNIEERINGDIVISK�
SB-1
"B"
sB-3
SWAY BRACE TYPE "ff"45'-59'
HANGER Hl
Top BEAM CLAMP
NO
=S�! NO
L
SWAY BRACE TYPE 45'-59-
ERICOE—FLARGE— SE" ....-E—
E' =EL FLANGI AGARTSFASSE-1 —L—ACHME"
E _."UHN I R
E. (DSERNSUES)RD
A ASEI
Es STEEL *1%
—ILTHREADROD�'
ULTHREAD ROI
--l—H—RADERIPE
1 ICH M E PIPE
__SWAYG`l`AXl�L
�PlKl -1
RING NANGER--
A
REQ.-NRDE EN
—R-
.RG0 NVERS'
ER.—
RR .
HE
=NT
r IIPE
INANCHUNE PIPE�
SB-2
SWAY BRACE TYPE "B" 45*-59'
SWAY BRACE TYPE "B"45*-59*
HANGER H2
CONCRETEANICHOR
BIER
BRANCHLINE RESTRAINT
IN "^wr'
FIRE PROTECTION, LLC
1='A�� �'— D
.A NA. —I.,
RlP.U_C
�?01QF
........................
01 111DIDS
WILCOX
CONSTRUCTION INC,
234 5TH AVE S
EDMONDS, WA, 98020
PROJ. VaRE MICHA9 MCISW
Ph- (425) �4418;
DOUG'S MAZDA OF
LYNNWOOD
22130 WA HWY 99
EDMONDS, WA, 98026
SITE PLAN, SYMBOLS,
& GENERAL NOTES
At5
E�'q CITY COPY
RESUB
MAR 0 6 2019
FP 0.10
ESIGN CRITERIA & NOTES
GROOVED PIPING TO BE GOEY- -HEG �l -LPD--
ALLTHREADED
2�
S -11, 0"11
G-DCOUPLINGSTOSE RIGID ESSNOTED-FIL-BLE,
NUN
4, ALL HANGERS FOR PIPING STEEL FRAMI GTOBESAMMYSUPERSCREW
OR '-'y SF.'
ALL T"BE""' L"E"""'Ry"'
A� 11PI.- R="'
A�RPING�OR�RGERM8�B�D�Gl�DIN��RY�.
ALLWIRINGTOBF BYOTHERS
77=
T
RLI 1%
A 1.
-N% 111%
4 a
(§�.Fl��R.1.�ER RC�OM LAYOUT
KED rlAWK
FIRE PROTECTION, LLC
417
WACI-E-AN-1-
.............................
P- LIULD.21
N..
F IE ".V'El T
7-7
I - .11.- � R- H-
WILCOX
CONSTRUCTION INC.
234 5TH AVE S
EDMONDS, INA, 98020
PROJ MIER: MICHAEL MCISAAC
Ph- (425) 77"185
;�6'GZS MAZDA OF
LYNNWOOD
22130 NA HWY 99
EDMONDS, INA, 98026
L'0"W"E'R LEVEL FIRE
SPPJNKLER - PIPING
PLAN
Rde-JB
14AR 0 6 2013
1. N- ...
N.
FP 2.10
woh,rN I I i _, aria
I
SS
h
WE,
T;- t
S,
0�
ot
ITIS-14 --L
oi, *�WFEZZANINE LE EL FIRE SPRINKLER - PIPING PLAN
:lB
7-
T 1 1� 21." v,
10
IS
It It
oEHEP
" 1. — 1� 1% - 1%� - Kydi
% SS o 1" 6 US I'll
E-UPA-ClISVII D
Ha�m
�TALHI :12
UP`-
TAL PRESSURE- RE-S-ED PS1N
12S
4 RAS-RISER0,R) E47-
nE I =,I.-
_'Ro_I
11 - - - - - --- - -
111EL) rlAWK
FIRE PROTECTION, LLC
g E
WILCOX
CONSTRUCTION INC.
234 5TH AVE S
EDMOKDS, WA, 99020
PROS MG . MICHAEL MCISAAC
ph-(425)n"lB
DOUG'S MAZDA OF
LYNNWOOD
22130 WA HWY 99
EDMONDS, WA, 90026
UPPER LEVEL FIRE
SPRINKLER - PIPING
PLAN
RESUB
MAIR 0 6 210%
D
FP 2.20